Texas Central Railroad High-Speed Rail Safety Standards, 14036-14096 [2020-03521]
Download as PDF
14036
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Railroad Administration
49 CFR Part 299
[Docket No. FRA–2019–0068, Notice 1]
RIN 2130–AC84
Texas Central Railroad High-Speed
Rail Safety Standards
Federal Railroad
Administration (FRA), Department of
Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking;
rule of particular applicability.
AGENCY:
FRA is proposing a rule of
particular applicability (RPA) to
establish safety standards for the Texas
Central Railroad (TCRR or the railroad)
high speed rail system. The proposed
standards are not intended for general
application in the railroad industry, but
would apply only to the TCRR system
planned for development in the State of
Texas. The proposed RPA takes a
systemsapproach to safety, and so
includes standards that address all
aspects of the TCRR high-speed system,
including signal and trainset control,
track, rolling stock, operating practices,
system qualifications, and maintenance.
The TCRR system is planned to operate
from Houston to Dallas, on dedicated
track, with no grade crossings, at speeds
not to exceed 330 km/h (205 mph). The
TCRR rolling stock, track, and core
systems will replicate the Central Japan
Railway Company (JRC), Tokaido
Shinkansen high-speed rail system, and
will be used exclusively for revenue
passenger service.
DATES: Written comments must be
received by May 11, 2020. Comments
received after that date will be
considered to the extent possible
without incurring additional expense or
delay.
FRA anticipates holding three public
hearings to receive oral comment on this
NPRM, and that proceedings will also
be necessary under 49 U.S.C. 20306.
FRA will publish a separate
announcement in the Federal Register
to inform interested parties of the date,
time, and location of these hearings.
ADDRESSES: Comments: Comments
related to Docket No. FRA–2019–0068,
Notice No. 1, may be submitted by any
of the following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to
https://www.regulations.gov and follow
the online instructions for submitting
comments;
• Fax: 202–493–2251;
• Mail: Docket Management Facility,
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12–140,
Washington, DC 20590; or
• Hand Delivery: Docket Management
Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE, Room W12–140 is located
on the ground level of the West
Building, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.,
Monday through Friday, except Federal
holidays.
Instructions: All submissions must
include the agency name and docket
number or Regulatory Identification
Number (RIN) for this rulemaking
(2130–AC84). Note that all comments
received will be posted without change
to https://www.regulations.gov, including
any personal information provided.
Please see the Privacy Act heading in
the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section
of this document for Privacy Act
information related to any submitted
comments or materials.
Docket: For access to the docket to
read background documents or
comments received, go to https://
www.regulations.gov at any time or visit
the Docket Management Facility, U.S.
Department of Transportation, 1200
New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12–140
on the Ground level of the West
Building, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.,
Monday through Friday, except Federal
holidays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Frederick Mottley, Systems Engineer,
U.S. Department of Transportation,
Federal Railroad Administration, Office
of Railroad Safety, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590
(telephone: (617) 494–3160); or Michael
Hunter, Attorney Adviser, U.S.
Department of Transportation, Federal
Railroad Administration, Office of Chief
Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE,
Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: (202)
493–0368).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Statutory Authority
III. Regulatory Approach
IV. Project Background and Regulatory
Development
A. History of Tokaido Shinkansen
B. RPA Development Process
C. The Proposed System
1. Rolling Stock
2. Automatic Train Control System
3. Track Safety Standards
4. Maintenance-of-Way Operations
5. System Qualification
6. Personnel Qualification
7. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
8. Operating Rules and Practices
D. Applicability of FRA’s Current
Regulations
E. Incorporation by Reference
F. Enforcement
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
V. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13771, and
DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive
Order 13272; Regulatory Flexibility
Assessment
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Federalism Implications
E. International Trade Impact Assessment
F. Environmental Impact
G. Executive Order 12898 (Environmental
Justice)
H. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal
Consultation)
I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
J. Energy Impact
K. Privacy Act Statement
I. Executive Summary
On August 30, 2019, FRA granted
TCRR’s petition for rulemaking
(petition), which was submitted April
15, 2016. TCRR’s petition represented
that the regulatory requirements offered
by TCRR translate the technological and
operational aspects of the JRC Tokaido
Shinkansen system.
The Tokaido Shinkansen first went
into service on October 1, 1964, under
the operation of the Japanese National
Railways (JNR). On April 1, 1987, JNR
was privatized and split into six
passenger railroads and a freight
railroad. JRC was the company that took
over operations of the Tokaido
Shinkansen system, and is still
operating the system today. In 50+ years
of Tokaido Shinkansen system
operations, JNR, and now JRC, have
optimized its operations to a very high
level of performance. Accordingly, the
Shinkansen has moved over 6 billion
passengers without a passenger fatality
or injury due to trainset accidents such
as a derailment or collision.
TCRR intends to implement a highspeed passenger rail system, based upon
the service-proven technology used on
the Tokaido Shinkansen and replicating
the operational and maintenance
practices and procedures employed by
JRC. TCRR plans to implement the
latest, service-proven derivative of the
N700 trainset and other core systems
currently in use on the Tokaido
Shinkansen line,1 which have been
refined for high-speed operations over
the last 50+ years. TCRR plans to adapt
the N700 series trainset and supporting
systems in a manner that is appropriate
for the Texas environment and operate
under a regulatory framework that
enables FRA to provide effective safety
oversight.
Additionally, FRA has prepared an
analysis of the economic impact of this
1 Subsequent references to ‘‘N700’’ or ‘‘N700
series trainset’’ are meant to refer to the N700 series
trainset currently in, or future variants approved
for, use.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
proposed rule under section V.A.,
below. FRA concluded that because the
NPRM generally includes only
voluntary actions, or alternative action
that would be voluntary, the NPRM
does not impart additional burdens on
TCRR.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
II. Statutory Authority
Under the Federal railroad safety
laws, FRA has jurisdiction over all
railroads, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102,
except urban rapid transit operations
that are not connected to the general
railroad system of transportation.
Moreover, FRA would consider a standalone intercity railroad line to be part of
the general system, even though not
physically connected to other railroads
(as FRA has previously stated with
respect to the Alaska Railroad; see 49
CFR part 209, appendix A). FRA
considers the contemplated TCRR
system as intercity passenger rail, not
urban rapid transit. Accordingly, the
TCRR system will be subject to FRA
jurisdiction whether it is connected to
the general railroad system or not.
Please see FRA’s policy statement
discussing in greater detail FRA’s
jurisdiction over passenger railroads,
which includes discussion on how
FRA’s characterizes passenger
operations, contained at 49 CFR part
209, appendix A.
FRA has a regulatory program in
place, pursuant to its statutory
authority, to address equipment, track,
operating practices, and human factors
in the existing, conventional railroad
environment. However, significant
operational and equipment differences
exist between the system proposed for
Texas and existing passenger operations
in the United States. In many of the
railroad safety disciplines, FRA’s
existing regulations do not address the
safety concerns and operational
peculiarities of the proposed TCRR
system. Therefore, in order to allow
TCRR to operate with effective safety
oversight, an alternative regulatory
approach is required.
III. Regulatory Approach
Consistent with its statement in the
most recent Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards final rule, published
November 21, 2018 (83 FR 59182), FRA
proposes to regulate the TCRR system as
a standalone system under this enabling
rule. FRA stated that a standalone
system regulation would have to bring
together all aspects of railroad safety
(such as operating practices, signal and
trainset control, and track) that must be
applied to the individual system. See 83
FR 59182, 59186. Such an approach
covers more than passenger equipment,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
and would likely necessitate particular
right-of-way intrusion protection and
other safety requirements not
adequately addressed in FRA’s
regulations. FRA continues to believe
that addressing proposals for standalone
high-speed rail systems on a case-bycase basis and comprehensively (such as
through an RPA or other specific
regulatory action(s)) is prudent because
of the small number of potential
operations, and the potential for
significant and unique differences in
their design. Entities considering such
operations voluntarily assume the
higher costs of building new
infrastructure, knowing they cannot take
advantage of the cost savings from
sharing existing infrastructure.
Alternatively, FRA could issue a
comprehensive set of waivers from
FRA’s existing regulations, to the extent
permitted by law, under 49 U.S.C.
20103(b), in order to provide regulatory
approval to the operation. However, in
this case, electing to develop and
publish a comprehensive regulation is a
more efficient alternative. Such a
regulation, in addition to providing
regulatory approval, institutes a
comprehensive regulatory framework,
that provides TCRR clarity on the
minimum Federal safety standards that
it must comply with through
technology-specific requirements,
incorporating the service-proven aspects
of the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Additionally, it provides the railroad a
higher degree of regulatory certainty
than would waivers, as waivers are
revocable, subject to changing
conditions, and necessitate renewal,
generally every five years.
IV. Project Background and Regulatory
Development
TCRR plans to construct and operate
a high-speed rail system running
approximately 240 miles from Houston,
TX, to Dallas, TX, with a stop in Grimes
County east of College Station, TX. The
system’s trainset will travel on
dedicated rail, with no public grade
crossings, in exclusive passenger
service, at speeds not to exceed 330 km/
h (205 mph). These operational
characteristics, and the equipment that
TCRR plans to use, mark a significant
technological advancement in regional,
high-speed, passenger rail service in the
United States.
The system TCRR proposes to build in
Texas will replicate the service-proven
Japanese Tokaido Shinkansen highspeed rail system, as operated by JRC.
TCRR is modeling its system on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system because of
its reputation as being one of the safest
and most punctual train systems in the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14037
world over its 50-year history. TCRR
seeks to model its operation on JRC’s
operational and maintenance practices
and philosophies, and utilize the highspeed technology that was developed
and refined in Japan, known as the
Shinkansen N700 series (Shinkansen or
N700). The Shinkansen series of highspeed trainsets has been in service in
Japan since 1964 and has safely carried
over 6 billion passengers with no
passenger fatalities or injuries due to
trainset accidents/incidents such as a
derailment or collision in while in
revenue train operations. The N700
series was first introduced by JRC in
2007.
This is a traditional rail system, in the
sense that steel wheels operate over
steel rails, powered by electrical power
that is carried and transferred to the
equipment through an overhead
catenary system. However, the Tokaido
Shinkansen system is engineered to
maximize the advantage of its dedicated
environment, resulting in rolling stock
that is much lighter than conventional
rail vehicles; track conditions that are
tuned specifically to low-mass, highspeed operations; and advanced
aerodynamic technology that facilitates
travel at very high speeds, with minimal
track and equipment degradation.
The lightweight design of the
equipment permits exceptional
performance and safety for high-speed
travel, but also lends itself to inherent
deficiencies if exposed to many of the
risks presented by conventional lines,
such as a train-to-train collision or a
grade crossing accident, particularly
where heavy freight or commercial
vehicles are present. To counter this
aspect of the design, the Tokaido
Shinkansen system and N700 series of
trainsets are operated with a focus on
collision avoidance, utilizing a systemsapproach to safety to mitigate or
eliminate potential risks through the
design of the entire system as a whole,
rather than focusing on individual
aspects of an operation (e.g., rolling
stock crashworthiness). This approach
to eliminating or mitigating risks and
hazards through design has an inherent
safety that has proven to be incredibly
successful. (It is also important to note
that the Texas system will be
prohibited, as proposed in this NPRM,
from allowing any freight traffic on its
system.) The Shinkansen is equipped
with an advanced trainset control
system that is optimized for the highspeed operations. The Shinkansen
system has an exceedingly safe record,
which is discussed in greater detail
below.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14038
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
A. History of the Tokaido Shinkansen
The term ‘‘Shinkansen’’ is used to
denote the Japanese high-speed rail
system, also known as the ‘‘bullet
train.’’ The Japan National Railway
system was privatized into six passenger
railways in 1986. The name ‘‘Tokaido
Shinkansen’’ is the initial high-speed
trainset system introduced in 1964. It is
now owned and operated by JRC.
The Tokaido Shinkansen operates
high-speed service between Tokyo and
Shin-Osaka, a route that is 515 km long,
at a maximum operating speed of 270
km/h (168 mph).2 With 17 passenger
stations on the system, the operation
includes 368 daily departures. Although
TCRR is replicating the Tokaido
Shinkansen system, FRA notes that
some of the N700 trainsets also travel
over the Sanyo Shinkansen system
between Shin-Osaka and Hakata, a route
that is 554 km in length, which is
operated by the West Japan Railway
Company. The maximum operating
speed is 300 km/h on the Sanyo
Shinkansen.
Each 16-car trainset on the Tokaido
Shinkansen is equipped with 1,323
seats. According to JRC, the annual
ridership in 2017 was 170 million
passengers, or 466,000 passengers per
day. In over 50 years of service, the
Shinkansen has moved over 6 billion
passengers and traveled over 632
million rolling stock miles. The
minimum headway between high-speed
trainsets is 3 minutes 15 seconds during
peak travel times. The average annual
delay of trainsets is less than 1 minute.
B. RPA Petition Development Process
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
In March 2014, TCRR sought FRA’s
technical assistance in the development
of a rulemaking petition. In order to
assist TCRR with its effort, an RPA
Working Group was established
consisting of Core Team members from
both TCRR and FRA. For disciplinespecific discussions, the RPA Core
Team was able to call upon the
technical expertise of subject matter
experts to discuss the technical
justifications for departures from
existing U.S. requirements or minor
modifications to the JRC practices as
adapted for the smaller system 3
2 In
order to accurately replicate the JRC
operation of the Tokaido Shinkansen, and to
minimize rounding and other errors associated with
converting units of measurement, the text of this
proposed rule uses the International System of
Units (i.e., the metric system), rather than the
standard units of measurement more commonly
used in the U.S. rail environment, as these are the
units of measurement used by JRC.
3 TCRR’s contemplated system will be smaller
than JRC’s Tokaido Shinkansen in almost every
way, such as overall length of system, number of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
proposed in Texas. The RPA Working
Group held 25 meetings from March
2014 to April 2016,4 5 to discuss specific
topics to be covered by the proposed
RPA. The final work product of these
meetings is the proposed rule text and
supporting documentation included in
the rulemaking docket.
On April 15, 2016, TCRR submitted to
FRA its petition for an RPA to address
the safe operation of a high-speed rail
system in Texas, based on the Japanese
Shinkansen technology. TCRR
supplemented its petition in August
2016, and again in September 2017. See
FRA Docket No. FRA–2019–0068.
TCRR’s petition contained proposed
regulatory text—along with supporting
technical data—providing a regulatory
framework that applies the holistic
‘‘systems’’ approach. Specifically,
through its petition, TCRR has
translated and adapted the technology
specific aspects of the Tokaido
Shinkansen system into a format that
enables effective regulatory oversight by
FRA. The Tokaido Shinkansen
operation ensures safe operations
through application of a systems
approach to safety and accident
avoidance philosophy. Safety can only
be ensured through a holistic approach;
attention to or focus on individual
aspects of the operation alone may not
be sufficient. TCRR used in its
development of its rulemaking petition,
a previous proposed RPA for the Florida
Overland eXpress (62 FR 65478), to help
identify the regulatory needs of the
proposed high-speed system operations,
which are not currently covered by a
consistent set of regulatory
requirements.
FRA granted TCRR’s rulemaking
petition on August 30, 2019, stating that
it would undertake this rulemaking
process.
C. The Proposed System
TCRR will replicate the Tokaido
Shinkansen system and its essential
technologies in Texas. The TCRR system
will be based on accident avoidance
principles to assure that collisions or
other operational risks and hazards are
eliminated or reduced to the highest
degree possible, as is done in Japan. The
station stops, and anticipated frequency of daily
trainset departures, to name a few aspects.
4 Exhibit E to TCRR’s rulemaking petition
contains all the presentations that were discussed
during the 25 meetings held between TCRR and
FRA. All the meeting presentations are in the
rulemaking docket, FRA–2019–0068.
5 Additional meetings were held after the petition
was submitted in April and August of 2019. Both
were informational technical meetings. Copies of
the presentations discussed at these meetings are
included in the rulemaking docket, FRA–2019–
0068.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
system includes a dedicated, gradeseparated, and fully fenced right-of-way,
equipped with intrusion detection
capabilities to detect the intrusion of
unauthorized vehicles into the right-ofway. It is designed to facilitate only
high-speed rail trainsets of a specific
type on the right-of-way during revenue
operations, with a strict temporal
separation of maintenance activities.
The system will have no at-grade
crossings with any other rail system or
surface transportation modes, such as
highway vehicles. This approach
ensures that the complete system
mitigates any potential risks and is
consistent with the N700 series trainsets
that have been chosen as the serviceproven rolling stock platform for TCRR.
This proposed rule requires the TCRR
system to implement all the serviceproven, safety-critical aspects of the
Japanese Shinkansen system. It also
provides for the FRA approval of the
key system elements as implemented in
Texas. The proposed rule text
incorporates the structural
characteristics of the N700 series
trainset in a manner that can be
regulated and enforced by FRA, and
requires the system to be designed,
operated, and maintained in a manner
that effectively mitigates any hazard that
could compromise the integrity of the
trainset. Implementing the N700 series
trainsets as they are currently designed
(with minor modifications that do not
impact the safety performance of the
trainset, as further discussed below),
along with the accident mitigation
measures required by a systems
approach and defined in the proposed
rule text, will allow TCRR to replicate
the service-proven system and
operations of the Tokaido Shinkansen
system.
FRA makes clear that this rule
proposes to codify standards and
practices unique to JRC’s operations that
are inherent to the safe operation of this
proposed service in Texas, which must
be maintained and protected in order to
ensure that the safety record of the
Tokaido Shinkansen can be effectively
transferred.
1. Rolling Stock
The basis of the TCRR operation is the
adoption of the Tokaido Shinkansen
system with the N700 series trainset,
and its variants, as the rolling stock,
adapted for service in Texas. JRC’s N700
series trainsets, have been in service
since 2007 on the Tokaido Shinkansen
line and operate up to speeds of 300
km/h on the adjacent Sanyo Shinkansen
line. The N700 trainset is an electric
multiple unit (EMU) trainset design
based upon an accident avoidance
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
philosophy to ensure safe, reliable, and
efficient service. The current design has
been continuously refined with these
principals in mind, building on over 50
years of experience that JRC has
developed, together with its rolling
stock manufacturers, in the design,
operation, and maintenance of
integrated high-speed trainsets. This
proposed rule maintains the serviceproven safety and operational history of
this trainset, while adapting it to the
conditions unique to TCRR’s operating
environment.
At the time of TCRR’s petition, FRA
was developing its rule (now final)
governing the next generation of
interoperable high-speed trainsets,
known as Tier III. See 83 FR 59182. A
primary goal of this rule was to provide
more performance-based safety
standards to allow U.S. operations to
benefit from the service-proven highspeed trainset designs operating
throughout the world, in a manner that
allows for continuous technological
innovation. Because the Tier III rule
considered designs and operational
practices such as those used on the
Tokiado Shinkansen in its development,
TCRR was able to take advantage of a
paradigm shift in FRA’s regulatory
approach to high-speed passenger rail as
established by the November 2018
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards
final rule. As such, the rolling stock
requirements of this proposed rule,
contained in proposed subpart D, focus
largely on those elements that differ
from the Tier III standards, either
because a risk that exists on the general
system has been eliminated or highly
mitigated (e.g., grade crossings), or
because the strict adherence to a
requirement might otherwise effect the
safety proven aspect of the design (e.g.,
suspension design). A brief explanation
of substantive deviations or essential
areas of note are articulated in further
detail below.
Trainset Structure
As previously stated, the central
philosophy behind the safety approach
of the Tokiado Shinkansen is collision
avoidance and accident prevention. By
eliminating and mitigating common
risks and hazards to high-speed rail
operations through design and
technology, the need to provide
occupant protection to mitigate certain
accident scenarios through carbody
structural requirements can be greatly
reduced. By prohibiting other types of
equipment (i.e., conventional passenger
and freight equipment) from operating
over the same track, eliminating at-grade
crossings with motor vehicles
(particularly commercial equipment),
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
temporally separating maintenance-ofway operations, and providing
enhanced train control and intrusion
protection technology, a higher level of
safety can be attained rather than just
relying on occupant protection
standards after an accident occurs. This
allows for the trainset design to focus on
reducing mass and aerodynamic
inefficiencies, which not only provides
improved economic and environmental
performance, but also provides for
additional safety through improved
braking characteristics, better stability,
and reduced wear on running gear and
tracks.
Furthermore, since the general system
requirements often drive the carbody
design, FRA believes requiring them,
without cause, would result in
significant changes, negating the
service-proven design of the N700 series
trainset. This could potentially have a
negative effect with respect to braking,
trainset stability, and wear on the track
structure and running gear.
FRA is not proposing TCRR comply
with the more robust conventional U.S.
crashworthiness and occupant
protection requirements applicable to
equipment operating over the general
system, which are driven largely by
train-to-train collisions and grade
crossing conflicts, as these risks have
been heavily mitigated through the
design of the system (i.e., prohibition of
both comingling with heavy freight
equipment and grade crossings).
However, FRA does propose to retain
the crashworthiness and occupant
requirements established by JRC to
address potential residual risks to the
operation and to ensure the trainset can
handle the expected operational loads
experienced in the intended service
environment. Specifically, FRA
proposes that TCRR demonstrate that
the trainsets used in Texas have the
same occupied volume integrity as those
used on the Tokaido Shinkansen,
verified through quasi-static
compression and dynamic collision
scenario testing. Additionally, FRA is
proposing that TCRR also verify the
trainset’s resistance to override, should
a collision occur. Further, FRA is
proposing that TCRR demonstrate its
trainsets meet the same roof and side
structure integrity requirements, and
truck-to-carbody attachment strength
requirements, as the N700 series trainset
operated by JRC.
The proposed rule requires trainset
interior fittings to be securely attached
and designed to operate without failure
under conditions and loads to be
expected in TCRR’s proposed operating
environment. The rule does not adopt
the conventional attachment loading, as
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14039
doing so would jeopardize other safety
critical designs of the service-proven
N700 series trainset (e.g., the suspension
system). In addition, all interior surfaces
should be free of corners and sharp
edges that could pose a hazard to
occupants under sudden deceleration or
braking events.
The proposed rule will require cab
end-facing glazing to comply with Tier
III requirements: Large object impact
test in accordance with EN15152 and
the ballistic impact resistance
requirements under appendix A of 49
CFR part 223. Side-facing glazing are
proposed to meet FRA’s current Type II
requirements, unless an alternative
standard is approved, which is also
what Tier III equipment must comply
with. FRA welcomes comments on
whether international standards exist
for side-facing glazing that may be better
suited for very high-speed operations,
particularly those operating in
dedicated and protected ROW
environments as the rule proposes.
FRA believes these baseline trainset
carbody requirements, to include
interior fittings and glazing, will ensure
that the trainset remains stable and safe
for the high-speed environment it is
intended to operate in, while protecting
against the very low residual potential
derailment and foreign object collision
risks.
Braking System Requirements
This rule proposes requirements for
the brake system based upon FRA’s
November 2018 Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards final rule, with
modifications where appropriate for
technology specific to the N700 series
trainset. The brake commands are
transmitted through the trainset-borne
network system, as well as through the
trainline for redundancy. Unlike typical
North American brake systems, the
N700 series trainset uses a loop circuit
for the urgent brake control and does
not have brake pipes. The brake system
of a motorized car on a N700 series
trainset has a blended brake system,
consisting of an electronically
controlled pneumatic brake and a
regenerative brake. A non-motorized car
on a N700 series trainset has an
electronically controlled pneumatic
brake. The brake system on the N700
series trainset also has a state-of-the-art
wheel slide control system.
Consistent with proper railway
engineering practice, the proposed rule
would require the railroad to
demonstrate the maximum safe
operating speed for the trainsets without
thermal damage to equipment or
infrastructure during normal operation
of the brake system. The brake system
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14040
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
must be capable of stopping the trainset
from its maximum operating speed
within the signal spacing on the track
under the realistic worst-case adhesion
conditions expected. As proposed, tests
on trainsets to verify the brake system
performs as expected will be conducted
during the pre-revenue service
qualification testing proposed under
subpart F. Additionally, operational
restrictions based on degraded braking
system performance are to be addressed
by the railroad under the proposed
requirements for movement of defective
equipment.
The N700 series trainset braking
system utilizes an ‘‘urgent’’ brake as
defined in the proposed § 299.5. An
urgent brake is equivalent to the
emergency brake in the U.S. in that it
produces an irretrievable stop, with
maximum braking effort. The N700
series trainset has an urgent brake
switch for use by the trainset crew from
the controlling cab and the conductor’s
room(s). The use of the urgent brake by
the conductor is usually within stations
to assure passenger safety when
boarding and alighting from the trainset.
The proposed rule requires that an
urgent brake application be available at
any time, and shall be initiated by an
unintentional parting of the trainset or
action by the trainset crew. Further, the
station platform will be equipped with
trainset protection switches on the
station platform so that both station
personnel and conductors can activate
the urgent brake on the trainset in the
event that they observe an unsafe
condition during boarding/alighting of
trainsets.
The proposed rule requires a means to
initiate a passenger brake alarm at two
locations in each unit of a trainset,
consistent with the requirements
developed for Tier III trainsets. The
proposed rule does not incorporate the
exception provision for length of
individual cars as it is applicable to
shorter designs than the N700 series
trainset.
Additionally, the N700 series trainset
braking system utilizes an ‘‘emergency’’
brake as defined in the proposed
§ 299.5. The emergency brake on the
N700 series trainset is equivalent to the
North American full-service brake.
Requirements for the main reservoir
system are based on the requirements
included in the November 2018 Tier III
final rule, but modified to accommodate
the specific design standards used for
the N700 series trainset. The proposed
rule requires the brake system main
reservoirs in a trainset to be designed
and tested to meet the pressure vessel
standards in Japanese Industrial
Standard JIS B 8265, ‘‘Construction of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
pressure vessels-general principles.’’
This is the same pressure vessel
standard the N700 series trainsets
comply with to operate in Japan. The JIS
standard adequately ensures that the
pressure vessel (the main reservoir) is
suitable for the service conditions under
which the brake system main reservoirs
will operate, ensuring that the system
replicates the service-proven brake
system used currently on the N700,
operated on the Tokaido Shinkansen.
Requiring adherence to conventional
U.S. standards would not be prudent, as
this would jeopardize the serviceproven aspect of the design.
Fire Safety
The proposed rule will require
interior furnishings to be compliant
with current FRA flammability and
smoke emission requirements under
appendix B to part 238 (see, generally,
the discussion of FRA’s flammability
and smoke emission requirements at 64
FR 25660, 67 FR 42909, and 83 FR
59182). Many of the elements affected
by fire safety standards are driven by
business decisions made by the project
(e.g., carpeting, seating fabric, etc.) and
are not inherent to the safe performance
of the trainset as it related to its
structure or stability at speed. Therefore,
it was determined by the project that it
would be appropriate to simply adopt
and comply with the current U.S.
standards in lieu of justifying new ones.
Door Systems
The proposed requirements for the
trainset door systems, particularly as it
relates to emergency functionality,
largely follow FRA’s existing
requirements and established North
American practice. The relevant
requirements for operating; inspection,
testing, and maintenance (ITM); and
training on door systems have been
consolidated under their respective
subparts as proposed within this rule.
The proposed modifications focus
mainly on how the requirements apply
to the Tokaido Shinkansen technology
and the applicability of certain elements
of APTA SS–M–18–10. The proposal
would retain the service-proven door
system on the N700 series trainset, and,
though FRA is not proposing to require
it, TCRR is expected to adopt the
coordination between the trainset crew
members and platform attendants,
replicating operations by JRC, rather
than incorporating certain requirements
that were promulgated in December
2015 for conventional U.S. operations
(see 80 FR 76118), which, if applied,
would require alteration that could have
a significant negative impact on the
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
service-proven door design of the N700
series trainset.
Emergency Systems
The proposed rule defines typical
North American requirements for
emergency lighting, emergency
communications, emergency egress and
rescue access, and emergency marking
requirements. A number of these
provisions will require minor changes to
the current N700 series trainset design,
such as the emergency lighting system,
public address system, and interior
signage and markings. However,
compliance with these proposed
emergency systems requirements would
not have a negative impact on the
service-proven design of the N700 series
trainset as they have no impact on the
performance of the trainset or its
integration with other safety-critical
systems. These changes will also
provide first-responders and the
traveling public with a set of safety
communications and features that are
consistent with other U.S. rail
operations.
Safety Appliances
Current FRA regulations for safety
appliances are based on longstanding
statutory requirements for individual
railroad cars used in general service.
These requirements are primarily
intended to keep railroad employees
safe while performing their essential job
functions. Historically, these duties
have revolved around the practice of
building trains by switching individual
cars or groups of cars, and are not
directly applicable to how modern highspeed passenger equipment are
designed and operated. The application
of such appliances would require a
significant redesign of high-speed rail
equipment, and would create
aerodynamic problems particularly with
respect to associated noise emissions.
FRA proposes to exempt TCRR from
statutory requirements that are not
applicable or practical for inclusion on
its high-speed trainset technology,
pursuant to the authority granted under
49 U.S.C. 20306.6
Rather than apply legacy
requirements that are inappropriate for
the proposed equipment design and
service environment, this proposed rule
focuses on how to provide a safe
environment for crews as it pertains to
the N700 series trainset, and modern
high-speed operations throughout the
world. In this respect, the proposed rule
6 Utilization of this statutory authority
necessitates a public hearing. As stated above,
under DATES, the time and place of this public
hearing will be announced by a separate
announcement published in the Federal Register.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
would define specific safety appliance
performance requirements applicable to
this semi-permanently coupled trainset.
By focusing on the job functions, rather
than mandating specific legacy designs
for dissimilar equipment, the proposed
approach will arguably improve safety
for crews and railroad employees, but
provide flexibility for superior designs
based on modern ergonomics, and
eliminate appliances that might
otherwise encourage their use even
though their functionality is moot (e.g.,
riding on side sills despite an inability
to couple/decouple cars). FRA believes
it is appropriate to consider relief under
the discretionary process established
under 49 U.S.C. 20306 and proposes to
adopt these requirements under its
statutory authority as part of this
rulemaking.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Image and Audio Recording Devices
On July 24, 2019, FRA published an
NPRM regarding locomotive mounted
image and audio recording devices for
passenger trains. 84 FR 35712. In that
NPRM, FRA proposed to require the
installation of inward- and outwardfacing image recording devices on all
lead locomotives in passenger trains,
and that these devices would record
while a lead locomotive is in motion
and retain the data in a crashworthy
memory module. FRA also proposed to
treat these recording devices as safety
devices under existing FRA regulations
to prohibit tampering with or disabling
them.
Although the proposal for image and
audio recording devices is not yet final,
FRA anticipates that any final
requirements for image and audio
recording devices would also apply to
TCRR. Currently, FRA proposes to place
the image and audio recording device
requirements under 49 CFR part 229.
Under this proposed rule, it is stated
that 49 CFR part 229 will not be
applicable to the railroad’s high-speed
trainsets. However, FRA makes clear
here that it proposes to make applicable
the requirements for the image and
audio recording devices to TCRR’s highspeed trainsets, while leaving the
remainder of part 229 inapplicable to
the high-speed trainsets, and would
anticipate that once the July 2019 NPRM
becomes final, FRA would make
appropriate conforming changes to the
requirements outlined in this NPRM.
FRA acknowledges that this was not
a requirement contained in TCRR’s
rulemaking petition, and that this is not
a requirement for the Tokaido
Shinkansen system as operated in Japan.
However, FRA does not anticipate this
requirement having a detrimental effect
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
on the service-proven nature of the
N700 series trainset design.
2. Automatic Train Control System
As an intercity passenger railroad,
TCRR must comply with all applicable
requirements under 49 U.S.C. 20157,
including, but not limited to, the
statutory requirement to fully
implement an FRA-certified positive
train control (PTC) system on its main
lines over which intercity or commuter
rail passenger transportation is regularly
provided. The rule proposes to require
TCRR to use the signal system based
upon the service-proven Tokaido
Shinkansen Automatic Train Control
(ATC) system, which has demonstrated
an outstanding safety record during its
55 years of operations. This system is a
standalone digital ATC system, and as
such, does not rely on an underlying
conventional signaling system.
This proposed rule, under subpart B,
outlines the requirements for signal and
trainset control systems governing the
operation of TCRR, based on the
fundamental statutory requirements of
49 U.S.C. 20157 and 49 CFR part 236,
subpart I, but is tailored for a standalone
and service-proven trainset control
system intended for high-speed
passenger service. TCRR is proposing to
implement a PTC-compliant trainset
control system throughout its entire
network, to include trainset
maintenance facilities and depots (shop
facilities), in addition to main line
operation. While TCRR, in its petition
for rulemaking, initially intended to
comply with all elements under 49 CFR
part 236, subpart I, FRA proposes to
tailor the requirements to only those
elements of subpart I that would apply
to a standalone trainset control system
intended for high-speed passenger
service.
FRA notes that many of the
requirements in 49 CFR part 236,
subpart I were written to establish the
process by which existing railroads
would develop and implement PTC
systems as overlays on conventional
signaling systems. As TCRR is a new
system, and will utilize service-proven
technology that does not need to be
integrated with a legacy signal system or
be interoperable with other PTC
systems, the requirements proposed in
this rule have been streamlined to focus
on the core requirements and
documentation necessary to validate
and certify a PTC system of its design
and application. This proposal also
acknowledges that if any changes are
made to the service-proven, safetycritical software utilized on the Tokaido
Shinkansen signaling system (such as
changes to the fundamental architecture
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14041
or safety critical functions), those
changes must be developed and
validated in accordance with the
procedures proposed under subpart B.
This rule balances the service-proven
history of the Tokaido Shinkansen ATC
system with the fundamental fail-safe
principles encompassed in FRA’s
regulations governing advanced trainset
control technology, to ensure TCRR’s
system is implemented and maintained
safely, in a manner consistent with U.S.
law, while holding true to the collision
avoidance principles on which the
Tokaido Shinkansen is based.
3. Track Safety Standards
All high-speed track safety standards
are based on the principle that the
interaction of the vehicles, and the track
over which they operate, must be
considered as a system. This systems
approach ensures that the capabilities
and limitations of both the rolling stock
and the physical infrastructure (i.e.,
track) are considered when developing
safety metrics and provides for specific
limits for vehicle response to track
perturbation(s).
FRA’s Track Safety Standards, under
49 CFR part 213, and its Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards, under 49
CFR part 238, promote the safe
interaction of rail vehicles with the
track over which they operate. These
safety standards were developed with
industry stakeholder participation, and
are applicable to all high-speed and
high cant deficiency train operations in
the United States. Last amended in
March 2013 (78 FR 16052), subpart G of
part 213, consolidated repetitive
guidance found in part 238, and revised
existing minimum safety limits for
vehicle response to track perturbations
and also added new limits. FRA’s rules
are not applicable to one vehicle type,
but account for a range of vehicle types
(like vehicles with variations in their
physical properties, such as suspension,
mass, interior arrangements, and
dimensions that do not result in
significant changes to their dynamic
characteristics) that are currently used
and may likely be used on future highspeed or high cant deficiency rail
operations, or both. FRA’s high speed/
high cant deficiency regulations are
based on the results of simulation
studies designed to identify track
geometry irregularities associated with
unsafe wheel/rail forces and
accelerations, thorough reviews of
vehicle qualification and revenue
service test data, and consideration of
international practices.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14042
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Track Classes
FRA differentiates track classes by
speed. Existing regulations contain
requirements for track classes 1–5, for
speeds not exceeding 90 mph, and track
classes 6–9 for operations up to 220
mph. In the 2013 final rule, FRA stated
that the Class 9 standards would remain
as benchmark standards with the
understanding that the final suitability
of track safety standards for operations
above 150 mph would be determined by
FRA after examination of the entire
operating system, including the subject
equipment, track structure, and other
system attributes. FRA explained that
direct FRA approval is required for any
such high-speed rail operation, whether
through an RPA such as this or another
regulatory proceeding.
The basis of the TCRR operation and
this proposed rule, however, is adoption
of the Tokaido Shinkansen system,
using the series N700 series trainset,
and its variants, as the only rolling stock
for a fully dedicated, grade-separated,
high-speed rail service between Dallas
and Houston, TX. JRC’s N700 series
trainsets have been in service since 2007
and operate at the speed of 285 km/h on
the Tokaido Shinkansen and 300 km/h
on the Sanyo Shinkansen. As stated
previously, the N700 series trainset is a
service-proven EMU trainset design that
has been continuously refined, and
highly optimized by JRC for over 50
years.
JRC’s track safety standards have
evolved concurrently with these N700
Shinkansen EMU trainsets, allowing for
a high degree of optimization of the
trainset interacting with the track
structure. TCRR plans to replicate the
Tokaido Shinkansen system to bring the
same safety and performance of the
Shinkansen system to this DallasHouston operation. This rule proposes
to adopt the same JRC-derived track
safety standards to ensure that this
optimized vehicle-track interaction is
achieved between Dallas and Houston
in its entirety. Therefore, this proposal
would require the railroad to follow the
JRC approach for the definition of track
classes, track geometry limits, carbody
acceleration criteria, and track
inspection intervals for both automated
and visual inspection on all TCRR track
Classes at all speeds up to and including
the maximum track speed of 330 km/h.
JRC defines track and the speed range
by function (i.e., main track, etc.), and
not by a track class designation.
However, in this proposed rule, the JRC
practice has been translated into eight
classes of track from track Classes H0 to
H7. As stated, the maximum authorized
speed from track class is based on
current JRC practice with the addition of
track Class H7, which covers operating
speeds up to 305 km/h. It is notable that
in this proposal, track Class H0 will be
dedicated to maintenance-of-way
equipment, with a maximum allowable
operating speed of 20 km/h (12 mph),
which is consistent with JRC practice.
As is done in Japan, this proposal would
prohibit high-speed trainsets from
operating on the proposed track Class
H0. Below is a table outlining the
proposed classes of track, the associated
maximum operating speed for that class,
and where that class of track is
proposed to be used within the system.
The table is not meant to dictate that
these are the only locations for the
various classes of track to be located
within the TCRR system, but meant to
represent FRA’s general understanding
of how TCRR will use the various track
classes.
TRACK CLASSES—MAXIMUM SPEED
km/h ..........
mph ...........
H0
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
20
12
30
19
70
43
120
75
170
106
230
143
285
177
330
205
Track type
Maintenance-of-way yards
Trainset Maintenance Facilities (TMF).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Track Geometry
The proposed track safety standards
for TCRR are under subpart C of this
proposed rule. Within that proposed
subpart, FRA has included certain track
geometry requirements for the TCRR
system. The geometry limits proposed
by FRA are based on JRC practice.
Likewise, FRA proposes to adopt the
JRC practice for remedial action for
instances when optimal track geometry
limits and car body accelerations are
exceeded, and trainset operations would
require speed and/or operational
restrictions, with speed restrictions
enforced by the ATC system.
The highly effective JRC track
measurement system is based on
monitoring track geometry and vehicle
performance, and represents a hybrid
approach consisting of physical
measurements directly on the track, in
combination with performance-based
track geometry as defined by vehicle
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
Terminals, stations, sidings, TMF marshaling
tracks.
Main line track, and track
connecting the main line
with TMF.
response. TCRR will adopt this
approach which is based on a 10 m mid
chord offset (MCO) measurement to
effectively control short wavelength
track geometry irregularities and the
measurement of car body accelerations
to control long wavelength anomalies.
TCRR is adapting and implementing
the same track geometry limits and car
body accelerations utilized by JRC to
ensure the continued success of this
vehicle-track system and the optimized
performance of the N700 series trainset.
The JRC approach is very different from
FRA, and is based on measuring track
gauge, cross-level, and twist over 2.5 m,
and alignment/surface on a 10 m MCO,
with long wavelength defects controlled
by monitoring car body acceleration.
The JRC track measurement system
adequately controls track geometry for
short and longer wavelengths (20 and 40
m) such that wheel/rail forces are well
within acceptable limits. TCRR is using
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Main line track.
JCR’s geometry limits for the 10 m MCO
and car body acceleration limits, both of
which will be enforced by FRA, thereby
ensuring the trainset’s track/vehicle
system meets FRA’s safety criteria
(wheel/rail forces) for track maintained
to those geometry and acceleration
limits.
Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
for Track
Inspection, testing, and maintenance
requirements for the track and right-ofway are found generally in the proposed
regulatory text, and in greater detail
within the FRA-approved ITM program.
The proposed track maintenance
requirements are based on JRC practice,
which is grounded in significant testing
and many years of proven JRC
operation. The JRC approach for the
high-speed track layout and structure is
optimized for the safe and efficient
operation of the N700s trainset utilized.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
As mentioned throughout this NPRM,
TCRR will implement a track
maintenance program based on these
successful and well respected JRC
practices.
JRC uses a dedicated, multi-purpose,
vehicle-based, inspection system to
inspect track geometry. Track geometry
measurements and car body
accelerations are made during revenue
operations at revenue operating speeds.
This proposal reflects U.S. and JRC
practice with respect to track geometry
measurements. FRA proposes to require
a track geometry measurement system
(TGMS) and a track acceleration
measurement system (TAMS) to be
operated over the system route on track
Classes H3 and above.
Regarding restoration or renewal of
track under operating conditions, this
proposed rule will prohibit the railroad
from performing maintenance-of-way
operations during revenue service, other
than in MOW yards and trainset
maintenance facilities, as further
discussed below. Restoration or renewal
of track by TCRR on track Class H2 in
trainset maintenance facilities, will be
limited to the replacement of worn,
broken, or missing components or
fastenings that do not affect the safe
passage of trainsets. This will reflect the
JRC practice and is more restrictive than
existing FRA track safety standards as it
permits such restoration and renewal
under traffic conditions only in yards
and trainset maintenance facilities and
not the mainline.
Vehicle/Track Interaction
The approach to vehicle/track
interaction (VTI) system safety in this
rule proposes to follow JRC’s approach
that is service-proven to provide safe
operation and optimum VTI
performance. JRC places considerable
emphasis on maintaining track
infrastructure, as the Tokaido
Shinkansen N700 series trainset
suspension design is optimized for highspeed performance on well-maintained
track. Track geometry irregularities are
held to tighter tolerances than those
allowed under U.S. practice.
The VTI requirements FRA proposes
are similar to those contained in current
FRA regulations under 49 CFR part 213,
and will require the trainsets to comply
with the same wheel/rail force limits.
However, as noted earlier, JCR requires
more stringent peak-to-peak car body
acceleration limits than currently
permitted under FRA regulations.
Accordingly, FRA proposes that
instrumented wheelset tests be required
for vehicle/track system qualification.
Unique to the Tokaido Shinkansen
system, and as mentioned earlier, JRC
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
sets track geometry limits based on a 10
m MCO and controls long wavelength
perturbations using stringent vertical
and lateral car body accelerations, rather
than the 3-chord (31, 62, and 124 ft)
method used in current FRA
regulations. Vehicle dynamic
simulations have been conducted and
validated by JRC specialists to
demonstrate the 10m MCO and car body
accelerations, as used by JRC, are
sufficient to safely control short, long
wavelength, and repeated perturbations;
and to validate the proposed track
geometry limits contained in the
proposed rule.7
Continuous Welded Rail
TCRR is proposing to use
continuously welded rail (CWR) and
moveable point frogs to eliminate gaps
at turnouts and crossings. Consistent
with current FRA practice for CWR,
FRA proposes to require the railroad
develop and comply with its own CWR
plan, which will have procedures
addressing the installation, adjustment,
maintenance, and inspection of CWR
and CWR joints. However, as the FRA
CWR requirements under 49 CFR part
213 are inconsistent with JRC
technology and practices, FRA proposes
a set of CWR requirements that reflects
JRC’s service-proven practice. Under
this rule as proposed, TCRR will be
required submit a CWR plan that
includes procedures for maintaining a
desired rail installation temperature
range when cutting CWR, and with
adjustments made to tight track or a
track buckle.
In addition to the proposed
requirements discussed above, FRA is
also proposing to require TCRR’s CWR
plan to contain procedures that control
trainset speed on CWR track when the
difference between the rail temperature
and the rail neutral temperature is in a
range that causes buckling-prone
conditions to be present at a specific
location. This proposed requirement is
consistent with JRC practice, which uses
‘‘instantaneous’’ temperature, a more
stringent requirement, instead of
‘‘average’’ temperature. When the
temperature exceeds a specified limit,
7 Exhibit F to TCRR’s rulemaking petition
explains how JRC helped develop and validated the
track geometry limits proposed in this NPRM, and
provides some explanation of the vehicle dynamic
simulations conducted. Although the Tokaido
Shinkansen operates at a maximum speed of 270
km/h, the vehicle dynamic tests used to validate the
track geometry limits proposed in this NPRM were
conducted at simulated speeds up to 340 km/h (330
km/h + 10 km/h). FRA notes, though, that the
maximum safe operating speed for the system will
be determined only after TCRR conducts full scale
analysis and validated dynamic testing, as proposed
under subpart F.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14043
operational restrictions are enforced
over the entire segment. JRC uses the
same temperature limits on all
segments.
FRA is also proposing that the
railroad’s CWR plan include procedures
that address track inspections under
extreme temperature conditions,
consistent with JRC practice. As stated
previously, there is continuous
monitoring of rail temperature on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system and a speed
restriction of 70 km/h is enforced when
CWR temperature is between 60 °C and
64 °C. JRC suspends revenue operations
and conducts visual inspections on foot
when the CWR temperatures reach 64 °C
or above.
4. Maintenance-of-Way Operations
Strict adherence to complete temporal
separation of the scheduled right-of-way
maintenance work will be required by
the proposed rule. This rule proposes to
adopt JRC’s long-established
maintenance-of-way operational
practices to ensure roadway worker
safety. To accomplish this, the rule
proposes requirements for strict
adherence to temporal separation of
maintenance-of-way operations and
revenue trainsets, as well as removal of
overhead power from the section(s) of
ROW where maintenance-of-way work
is being performed. Additionally, this
rule proposes prohibiting the railroad
from conducting any scheduled
maintenance on a section of the right-ofway prior to that section of the right-ofway being cleared after revenue service.
Further, the railroad will also be
prohibited from conducting revenue
service on a section of the right-of-way
before completion of the maintenance
activities and clearance by a sweeper
vehicle. As proposed by this rule, the
ATC system must also enforce the
temporal separation or otherwise protect
maintenance-of-way employees
performing on-track duties (to include
unscheduled and emergency
inspections or repairs).
TCRR will use maintenance-of-way
equipment that is designed to be
compatible with the track safety
standards under proposed subpart C.
Subject to certain exceptions, as
proposed under § 299.3(c)(24), the
railroad’s maintenance-of-way
equipment will be subject to FRA’s
existing regulations that address the
safety of conventional locomotive and
freight equipment (i.e., 49 CFR parts
215, 223, 229, 231, and 232). Although
there is a general prohibition that freight
equipment cannot operate on the
railroad’s right-of-way, the freight
equipment being considered here is
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14044
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
strictly for non-revenue, right-of-way
maintenance operations.
The railroad’s proposed maintenanceof-way fleet will include a sweeper
vehicle. As part of this rule, FRA is also
proposing that sweeper vehicles run on
both tracks along the full length of the
railroad right-of-way every day prior to
the start of revenue service, in order to
ensure that there are no obstacles on the
tracks within the lower construction
clearance envelope, consistent with the
practice of JRC. The sweeper vehicle is
designed to detect the presence of any
small obstacles, such as tools left out
from a roadway worker gang.
Additionally, the qualified individuals
operating the sweeper vehicle will be
required to be trained to conduct visual
inspections of both tracks to ensure the
integrity of the right-of-way, including
the condition of fencing and other
railroad infrastructure. Strict adherence
to this temporal separation, protection
of maintenance-of-way work by use of
the ATC system, and the daily
requirement for sweeper vehicle use
will help ensure that there are no
maintenance-of-way equipment, no
heavy maintenance tools, and no
obstruction hazards on the tracks when
the revenue service starts every day.
5. System Qualification
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Responsibility for Verification
Demonstrations and Tests
Under proposed subpart F, FRA
proposes a set of pre-revenue
qualification testing requirements that
the railroad must complete before
commencing passenger service.
Successful completion of the proposed
testing program will provide the
railroad assurance that the system, as
designed, constructed, and integrated,
will meet the minimum safety
requirements established, so that the
risk to passengers is minimized when
operations begin. This proposed subpart
F is organized such that the approach to
system qualification generally requires
the preparation of a system-wide
qualification test plan, pre-operational
qualification testing of individual
components and sub-systems, and then
pre-revenue service testing that verifies
the compatibility of the various subsystems. Finally, a period of simulated
revenue operations is proposed that
would replicate revenue operations
without passengers. This would provide
final verification that the systems
operate as intended, all safety-critical
personnel are adequately trained, and
operating rules or practices and the
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program are appropriate.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
Preparation of System-Wide
Qualification Test Plan
As proposed, prior to execution of any
system qualification tests, the railroad
will develop a system-wide
qualification test plan that identifies the
tests necessary to demonstrate the
operability of all system elements,
including: Track and infrastructure,
signal, communications, rolling stock,
software, operating practices, and the
system as a whole. The system-wide
qualification plan will include
procedures for functional and
performance qualification testing, prerevenue service systems integration
testing, vehicle/track system
qualification, and simulated revenue
operations, all discussed further below.
The proposed provisions include
FRA’s review timeframe (180 days prior
to testing) and expected FRA response
time (45 days after receipt of the
submission) and actions. FRA will
identify in the notification any test
procedures requiring approval by FRA.
The system-wide qualification test plan
is generally consistent with current FRA
practice under 49 CFR part 238 for
passenger equipment, but addresses the
system holistically. Under this proposal,
TCRR will be required to develop a list
of all tests to be conducted to qualify all
aspects of the system including rolling
stock, track, vehicle-track interaction,
and signaling. FRA makes clear that, as
proposed, FRA’s approval of the systemwide test plan will be limited to
approving that the test plan addresses
all required tests, providing procedures
for such tests; however, FRA is not
approving the specific procedures
adopted by the railroad to conduct each
required test.
as: Vehicle clearances to structures
along the right-of-way; mechanical
performance of the overhead catenary
system; and the integrated performance
of the track, signal, power supply,
vehicle, software, and communications.
Also, the railroad will be required to
demonstrate safe system performance
during normal and degraded operating
conditions. These tests will be used to
verify: Catenary and pantograph
interaction; incremental increases in
trainset speed; braking rates; and
vehicle-track interaction.
Vehicle/Track System Qualification
As discussed above, under the
proposed track safety standards, the
approach to VTI system safety in this
rule proposes to follow JRC’s approach
that is service-proven to provide safe
operation and optimum VTI
performance. As part of the system wide
test plan, FRA proposes to require the
railroad to qualify its high-speed
trainset for the maximum operating
speed and cant deficiency
contemplated. The format proposed
largely follows current FRA practice,
with the qualification criteria based on
JRC requirements for the N700 series
trainset currently operating on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Pre-Revenue Service Systems
Integration Testing
Simulated Revenue Operations
FRA is also adopting TCRR’s proposal
that the railroad conduct a period of
simulated revenue operations,
replicating most, if not all, aspects of
revenue operations, but without
passengers. This will provide the final
verification that the system, and all subsystems, operate as intended, together
with all properly trained, safety-critical
personnel. Further, the proposed
simulated revenue operations will give
valuable operational experience to the
railroad and its employees prior to
carrying passengers.
The proposed provision will assure
that all issues found during simulated
revenue operations are properly
addressed and corrected prior to the
start of revenue service. It is not
anticipated that issues found during
simulated revenue operations would
extend the period for testing if the
specific deficiencies found were
adequately rectified during that period;
however, FRA would expect the start of
revenue operations to be postponed, if
necessary, to properly and thoroughly
correct any such deficiencies.
The pre-revenue service testing of
systems proposed in this NPRM will be
used to verify the compatibility of the
various sub-systems. The pre-revenue
service testing will include such things
Verification of Compliance
Under this proposed subpart F, FRA
proposes to require the railroad to
prepare a report detailing the results of
all functional and performance
Functional and Performance
Qualification Tests
Also proposed in this NPRM is a
requirement that the railroad will
conduct functional and performance
qualification tests, prior to commencing
revenue operations, to verify that all
safety-critical components meet all
functional and all performance
specifications. The railroad will be
required to submit a list of all tests to
be conducted, along with the test
procedures, as part of its system-wide
qualification test plan, as discussed
above.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
qualification testing, pre-revenue
service systems integration testing, and
vehicle/track system qualification tests.
The report will also require the railroad
to outline the remedial measures
necessary to correct any deficiencies
discovered during the testing. In
addition, FRA also proposes that the
railroad be required to implement the
improvement measures discussed in the
report. With the exception of reports
related to vehicle/track system
qualification, verification of braking
rates, and field testing data related to
the ATC system, FRA proposes that the
railroad submit the report prior to
commencement of simulated revenue
operations. For the reports regarding
vehicle/track system qualification and
verification of braking rates, FRA
proposes they be submitted for review
and approval at least 60 days prior to
the start of revenue service. Certification
of the railroad’s PTC system must also
be achieved prior to the start of revenue
service.
FRA also proposes to require the
railroad to obtain FRA approval of the
test procedures used for the verification
of any major upgrades to safety-critical
system component(s) or sub-systems, or
prior to introducing new safety-critical
technology.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
6. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
General Requirements
This NPRM proposes general
requirements for inspection, testing, and
maintenance under subpart G. The
program will provide detailed
information, consistent with the
requirements set forth in §§ 299.337
through 299.349, 299.447(a), and
299.207. The conceptual basis for the
proposed requirements under subpart G
stems from FRA’s practice regarding the
inspection, testing, and maintenance of
high-speed trainsets, originally set forth
in subpart F of 49 CFR part 238. The
underlying premise for this proposed
approach is to tailor the performancebased requirements of the ITM program
to the specific needs of the equipment
or infrastructure, rather than specifying
static maintenance intervals with
explicit requirements. This approach
has proven successful since it was first
adopted for Tier II high-speed
equipment, and therefore, FRA proposes
to expand the practice for other critical
areas requiring a similar performancebased approach to ITM. The general
requirements within proposed subpart G
specify that the railroad will develop an
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program to address all aspects of the
operation—track, rolling stock, and
signal and trainset control.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
The NPRM proposes that submittal of
the initial inspection, testing, and
maintenance requirements associated
with the bogie inspection and general
overhaul can be at a later date. However,
the proposal requires that the railroad
submit the requirements to FRA no later
than 180 days prior to the first
scheduled bogie inspection or general
overhaul, so that FRA has time to
review and approve the associated
inspection, testing, and maintenance
requirements.
FRA proposes the initial inspection
intervals for safety-critical items,
including those covered in the bogie
inspection and general overhaul, are
covered by §§ 299.13(c)(1) and
299.907(a), to be based upon JRC’s
service inspection, testing, and
maintenance practice to ensure the
integrity and safe operation of the entire
system, as required in § 299.13(c)(2).
Additionally, the inspection, testing,
and maintenance program for safetycritical items is subject to FRA approval
under § 299.913.
ITM Program Format
As discussed above, FRA proposes to
limit the scope of its approval to only
those items deemed safety-critical to the
operation of the system. However, FRA
does propose to require the railroad
submit the entire ITM program for
review to make sure all safety-critical
items have been properly identified and
accounted for by the railroad.
Accordingly, FRA proposes that the
procedures for safely performing the
necessary inspections, testing, and
maintenance or repairs submitted to
FRA for approval should only be those
designated as safety-critical or
potentially hazardous tasks as required
by § 299.911(b).
Additionally, FRA proposes that the
railroad review the inspection, testing,
and maintenance procedures annually
to enable the railroad to review any
pertinent operational changes or
conditions that may result in
modifications to the safety-critical
aspects of the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program. Under this
proposal, FRA can participate in the
annual review. The annual review
would be conducted to identify
necessary modifications to procedures
or intervals. While FRA may determine
it is not necessary to participate in the
annual review in a particular year, any
amendment to the safety-critical
portions of the ITM will need FRA
approval prior to implementation.
7. Operating Rules and Practices
Under proposed subpart E, this NPRM
proposes that the railroad develop,
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14045
maintain, adopt, and comply with a
code of operating rules, timetables, and
timetable special instructions, along
with procedures for instruction and
testing of all employees involved with
the movement of rail vehicles prior to
commencing revenue operations.
FRA also proposes to require that the
railroad’s initial code of operating rules,
timetable, and timetable special
instructions be based on the serviceproven practices and procedures used
by JRC on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system. FRA acknowledges that as the
project matures, changes to the code of
operating rules, timetable, and timetable
special instructions that deviate from
JRC practice may become necessary due
to the uniqueness of the individual
operation. However, FRA still expects
that whatever changes are made to the
code of operating rules, timetable, and
timetable special instructions, they will
remain consistent with JRC practice,
and provide the same level of safety and
performance.
It is important to note that, unlike
what was included in the railroad’s
rulemaking petition, FRA does not
propose to expressly approve the
railroad’s code of operating rules,
timetable, and timetable special
instructions. Rather, FRA proposes to
remain consistent with current U.S.
practice, with respect to the approval.
FRA does, however, propose to retain
the ability to disapprove the code of
operating rules, timetable, and timetable
special instructions in whole or in part,
for cause stated, and at any time.
8. Personnel Qualification
This proposal follows FRA’s current
practice of requiring employees who
perform safety related duties to be
qualified to perform those duties under
a training program developed by the
railroad. The railroad will be
responsible for developing the
curriculum for the program and
ensuring that specific training
requirements outlined in relevant
sections of this NPRM, or applicable
FRA regulations of general applicability,
are properly included. Based on the
railroad’s rulemaking petition, the
qualification training program will be
modeled on JRC’s training program in
Japan.
Although a separate subpart
addressing personnel qualifications was
proposed in TCRR’s petition for
rulemaking, FRA has decided that
proposing a separate subpart is
unnecessary. The proposed subpart, as
drafted by TCRR, required compliance
with 49 CFR part 243 and contained
additional, specific training
requirements for track inspectors. As 49
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14046
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
CFR part 243 is proposed as applicable
to the railroad under § 299.3(c), there is
no need for a separate subpart to so
state. Additionally, since the additional
training requirements were specific to
track inspectors, FRA has moved those
provisions under proposed subpart C,
which addresses track safety, thus fully
obviating the need for the subpart.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
D. Applicability of FRA’s Current
Regulations
The proposed rule holds the railroad
ultimately responsible for compliance
with all aspects of the proposal, along
with certain existing FRA regulations. In
its petition, TCRR proposed to comply
with the pertinent existing FRA
regulations contained generally in 49
CFR parts 200–299, as listed in
§ 299.3(c), that are speed and technology
neutral. After further review of those
rules, there are certain additional
provisions that are not appropriate for
this system. Those individual sections
are specifically excluded under
§ 299.3(c).
FRA also notes that there are many
sectional cross-references within
applicable FRA regulations to other FRA
regulations that are not applicable to
this project, such as 49 CFR parts 213,
217, subpart I of 236, and 238. Without
specifically addressing each instance,
FRA makes clear that where such a
cross-reference exists in the applicable
regulations enumerated under
§ 299.3(c)(1) through (23), the railroad
will instead comply with the equivalent
requirements proposed in this NPRM.
For example, where there is a crossreference to a section under 49 CFR part
213, which deals with track safety
standards, or 49 CFR part 217, which
deals with railroad operating rules and
practices, the railroad would instead
refer to, and comply with, subpart C for
the applicable track safety requirements,
or subpart E for the applicable
requirements addressing operating rules
and practices.
E. Incorporation by Reference
FRA proposes to incorporate by
reference six Japanese Industrial
Standards (JIS) and three ASTM
International (ASTM) standards. As
required by 1 CFR 51.5, FRA has
summarized the standards it proposes to
incorporate by reference and has shown
the reasonable availability of those
standards here. The Japanese Industrial
Standards are reasonably available to all
interested parties online at
www.jsa.or.jp (Japanese site), or
www.jsa.or.jp/en (English site).
Additionally, the ASTM standards are
reasonably available to all interested
parties online at www.astm.org. Further,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
FRA will maintain a copy of these
standards available for review at the
Federal Railroad Administration, Docket
Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE,
Washington, DC 20590.
Under § 299.13(d)(4) and (5), FRA
proposes to incorporate by reference
three versions of JIS E 1101, ‘‘Flat
bottom railway rails and special rails for
switches and crossings of non-treated
steel.’’ JIS E 1101:2001 addresses the
manufacturing of the steel rail. It
specifies the quality and the tests for flat
bottom railway rails of non-treated steel
with a calculated mass of 30 kg/m or
more and special rails for those railway
switches and crossings. JIS E 1101:2006
and JIS E 1101:2012 amend JIS E
1101:2001 by updating references to
other cited standards (e.g., updating the
title to the cited reference), updating
references to specific clauses within a
cited standard, or by deleting a
reference to a cited standard. By
incorporating these standards by
reference, FRA will make certain that
the rail side of the wheel-rail interface
remains identical to that used on the
service proven high-speed lines of JRC,
by ensuring that the rail is
manufactured to the same specifications
as the rail used on the Tokaido
Shinkansen system.
Under § 299.403(b), FRA proposes to
incorporate by reference two versions of
JIS E 7105 ‘‘Rolling Stock—Test
methods of static load for body
structures.’’ JIS E 7105:2006 addresses
test methods for trainset carbodies. It
specifies the test methods of static load
for confirming strength, rigidity and the
like of body structures for passenger
stock such as electric railcars, internalcombustion railcars and passenger cars
principally. JIS E 7105:2011 amends JIS
E 7105:20006 by updating references to
other cited standards (e.g., updating the
title to the cited reference), updating
references to specific clauses within a
cited standard, or by updating
specifications from the 2006 version. By
incorporating these standards by
reference, FRA will maintain the same
strength and rigidity of TCRR’s trainset
carbody structure. This will help
preserve the occupied volume from
premature degradation due to typical inservice loads and vibration.
Under § 299.409(g), FRA proposes to
incorporate by reference JIS B 8265
‘‘Construction of pressure vesselsgeneral principles,’’ published
December 27, 2010. JIS B 8265
addresses manufacturing of pressure
vessels and specifies certain
requirements for the construction and
fixtures of pressure vessels with the
design pressure of less than 30 MPa. By
incorporating this standard by reference,
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
FRA will ensure that the pressurized air
reservoirs used in TCRR’s trainset are
designed and constructed to the same
service-proven standard as used in the
N700 trainsets currently operated on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Under § 299.423(e)(1), FRA proposes
to incorporate by reference ASTM D
4956–07 ε1 ‘‘Standard Specification for
Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic
Control,’’ approved March 15, 2007.
ASTM D 4956–07 ε1 covers flexible, nonexposed glass bead lens and
microprismatic, retroreflective sheeting
designed for use on traffic control signs,
delineators, barricades, and other
devices.
Under § 299.423(e)(1) and (f)(3), FRA
proposes to incorporate by reference
ASTM E 810–03 ‘‘Standard Test Method
for Coefficient of Retroreflection of
Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the
Coplanar Geometry,’’ approved
February 10, 2003. Test method ASTM
E 810–03 describes an instrument
measurement of the retroreflective
performance of retroreflective sheeting.
Under § 299.423(e)(2), FRA proposes
to incorporate by reference ASTM E
2073–07 ‘‘Standard Test Method for
Photopic Luminance of
Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent)
Markings,’’ approved July 1, 2007. FRA
is also proposing to incorporate by
reference Section 5.2 of ASTM E 2073–
07 under § 299.423(e)(2)(ii). Test
method ASTM E 2073–07 covers a
procedure for determining the photopic
luminance of photoluminescent
(phosphorescent) markings. It does not
cover scotopic or mesopic
measurements.
Incorporation of the three ASTM
standards by reference is to ensure that
the materials used for interior and
exterior emergency markings can
provide adequate photoluminescence or
retroreflectivity. As the markings
utilizing these materials will be relied
on during emergencies (either for
passenger to egress or first responders to
gain access), it is important that the
marking can be easily identified and
followed should the emergency occur
during hours of limited visibility with
possible degradation or complete loss of
interior lighting. The standards either
provide performance specifications for
design and manufacture, or provide the
testing methods.
F. Enforcement
FRA may impose civil penalties on
any person, including the railroad or an
independent contractor providing goods
or services to the railroad, that violates
any requirement of this rule. These
penalty provisions parallel the civil
penalty provisions for numerous other
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
railroad safety regulations, and are
authorized by 49 U.S.C. 21301, 21302,
21303, and 21304. Any person who
violates a requirement of this rule may
be subject to civil penalties between the
minimum and maximum amounts
authorized by statute and adjusted for
inflation per violation.8 Individuals may
be subject to penalties for willful
violations only. Where a pattern of
repeated violations, or a grossly
negligent violation creates an imminent
hazard of death or injury, or causes
death or injury, an aggravated maximum
penalty may be assessed.9 In addition,
each day a violation continues
constitutes a separate offense. Finally, a
person may be subject to criminal
penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311 for
knowingly and willfully falsifying
reports required by these regulations.
FRA believes that inclusion of the
penalty provisions is important in
ensuring that compliance is achieved.
See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A for a
detailed statement of the Agency’s
enforcement policy.
Consistent with FRA’s final rule
regarding the removal of civil penalty
schedules from the CFR, please see 84
FR 23730 (May 23, 2019), FRA will not
publish a civil penalty schedule for this
rule in the CFR, but plans to publish a
civil penalty schedule on its website.
Because such penalty schedules are
statements of agency policy, notice and
comment are not required prior to their
issuance, nor are they required to be
published in the CFR. See 5 U.S.C.
553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless, commenters
are invited to submit suggestions to FRA
describing the types of actions or
omissions under each regulatory section
that would subject a person to the
assessment of a civil penalty.
Commenters are also invited to
recommend what penalty amounts may
be appropriate, based upon the relative
seriousness of each type of violation.
V. Regulatory Impact and Notices
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
A. Executive Orders 12866, 13771, and
DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
The TCRR high-speed system is
modeled on the Tokaido Shinkansen
high-speed system, which does not meet
many of the current requirements under
the Passenger Equipment Safety
Standards final rule, published
8 DOT publishes notices in the Federal Register
announcing when it adjusts the minimum and
maximum civil penalties. When adjustments are
made, FRA publishes such adjustments on its
website. Please visit FRA’s website for the current
minimum and maximum civil penalty amounts at
https://railroads.dot.gov/.
9 Please visit FRA’s website for the current
aggravated maximum penalty amount at https://
railroads.dot.gov/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
November 21, 2018 (83 FR 59182).
TCRR desires to maintain the safety
record of the Tokaido Shinkansen highspeed system, so it is imperative that the
system approach to safety and
philosophy of the JRC system be
implemented as it is in Japan. As such,
TCRR is requesting, through the
proposed RPA, that they comply with
regulations that are more stringent than
the current Tier III standards.
FRA has a regulatory program that
addresses equipment, track, operating
practices, and human factors in the
existing, conventional railroad
environment. However, significant
operational and equipment differences
exist between the system proposed by
TCR and existing passenger operations
in the United States. In many of the
railroad safety disciplines, FRA’s
existing regulations do not address the
operational characteristics of the
proposed TCRR system. Therefore, to
ensure that this new system will operate
safely, minimum Federal safety
standards must be in place when TCRR
commences operations.
FRA is proposing to regulate the
TCRR system as a standalone system.
FRA stated in the Tier III final rule that
a standalone system would have to
combine all aspects of railroad safety
(such as operating practices, signal and
train control, and track) that must be
applied to the individual system. Such
an approach covers more than passenger
equipment and would likely necessitate
particular right-of-way intrusion
protection and other safety requirements
not adequately addressed in FRA’s
regulations. FRA continues to believe
that addressing proposals for standalone
high-speed rail systems on a case-bycase basis and comprehensively (such as
through an RPA or other specific
regulatory action(s)), is prudent because
of the small number of potential
operations and the possibility of
significant differences in their designs.
Without the proposed RPA, TCRR
would not be allowed to implement
their proposed system as it does not
meet the requirements outlined under
the Tier III rule. The proposed
regulation, as a rule of particular
applicability, was not subject to review
under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866.
FRA concluded that because the
NPRM generally includes only
voluntary actions or alternative action
that would be voluntary, the NPRM
does not impart additional burdens on
regulated entities. This proposed rule is
expected to be an E.O. 13771
deregulatory action. Details on the
estimate cost savings of this proposed
rule can be found below.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14047
1. Costs
Since TCRR, in its rulemaking
petition, requests regulatory
requirements that may exceed those
currently imposed upon other railroads,
there are no assumed new costs
associated with the NPRM, as any
additional burdens placed onto TCRR
are voluntarily assumed. TCRR is
assuming this burden to ensure that the
Tokaido Shinkansen system can be fully
implemented, as it is currently used by
JRC. Both TCRR and FRA believe that a
complete system approach to safety is
needed to maintain the over 50-year
exemplary safety record that the
Tokaido Shinkansen system has
experienced in Japan. As such, TCRR is
willing to assume the additional burden
by voluntarily requesting regulatory
requirements that exceed what is
currently imposed on other railroads.
2. Benefits
TCRR will replicate the Tokaido
Shinkansen system, adapting the system
and its essential technologies to the
geographic and environmental
conditions in Texas. The TCRR system
is based on accident avoidance
principles to assure collisions and other
operational risks and hazards are
eliminated or reduced to the highest
possible degree. The system includes a
dedicated, grade-separated, and fully
fenced right-of-way with intrusion
detection capabilities. It will be
designed only for high-speed trainsets of
a specific type on the right-of-way
during revenue operations, and
implements a strict temporal separation
of maintenance activities (i.e.,
maintenance will be done at night when
there are no passenger train operations).
The safety features of the TCRR
system will be unique in this country
and do not exist in combination on any
other existing North American railroad.
The proposed rule will require the
TCRR system to implement all serviceproven, safety-critical aspects of JRC’s
Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Additionally, the proposed rule
incorporates the structural
characteristics of JRC’s N700 series
trainset in a manner that can be
regulated and enforced by FRA. The
NPRM also requires the system to be
designed, operated, and maintained in a
manner that effectively mitigates any
hazard that could compromise the
integrity of the trainset. Implementing
the Tokaido Shinkansen N700 series
trainsets as they are currently designed,
along with the accident mitigation
measures required by a systems
approach, and defined in the proposed
rule, will allow TCRR to replicate the
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14048
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
service-proven system and operations of
the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
The replication of the Tokaido
Shinkansen high-speed system by TCRR
will allow TCRR to achieve a degree of
safety that is at least as great or greater
than would be achieved while
complying with existing FRA safety
standards and regulations.
This proposed rule would facilitate
the creation of a new high-speed
passenger railroad operating between
Dallas and Houston, Texas, utilizing the
existing Tokaido Shinkansen technology
that is currently in service in Japan.
Without the proposed rulemaking,
TCRR would incur potentially
significant costs (and potentially lower
system performance) to comply with
existing FRA regulations, or would need
to seek waivers of those regulations that
would not provide long term regulatory
certainty. In either event, such costs and
uncertainty could potentially leave the
project financially infeasible. If that
were the case, potential users of the new
high-speed rail service between Dallas
and Houston would lose the consumer
surplus gains that they would otherwise
enjoy, and any external societal benefits
associated with modal shift for
passenger travel between the two cities
would be lost as well.10
As the Tokaido Shinkansen highspeed system is a service-proven
system, FRA believes that the proposed
rulemaking is the best course of action
to ensure that the public is provided
with the highest level of safety, while
still providing regulatory clarity to
TCRR.
3. Alternatives
FRA provides two alternatives to the
proposed RPA: The ‘‘No Action’’
alternative where, without the proposed
rule, TCRR could decide to not pursue
the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed
system and instead pursue a system that
could be built using the current Tier III
standards, or where TCRR could elect to
comply with FRA’s existing regulations
where the TCRR equipment and
procedures may conflict, necessitating a
comprehensive set of waivers from
existing FRA standards.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
‘‘No Build’’ Alternative
Under one of the potential baseline
alternatives, the ‘‘No Build’’ alternative,
without the proposed RPA TCRR could
decide not to pursue the construction of
its Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed
system and instead could pursue to
10 Note that FRA has not made any determination
regarding the potential financial viability of the
TCRR proposal, even under the terms of this NPRM.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
build a high-speed system that complies
with the current Tier III standards.
JRC would most likely not allow
TCRR to use the Tokaido Shinkansen
high-speed system if it was modified it
to adhere to the current Tier III
standards. In this event, TCRR would
need to design and develop a brand new
high-speed system. In addition to the
high costs of designing and developing
a new high-speed system, there would
be high levels of uncertainty associated
with the overall safety performance of
the system, especially when compared
to the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed
system. Any new system that TCRR
creates would lack the proven safety
record of the Tokaido Shinkansen highspeed system. FRA believes it is
unlikely that TRR would build this
system under this alternative.
Waivers of Compliance
As an alternative to redesigning the
Tokaido Shinkansen system to comply
with FRA’s existing regulations, TCRR
could apply for waivers of compliance.
The continual renewal of waivers would
impose a large paperwork burden on
TCRR as it would need a waiver for a
large portion of its operations, since the
proposed system differs greatly from the
Tier III standards.11 Furthermore,
waivers are revocable, and provide
approval that can be subject to change
and conditions.12
This uncertainty of the longevity of
waiver approval could hinder the
financing and implementation of the
TCRR system. In addition to investor
uncertainty, if waivers are revoked in
the future, there is the potential that the
TCRR system would need to stop
revenue service, which could have a
large impact on passengers who desire
to use the high-speed rail system.
FRA also believes that not regulating
the system holistically could impose
burdens on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system and operations that could be
detrimental to the overall safety of the
system. The Tokaido Shinkansen system
has a proven safety record with over 50
years of service without a single
passenger-related injury or fatality. Both
TCRR and FRA believe that the
integration of the whole Tokaido
Shinkansen system is needed to ensure
the historical safety record is
maintained on TCRR. For example, if
TCRR allowed MOW workers to perform
maintenance during revenue service,
11 On average, waivers would need to be renewed
every 5 years; however, given the complexity of the
TCRR system it is unknown if those waivers would
need to be renewed more often.
12 Waivers are designed to provide relief from a
specific regulatory provision and not to provide
regulatory oversight for an entire railroad system.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
there is a potential that the MOW
workers could be injured or killed. By
not allowing the MOW workers to
perform maintenance during revenue
service, JRC removed the risk potential
entirely. Any deviation from the
Tokaido Shinkansen system, as it is
implemented in Japan, could result in a
decrease in the overall safety of the
system.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and
Executive Order 13272
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980
(5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) and Executive
Order 13272 (67 FR 53461, Aug. 16,
2002) require agency review of proposed
and final rules to assess their impacts on
small entities. An agency must prepare
an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) unless it determines
and certifies that a rule, if promulgated,
would not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. As discussed below, FRA does
not believe this proposed rule would
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
However, FRA is requesting comments
on whether the proposed rule would
impact small entities. Therefore, FRA is
publishing this IRFA to aid the public
in commenting on the potential small
business impacts of the requirements in
this NPRM. FRA invites all interested
parties to submit data and information
regarding the potential economic impact
on small entities that would result from
the adoption of the proposals in this
NPRM. FRA will consider all
information, including comments
received in the public comment process,
to determine whether the rule will have
a significant economic impact on small
entities.
1. Reasons FRA Is Considering the
Proposed Rule
The proposed rule takes a systemsapproach to safety, and so includes
standards that address all aspects of the
TCRR high-speed system, including
signal and trainset control, track safety,
rolling stock, operating rules and
practices, system qualification tests, and
personnel qualifications. In addition,
the proposed rule would make
applicable certain FRA regulations that
apply to all railroads, which are
appropriate for application to TCRR,
such as alcohol and drug standards,
hours of service requirements, and
locomotive engineer and conductor
certification. Consistent with its
statement in the most recent Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards final rule,
published November 21, 2018 (83 FR
59182), FRA proposes to regulate the
TCRR system as a standalone system.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
2. Objectives and the Legal Basis for the
Proposed Rule
The Federal railroad statutes apply to
all railroads, as defined in 49 U.S.C.
20102, including the TCRR system
proposed to be built in Texas.
3. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities Affected
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980
(5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires a review
of proposed and final rules to assess
their impact on small entities, unless
the Secretary certifies that the rule
would not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. ‘‘Small entity’’ is defined in 5
U.S.C. 601 as a small business concern
that is independently owned and
operated, and is not dominant in its
field of operation. The U.S. Small
Business Administration (SBA) has
authority to regulate issues related to
small businesses, and stipulates in its
size standards that a ‘‘small entity’’ in
the railroad industry is a for profit ‘‘linehaul railroad’’ that has fewer than 1,500
employees, a ‘‘short line railroad’’ with
fewer than 500 employees, or a
‘‘commuter rail system’’ with annual
receipts of less than seven million
dollars. See ‘‘Size Eligibility Provisions
and Standards,’’ 13 CFR part 121,
subpart A. Additionally, section 601(5)
of the Small Business Act defines
‘‘small entities’’ as governments of
cities, counties, towns, townships,
villages, school districts, or special
districts with populations less than
50,000 that operate railroads.
Federal agencies may adopt their own
size standards for small entities in
consultation with SBA and in
conjunction with public comment.
Thus, in consultation with SBA, FRA
has published a final statement of
agency policy that formally establishes
‘‘small entities’’ or ‘‘small businesses’’
as railroads, contractors and shippers
that meet the revenue requirements of a
Class III railroad 13—$20 million or less
in inflation-adjusted annual revenue—
and commuter railroads or small
government jurisdictions that serve
populations of 50,000 or less.14
The ‘‘universe’’ of entities this NPRM
would affect includes only those small
entities that can reasonably be expected
to be directly affected by the provisions
of this rule. In this case, the ‘‘universe’’
consists of a single railroad, TCRR. For
the purposes of this analysis, TCRR is
not considered a small entity, as it is
considered to be a passenger railroad,
and therefore doesn’t meet any of the
13 See
49 CFR 1201.1
68 FR 24891 (May 9, 2003) (codified at
appendix C to 49 CFR part 209).
14 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
above definitions of a ‘‘small entity’’ or
a ‘‘small business.’’
FRA requests comments about the
impact that the proposed regulation
would have on TCRR.
4. Description and Estimate of
Compliance Requirements Including
Differences in Cost, if Any, for Different
Groups of Small Entities
As TCRR is not considered a small
entity and, furthermore, is the only
entity being regulated through the
proposed regulation, there are no
compliance requirements that would
impact any small entities.
5. Identification of Relevant Federal
Rules That May Duplicate, Overlap, or
Conflict With the Proposed Rule
The proposed rule takes a systemsapproach, and so includes standards
that address all aspects of the TCRR
high-speed system signal and trainset
control, track safety, rolling stock,
operating rules and practices, system
qualification tests, and personnel
qualifications. In addition, the proposed
rule would make applicable certain
existing FRA regulations that apply to
all railroads, which are appropriate for
application to TCRR, such as alcohol
and drug standards, hours of service
requirements, and locomotive engineer
and conductor certification. No new
regulations are being created with the
proposed rule but rather, the thresholds
of specific general rules of applicability
that apply to all railroads are being
modified to accommodate the unique
Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed rail
system.
As no new regulations are being
created with the proposed rule, FRA
doesn’t believe there is any overlap or
conflict with any rules and regulations.
FRA requests comments regarding any
overlap or conflict with other rules and
regulations that might result from the
proposed rule.
6. Significant Regulatory Alternatives
FRA has a regulatory program in
place, pursuant to its statutory
authority, to address equipment, track,
operating practices, and human factors
in the existing, conventional railroad
environment. However, significant
operational and equipment differences
exist between the system proposed for
Texas and existing passenger operations
in the United States. In many of the
railroad safety disciplines, FRA’s
current regulations do not adequately
address the safety concerns and
operational characteristics of the
proposed TCRR system. Therefore, to
assure the public that this new system
will operate safely, minimum Federal
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14049
safety standards must be in place when
TCRR commences operations.
Furthermore, as TCRR is not
considered a small entity and is the only
entity being regulated through the
proposed rule, there is no economic
impact to a small entity for which an
alternative regulatory approach is
needed in order to minimize the
potential impact to small entities.
FRA invites all interested parties to
submit data and information regarding
the potential economic impact that
would result from adoption of the
proposals in this NPRM. FRA will
consider all comments received in the
public comment process when making a
determination.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance with the Paperwork
Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C 3501–
3520, and its implementing regulations,
5 CFR part 1320, when information
collection requirements pertain to nine
or fewer entities, Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) approval of the
collection requirements is not required.
This regulation pertains to one railroad,
and therefore, OMB approval of the
paperwork collection requirements in
this proposed rule is not required.
D. Federalism Implications
E.O. 13132, ‘‘Federalism’’ (64 FR
43255, Aug. 10, 1999), requires FRA to
develop an accountable process to
ensure ‘‘meaningful and timely input by
State and local officials in the
development of regulatory policies that
have federalism implications.’’ ‘‘Policies
that have federalism implications’’ are
defined in the Executive Order to
include regulations that have
‘‘substantial direct effects on the States,
on the relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government.’’ Under E.O.
13132, the agency may not issue a
regulation with federalism implications
that imposes substantial direct
compliance costs and that is not
required by statute, unless the Federal
Government provides the funds
necessary to pay the direct compliance
costs incurred by State and local
governments, or the agency consults
with State and local government
officials early in the process of
developing the regulation. Where a
regulation has federalism implications
and preempts State law, the agency
seeks to consult with State and local
officials in the process of developing the
regulation.
This proposed rule has been analyzed
under the principles and criteria
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14050
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
contained in E.O. 13132. This proposed
rule will not have a substantial effect on
the States or their political subdivisions,
and it will not affect the relationships
between the Federal Government and
the States or their political subdivisions,
or the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government. In addition, FRA
has determined that this regulatory
action will not impose substantial direct
compliance costs on the States or their
political subdivisions. Therefore, the
consultation and funding requirements
of E.O. 13132 do not apply.
However, the final rule arising from
this rulemaking could have preemptive
effect by operation of law under certain
provisions of the Federal railroad safety
statutes, specifically the former Federal
Railroad Safety Act of 1970, repealed
and recodified at 49 U.S.C. 20106, and
the former Locomotive Boiler Inspection
Act (LIA) at 45 U.S.C. 22–34, repealed
and re-codified at 49 U.S.C. 20701–
20703. Section 20106 provides that
States may not adopt or continue in
effect any law, regulation, or order
related to railroad safety or security that
covers the subject matter of a regulation
prescribed or order issued by the
Secretary of Transportation (with
respect to railroad safety matters) or the
Secretary of Homeland Security (with
respect to railroad security matters),
except when the State law, regulation,
or order qualifies under the ‘‘essentially
local safety or security hazard’’
exception to section 20106. Moreover,
the former LIA has been interpreted by
the Supreme Court as preempting the
field concerning locomotive safety. See
Napier v. Atlantic Coast Line R.R., 272
U.S. 605 (1926).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
E. International Trade Impact
Assessment
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979
(Pub. L. 96–39, 19 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.)
prohibits Federal agencies from
engaging in any standards or related
activities that create unnecessary
obstacles to the foreign commerce of the
United States. Legitimate domestic
objectives, such as safety, are not
considered unnecessary obstacles. The
statute also requires consideration of
international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis for
U.S. standards.
FRA has assessed the potential effect
of this proposed rulemaking on foreign
commerce and believes that its
proposed requirements are consistent
with the Trade Agreements Act. The
requirements are safety standards,
which, as noted, are not considered
unnecessary obstacles to trade.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
F. Environmental Impact
FRA is evaluating the potential
environmental impacts that may result
from this proposed rule in accordance
with the National Environmental Policy
Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.),
other environmental statutes, related
regulatory requirements, and its
‘‘Procedures for Considering
Environmental Impacts’’ (FRA’s
Procedures) (64 FR 28545, May 26,
1999). FRA released a draft
environmental impact statement (EIS)
for public comment on December 22,
2017. The public comment period on
the draft EIS closed on March 9, 2018.
FRA is addressing public comments
received on the draft EIS and
conducting additional environmental
analysis as needed to inform its
preparation of the final EIS. FRA must
issue the final EIS and its record of
decision before issuing the final rule
establishing an alternative regulatory
framework for safety oversight of the
system proposed by TCRR. The draft EIS
is available on FRA’s website at https://
www.fra.dot.gov/Page/P0700. FRA will
provide notice of publication of the final
EIS to the public in the Federal
Register, through the Environmental
Protection Agency’s weekly Notice of
Availability, and on its website at the
above web address.
G. Executive Order 12898
(Environmental Justice)
E.O. 12898, ‘‘Federal Actions to
Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations,’’ and DOT Order 5610.2(a)
(91 FR 27534, May 10, 2012) require
DOT agencies to achieve environmental
justice as part of their mission by
identifying and addressing, as
appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or
environmental effects, including
interrelated social and economic effects,
of their programs, policies, and
activities on minority populations and
low-income populations. The DOT
Order instructs DOT agencies to address
compliance with E.O. 12898 and
requirements within the DOT Order in
rulemaking activities, as appropriate.
FRA has evaluated this proposed rule
under E.O. 12898 and the DOT Order
and has determined that it will not
cause disproportionately high and
adverse human health and
environmental effects on minority
populations or low-income populations.
H. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal
Consultation)
FRA has evaluated this proposed rule
in accordance with the principles and
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
criteria contained in E.O. 13175,
‘‘Consultation and Coordination with
Indian Tribal Governments,’’ dated
November 6, 2000. This proposed rule
will not have a substantial direct effect
on one or more Indian tribes, will not
impose substantial direct compliance
costs on Indian tribal governments, and
will not preempt tribal laws. Therefore,
the funding and consultation
requirements of E.O. 13175 do not
apply, and a tribal summary impact
statement is not required.
I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995
Under section 201 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L.
104–4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal
agency ‘‘shall, unless otherwise
prohibited by law, assess the effects of
Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and tribal governments, and the
private sector (other than to the extent
that such regulations incorporate
requirements specifically set forth in
law).’’ Section 202 of the Act (2 U.S.C.
1532) further requires that ‘‘before
promulgating any general notice of
proposed rulemaking that is likely to
result in the promulgation of any rule
that includes any Federal mandate that
may result in expenditure by State,
local, and tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
$100,000,000 or more (adjusted
annually for inflation) in any 1 year, and
before promulgating any final rule for
which a general notice of proposed
rulemaking was published, the agency
shall prepare a written statement’’
detailing the effect on State, local, and
tribal governments and the private
sector. This proposed rule will not
result in the expenditure, in the
aggregate, of $100,000,000 or more (as
adjusted annually for inflation) in any
one year, and thus preparation of such
a statement is not required.
J. Energy Impact
E.O. 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning
Regulations That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’
requires Federal agencies to prepare a
Statement of Energy Effects for any
‘‘significant energy action.’’ See 66 FR
28355, May 22, 2001. FRA has evaluated
this proposed rule in accordance with
E.O. 13211 and determined that this
regulatory action is not a ‘‘significant
energy action’’ within the meaning of
the E.O.
E.O. 13783, ‘‘Promoting Energy
Independence and Economic Growth,’’
requires Federal agencies to review
regulations to determine whether they
potentially burden the development or
use of domestically produced energy
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
resources, with particular attention to
oil, natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy
resources. See 82 FR 16093, March 31,
2017. FRA has determined this
regulatory action will not burden the
development or use of domestically
produced energy resources.
K. Privacy Act Statement
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c),
DOT solicits comments from the public
to better inform its rulemaking process.
DOT posts these comments, without
edit, to www.regulations.gov, as
described in the system of records
notice, DOT/ALL–14 FDMS, accessible
through www.dot.gov/privacy. To
facilitate comment tracking and
response, we encourage commenters to
provide their name, or the name of their
organization; however, submission of
names is completely optional. Whether
commenters identify themselves, all
timely comments will be fully
considered. If you wish to provide
comments containing proprietary or
confidential information, please contact
the agency for alternate submission
instructions.
List of Subjects
High-speed rail, Incorporation by
reference, Railroad safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Rule of
particular applicability, Tokaido
Shinkansen.
The Proposed Rule
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, FRA proposes to add part 299
to chapter II, subtitle B of title 49, Code
of Federal Regulations as follows:
1. Part 299 is added to read as follows:
PART 299—TEXAS CENTRAL
RAILROAD HIGH–SPEED RAIL
SAFETY STANDARDS
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Subpart A—General Requirements
Sec.
299.1 Purpose and scope.
299.3 Applicability.
299.5 Definitions.
299.7 Responsibility for compliance.
299.9 Notifications and filings.
299.11 Electronic recordkeeping.
299.13 System description.
299.15 Special approvals.
299.17 Incorporation by reference.
Subpart B—Signal and Trainset Control
System
299.201 Technical PTC system
requirements.
299.203 PTC system required.
299.205 PTC System Certification.
299.207 PTC Safety Plan content
requirements.
299.209 PTC system use and failures.
299.211 Communications and security
requirements.
299.213 Records retention.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
299.215 Operations and Maintenance
Manual.
Subpart C—Track Safety Standards
299.301 Restoration or renewal of track
under traffic conditions.
299.303 Measuring track not under load.
299.305 Drainage.
299.307 Vegetation.
299.309 Classes of track: operating speed
limits.
299.311 Track geometry; general.
299.313 Track geometry; performance
based.
299.315 Curves; elevations and speed
limitations.
299.317 Track strength.
299.319 Track fixation and support.
299.321 Defective rails.
299.323 Continuous welded rail (CWR)
plan.
299.325 Continuous welded rail (CWR);
general.
299.327 Rail end mismatch.
299.329 Rail joints and torch cut rails.
299.331 Turnouts and crossings generally.
299.333 Frog guard rails and guard faces;
gauge.
299.335 Derails.
299.337 Automated vehicle-based
inspection systems.
299.339 Daily sweeper inspection.
299.341 Inspection of rail in service.
299.343 Initial inspection of new rail and
welds.
299.345 Visual inspections; right-of-way.
299.347 Special inspections.
299.349 Inspection records.
299.351 Qualifications for track
maintenance and inspection personnel.
299.353 Personnel qualified to supervise
track restoration and renewal.
299.355 Personnel qualified to inspect
track.
299.357 Personnel qualified to inspect and
restore continuous welded rail.
Subpart D—Rolling Stock
299.401 Clearance requirements.
299.403 Trainset structure.
299.405 Trainset interiors.
299.407 Glazing.
299.409 Brake system.
299.411 Bogies and suspension system.
299.413 Fire safety.
299.415 Doors.
299.417 Emergency lighting.
299.419 Emergency communication.
299.421 Emergency roof access.
299.423 Markings and instructions for
emergency egress and rescue access.
299.425 Low-location emergency exit path
marking.
299.427 Emergency egress windows.
299.429 Rescue access windows.
299.431 Driver’s controls and cab layout.
299.433 Exterior lights.
299.435 Electrical system design.
299.437 Automated monitoring.
299.439 Event recorders.
299.441 Trainset electronic hardware and
software safety.
299.443 Safety appliances.
299.445 Trainset inspection, testing, and
maintenance requirements.
299.447 Movement of defective equipment.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14051
Subpart E—Operating Rules
299.501 Purpose.
299.503 Operating rules; filing and
recordkeeping.
299.505 Programs of operational tests and
inspections; recordkeeping.
299.507 Program of instruction on operating
rules; recordkeeping.
Subpart F—System Qualification Tests
299.601 Responsibility for verification
demonstrations and tests.
299.603 Preparation of system-wide
qualification test plan.
299.605 Functional and performance
qualification tests.
299.607 Pre-revenue service systems
integration testing.
299.609 Vehicle/track system qualification.
299.611 Simulated revenue operations.
299.613 Verification of compliance.
Subpart G—Inspection, Testing, and
Maintenance Program
299.701 General requirements.
299.703 Compliance.
299.705 Standard procedures for safely
performing inspection, testing, and
maintenance, or repairs.
299.707 Maintenance intervals.
299.709 Quality control program.
299.711 Inspection, testing, and
maintenance program format.
299.713 Program approval procedures.
Appendix A to Part 299—Criteria for
Certification of Crashworthy Event Recorder
Memory Module
Appendix B to Part 299—Cab Noise Test
Protocol
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133,
20141, 20302–20303, 20306, 20701–20702,
21301–21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note;
and 49 CFR 1.89.
Subpart A—General Requirements
§ 299.1
Purpose and scope.
This part prescribes minimum Federal
safety standards for the high-speed
transportation system described in
detail in § 299.13, known as Texas
Central Railroad, LLC and hereinafter
referred to as the ‘‘railroad.’’ The
purpose of this part is to prevent
accidents, casualties, and property
damage which could result from
operation of this system.
§ 299.3
Applicability.
(a) This part applies only to the
railroad, as described in § 299.13.
(b) Except as stated in paragraph (c)
of this section, this part, rather than the
generally applicable Federal railroad
safety regulations, shall apply to the
railroad.
(c) The following Federal railroad
safety regulations found in Title 49 of
the Code of Federal Regulations, and
any amendments are applicable to the
railroad.
(1) Part 207, Railroad Police Officers;
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14052
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(2) Part 209, Railroad Safety
Enforcement Procedures;
(3) Part 210, Railroad Noise Emission
Compliance Regulations;
(4) Part 211, Rules of Practice;
(5) Part 212, State Safety Participation
Regulations;
(6) Part 214, Railroad Workplace
Safety, except § 214.339;
(7) Part 216, Special Notice and
Emergency Order Procedures;
(8) Part 218, Railroad Operating
Practices;
(9) Part 219, Control of Alcohol and
Drug Use;
(10) Part 220, Radio Standards and
Procedures;
(11) Part 225, Railroad Accidents/
Incidents: Reports, Classification, and
Investigations;
(12) Part 227, Occupational Noise
Exposure except § 227.119(c)(10) and
(11) with respect to the railroad’s highspeed trainsets only, which shall
comply with 299.431(k) and (l);
(13) Part 228, Hours of Service of
Railroad Employees;
(14) Part 233, Signal Systems
Reporting Requirements;
(15) Part 235, Instructions Governing
Applications for Approval of a
Discontinuance or Material
Modification of a Signal System or
Relief from the Requirements of Part
236, except § 235.7;
(16) Part 236, Installation, Inspection,
Maintenance and Repair of Signal and
Train Control System, Devices, and
Appliances, subparts A through G, as
excepted by the railroad’s PTC Safety
Plan (PTCSP) under § 299.201(d);
(17) Part 237, Railroad Bridge Safety
Standards;
(18) Part 239, Passenger Train
Emergency Preparedness;
(19) Part 240, Qualification and
Certification of Locomotive Engineers;
(20) Part 242, Qualification and
Certification of Train Conductors;
(21) Part 243, Training, Qualification,
and Oversight for Safety-Related
Railroad Employees;
(22) Part 270, System Safety Program
(23) Part 272, Critical Incident Stress
Plans; and
(24) The following parts shall apply to
the railroad’s maintenance-of-way
equipment as it is used in work trains,
rescue operations, yard movements, and
other non-passenger functions:
(i) Part 215, Railroad Freight Car
Safety Standards;
(ii) Part 223 Glazing Standards;
(iii) Part 229, Railroad Locomotive
Safety Standards, except—
(A) Section 229.71. Instead, the
railroad’s maintenance-of-way
equipment shall comply with
§ 299.401(b), except for the sweeper
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
vehicle, which shall have a clearance
above top of rail no less than 35 mm
(1.77 inches).
(B) Section 229.73. Instead, the
railroad’s maintenance-of-way
equipment shall be designed so as to be
compatible with the railroad’s track
structure under subpart C of this part.
(iv) Part 231, Railroad Safety
Appliance Standards; and,
(v) Part 232, Railroad Power Brakes
and Drawbars.
(d) The Federal railroad safety statutes
apply to all railroads, as defined in 49
U.S.C. 20102. The railroad covered by
this part is a railroad under that
definition. Therefore, the Federal
railroad safety statutes, Subtitle V of
Title 49 of the United States Code, apply
directly to the railroad. However,
pursuant to authority granted under 49
U.S.C. 20306, FRA has exempted the
railroad from certain requirements of 49
U.S.C. ch. 203.
§ 299.5
Definitions.
As used in this part—
Absolute block means a block of track
circuits in which no trainset is
permitted to enter while occupied by
another trainset.
Adjusting/de-stressing means the
procedure by which a rail’s neutral
temperature is readjusted to the desired
value. It typically consists of cutting the
rail and removing rail anchoring
devices, which provides for the
necessary expansion and contraction,
and then re-assembling the track.
Administrator means the
Administrator of the FRA or the
Administrator’s delegate.
Associate Administrator means FRA’s
Associate Administrator for Safety and
Chief Safety Officer, or that person’s
delegate.
Automatic train control (ATC) means
the signaling system, composed of
ground and on-board equipment. The
on-board equipment continually
receives a signal from the ground
equipment. ATC on-board equipment
controls the trainset speed to prevent
train-to-train collisions and overspeed
derailments.
ATC cut-out mode means the mode of
ATC on-board equipment used for
emergency operations to disable the
ATC on-board equipment on the
trainset.
ATC main line mode means the mode
of ATC on-board equipment which
controls trainset speed on mainlines.
ATC overrun protection means an
overlay of the ATC shunting mode to
prevent overrun at the end of a track.
ATC shunting mode means the mode
of ATC on-board equipment which
restricts the trainsets maximum speed to
30 km/h (19 mph).
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Brake, air means a combination of
devices operated by compressed air,
arranged in a system and controlled
electrically or pneumatically, by means
of which the motion of a train or trainset
is retarded or arrested.
Brake, disc means a retardation
system used on the passenger trainsets
that utilizes flat discs as the braking
surface.
Brake, electric means a trainset
braking system in which the kinetic
energy of a moving trainset is used to
generate electric current at the traction
motors, which is then returned into the
catenary system.
Brake, emergency application means a
brake application initiated by a deenergized brake command and is
retrievable when there is no
malfunction that initiates an automatic
emergency brake application. An
emergency brake application can be
initiated by the driver or automatically
by ATC. An emergency brake
application, as defined here, is
equivalent to a full-service brake
application in the U.S.
Brake, urgent application means an
irretrievable brake application designed
to minimize the braking distance. An
urgent brake application, as defined
here, is the equivalent of an emergency
brake application in the U.S.
Bogie means an assembly that
supports the weight of the carbody and
which incorporates the suspension,
wheels and axles, traction motors and
friction brake components. Each unit of
a trainset is equipped with two bogies.
In the U.S. a bogie is commonly referred
to as a truck.
Broken rail means a partial or
complete separation of an otherwise
continuous section of running rail,
excluding rail joints, expansion joints,
and insulated joints.
Buckling incident/buckling rail means
the formation of a lateral misalignment
caused by high longitudinal
compressive forces in a rail sufficient in
magnitude to exceed the track geometry
alignment safety limits defined in
§ 299.309.
Buckling-prone condition means a
track condition that can result in the
track being laterally displaced due to
high compressive forces caused by
critical rail temperature combined with
insufficient track strength and/or train
dynamics.
Cab means the compartment or space
within a trainset that is designed to be
occupied by a driver and contain an
operating console for exercising control
over the trainset.
Cab car means a rail vehicle at the
leading or trailing end, or both, of a
trainset which has a driver’s cab and is
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
intended to carry passengers, baggage,
or mail. A cab car may or may not have
propelling motors.
Cab end structure means the main
support projecting upward from the
underframe at the cab end of a trainset.
Cab signal means a signal located in
the driver’s compartment or cab,
indicating a condition affecting the
movement of a trainset.
Calendar day means a time period
running from one midnight to the next
midnight on a given date.
Cant deficiency means the additional
height, which if added to the outer rail
in a curve, at the designated vehicle
speed, would provide a single resultant
force, due to the combined effects of
weight and centrifugal force on the
vehicle, having a direction
perpendicular to the plane of the track.
Continuous welded rail (CWR) means
rail that has been welded together into
lengths exceeding 122 m (400 feet). Rail
installed as CWR remains CWR,
regardless of whether a joint is installed
into the rail at a later time.
Consist, fixed means a semipermanently coupled trainset that is
arranged with each unit in a specific
location and orientation within the
trainset.
Core system, high-speed means the
safety-critical systems, sub-systems, and
procedures required for a high-speed
system operation that assures a safe
operation as required within this part.
Crewmember means a railroad
employee called to perform service
covered by 49 U.S.C. 21103.
Critical buckling stress means the
minimum stress necessary to initiate
buckling of a structural member.
Desired rail installation temperature
range means the rail temperature range
in a specific geographical area, at which
forces in CWR installed in that
temperature range should not cause a
track buckle in extreme heat, or a pullapart during extreme cold weather.
Disturbed track means the
disturbance of the roadbed or ballast
section, as a result of track maintenance
or any other event, which reduces the
lateral or longitudinal resistance of the
track, or both.
Driver means any person who controls
the movement of a trainset(s) from the
cab, and is required to be certified under
49 CFR part 240. A driver, as used in
this part, is equivalent to a locomotive
engineer.
Employee or railroad employee means
an individual who is engaged or
compensated by the railroad or by a
contractor to the railroad to perform any
of the duties defined in this part.
Event recorder means a device,
designed to resist tampering, that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
monitors and records data, as detailed
in §§ 299.439 and 236.1005(d) of this
chapter, over the most recent 48 hours
of operation of the trainset.
Expansion joint means a piece of
special trackwork designed to absorb
heat-induced expansion and contraction
of the rails.
General control center means the
location where the general control
center staff work.
General control center staff means
qualified individuals located in the
general control center who are
responsible for the safe operation of the
railroad’s high-speed passenger rail
system. The duties of individuals who
work at the general control center
include: Trainset movement control,
crew logistic management, signaling,
passenger services, rolling stock logistic
management, and right-of-way
maintenance management.
Glazing, end-facing means any
exterior glazing installed in a trainset
cab located where a line perpendicular
to the exterior surface glazing material
makes horizontal angle of 50 degrees or
less with the longitudinal center line of
the rail vehicle in which the panel is
installed. A glazing panel that curves so
as to meet the definition for both sidefacing and end-facing glazing is endfacing glazing.
Glazing, exterior means a glazing
panel that is an integral part of the
exterior skin of a rail vehicle with a
surface exposed to the outside
environment.
Glazing, side-facing means any
glazing located where a line
perpendicular to the exterior surface of
the panel makes an angle of more than
50 degrees with the longitudinal center
line of the rail vehicle in which the
panel is installed.
High voltage means an electrical
potential of more than 150 volts.
In passenger service/in revenue
service means a trainset that is carrying,
or available to carry, passengers.
Passengers need not have paid a fare in
order for the trainset to be considered in
passenger or in revenue service.
In service means, when used in
connection with trainset, a trainset
subject to this part that is in revenue
service, unless the equipment—
(1) Is being handled in accordance
with § 299.447, as applicable;
(2) Is in a repair shop or on a repair
track; or
(3) Is on a storage track and is not
carrying passengers.
Insulated joint, glued means a rail
joint located at the end of a track circuit
designed to insulate electrical current
from the signal system in the rail.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14053
Interior fitting means any component
in the passenger compartment which is
mounted to the floor, ceiling, sidewalls,
or end walls and projects into the
passenger compartment more than 25
mm (1 in.) from the surface or surfaces
to which it is mounted. Interior fittings
do not include side and end walls,
floors, door pockets, or ceiling lining
materials, for example.
Intermediate car means a passenger
car or unit of a trainset located between
cab cars which may or may not have
propelling motors.
L/V ratio means the ratio of the lateral
force that any wheel exerts on an
individual rail to the vertical force
exerted by the same wheel on the rail.
Lateral means the horizontal direction
perpendicular to the direction of travel.
Locomotive means a piece of on-track
rail equipment, other than hi-rail,
specialized maintenance, or other
similar equipment, which may consist
of one or more units operated from a
single control stand with one or more
propelling motors designed for moving
other passenger equipment; with one or
more propelling motors designed to
transport freight or passenger traffic, or
both; or without propelling motors but
with one or more control stands.
Longitudinal means in a direction
parallel to the direction of travel of a rail
vehicle.
Marking/delineator means a visible
notice, sign, symbol, line or trace.
N700 means the N700 series trainset
currently in, or future variants approved
for, use on JRC’s Tokaido Shinkansen
system.
Occupied volume means the volume
of a passenger car or a unit in a trainset
where passengers or crewmembers are
normally located during service
operation, such as the cab and passenger
seating areas. The entire width of a
vehicle’s end compartment that contains
a control stand is an occupied volume.
A vestibule is typically not considered
occupied.
On-board attendant means a qualified
individual on a trainset that is
responsible for coordination with a
station platform attendant to assure
safety during passenger boarding and
alighting within a station. An on-board
attendant, as used in this part, is
equivalent to a passenger conductor.
Override means to climb over the
normal coupling or side buffers and
linking mechanism and impact the end
of the adjoining rail vehicle or unit
above the underframe.
Overrun protection coil means track
circuit cables placed short of turnouts,
or crossovers within stations and
trainset maintenance facilities to
prevent unauthorized route access.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14054
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Passenger car means a unit of a
trainset intended to provide
transportation for members of the
general public. A cab car and an
intermediate car are considered
passenger cars.
Passenger compartment means an
area of a passenger car that consists of
a seating area and any vestibule that is
connected to the seating area by and
open passageway.
Passenger equipment means the N700
series trainset currently in, or future
variants approved for, use on the on
JRC’s Tokaido Shinkansen system, or
any unit thereof.
Permanent deformation means the
undergoing of a permanent change in
shape of a structural member of a rail
vehicle.
PTC means positive train control as
further described in § 299.201.
Qualified individual means a person
that has successfully completed all
instruction, training, and examination
programs required by both the employer
and this part, and that the person,
therefore, may reasonably be expected
to proficiently perform his or her duties
in compliance with all Federal railroad
safety laws, regulations, and orders.
Rail neutral temperature is the
temperature at which the rail is neither
in compression nor tension.
Rail temperature means the
temperature of the rail, measured with
a rail thermometer.
Rail vehicle means railroad rolling
stock, including, but not limited to
passenger and maintenance vehicles.
Railroad equipment means all trains,
trainsets, rail cars, locomotives, and ontrack maintenance vehicles owned or
used by the railroad.
Railroad, the means the company,
also known as the Texas Central
Railroad, LLC, which is the entity that
will operate and maintain the highspeed rail system initially connecting
Dallas to Houston, Texas, and is
responsible for compliance with all
aspects of this rule.
Repair point means a location
designated by the railroad where repairs
of the type necessary occur on a regular
basis. A repair point has, or should
have, the facilities, tools, and personnel
qualified to make the necessary repairs.
A repair point need not be staffed
continuously.
Representative car/area means a car/
area that shares the relevant
characteristics as the car(s)/area(s) it
represents (i.e., same signage/marking
layout, and charging light system for
passive systems or light fixtures and
power system for electrically powered
systems).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
Rollover strength means the strength
provided to protect the structural
integrity of a rail vehicle in the event
the vehicle leaves the track and impacts
the ground on its side or roof.
Safety appliance means an appliance,
required under 49 U.S.C. ch. 203,
excluding power brakes. The term
includes automatic couplers,
handbrakes, crew steps, handholds,
handrails, or ladder treads made of steel
or a material of equal or greater
mechanical strength used by the
traveling public or railroad employees
that provides a means for safe coupling,
uncoupling, or ascending or descending
passenger equipment.
Safety-critical means a component,
system, software, or task that, if not
available, defective, not functioning, not
functioning correctly, not performed, or
not performed correctly, increases the
risk of damage to railroad equipment or
injury to a passenger, railroad employee,
or other person.
Search, valid means a continuous
inspection for internal rail defects
where the equipment performs as
intended and equipment responses are
interpreted by a qualified individual as
defined in subpart C.
Semi-permanently coupled means
coupled by means of a drawbar or other
coupling mechanism that requires tools
to perform the coupling or uncoupling
operation. Coupling and uncoupling of
each semi-permanently coupled unit in
a trainset can be performed safely only
while at a trainset maintenance facility
where personnel can safely get under a
unit or between units, or other location
under the protections of subpart B of
part 218 of this chapter.
Side sill means that portion of the
underframe or side at the bottom of the
rail vehicle side wall.
Shinkansen, Tokaido means the highspeed rail system operated by the
Central Japan Railway Company
between Tokyo and Shin-Osaka, Japan,
that is fully dedicated and grade
separated.
Slab track means railroad track
structure in which the rails are attached
to and supported by a bed or slab,
usually of concrete (or asphalt), which
acts to transfer the load and provide
track stability.
Spall, glazing means small pieces of
glazing that fly off the back surface of
the glazing when an object strikes the
front surface.
Speed, maximum approved means the
maximum trainset speed approved by
FRA based upon the qualification tests
conducted under § 299.609(g).
Speed, maximum authorized means
the speed at which trainsets are
permitted to travel safely, as determined
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
by all operating conditions and signal
indications.
Speed, maximum safe operating
means the highest speed at which
trainset braking may occur without
thermal damage to the discs.
Station platform attendant means a
qualified individual positioned on the
station platform in close proximity to
the train protection switches while a
trainset is approaching and departing a
station, and is responsible for
coordination with an on-board attendant
to assure safety during passenger
boarding and alighting within a station.
Superelevation means the actual
elevation of the outside rail above the
inside rail.
Sweeper vehicle means a rail vehicle
whose function is to detect obstacles
within the static construction gauge
prior to the start of daily revenue
service.
Tight track means CWR which is in a
considerable amount of compression.
Track acceleration measurement
system (TAMS) means an on-track,
vehicle-borne technology used to
measure lateral and vertical carbody
accelerations.
Track geometry measurement system
(TGMS) means an on-track, vehicleborne technology used to measure track
surface, twist, crosslevel, alignment, and
gauge.
Track lateral resistance means the
resistance provided to the rail/crosstie
structure against lateral displacement.
Track longitudinal resistance means
the resistance provided by the rail
anchors/rail fasteners and the ballast
section to the rail/crosstie structure
against longitudinal displacement.
Track, non-ballasted means a track
structure not supported by ballast in
which the rails are directly supported
by concrete or steel structures. Nonballasted track can include slab track
and track structures where the rails are
directly fixed to steel bridges or to
servicing pits within trainset
maintenance facilities.
Train means a trainset, or locomotive
or locomotive units coupled with or
without cars.
Train-induced forces means the
vertical, longitudinal, and lateral
dynamic forces which are generated
during train movement and which can
contribute to the buckling potential of
the rail.
Train protection switch means a
safety device located on station
platforms and on safe walkways along
the right-of-way. The train protection
switch is tied directly into the ATC
system and is used in the event that
trainsets in the immediate area must be
stopped.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Trainset means a passenger train
including the cab cars and intermediate
cars that are semi-permanently coupled
to operate as a single consist. The
individual units of a trainset are
uncoupled only for emergencies or
maintenance conducted in repair
facilities.
Trainset maintenance facility means a
location equipped with the special
tools, equipment, and qualified
individuals capable of conducting preservice inspections and regular
inspections on the trainsets in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program. Trainset maintenance facilities
are also considered repair points.
Transponder means a wayside
component of the ATC system used to
provide trainset position correction on
the mainline or to provide an overlay of
overrun protection within a trainset
maintenance facility.
Underframe means the lower
horizontal support structure of a rail
vehicle.
Unit, trainset means a cab car or
intermediate car of a trainset.
Vestibule means an area of a
passenger car that normally does not
contain seating, is located adjacent to a
side exit door, and is used in passing
from a seating area to a side exit door.
Yard means a system of tracks within
defined limits and outside of the
territory controlled by signals, which
can be used for the making up of nonpassenger trains or the storing of
maintenance-of-way equipment.
Yield strength means the ability of a
structural member to resist a change in
length caused by a applied load.
Exceeding the yield strength will cause
permanent deformation of the member.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.7
Responsibility for compliance.
(a) The railroad shall not—
(1) Use, haul, or permit to be used or
hauled on its line(s) any trainset—
(i) With one or more defects not in
compliance with this part; or
(ii) That has not been inspected and
tested as required by a provision of this
part.
(2) Operate over any track, except as
provided in paragraph (e) of this
section, with one or more conditions not
in compliance this part, if the railroad
has actual knowledge of the facts giving
rise to the violation, or a reasonable
person acting in the circumstances and
exercising reasonable care would have
that knowledge.
(3) Violate any other provision of this
part or any provision of the applicable
FRA regulations listed under § 299.3(c).
(b) For purposes of this rule, a trainset
shall be considered in use prior to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
trainset’s departure as soon as it has
received, or should have received the
inspection required under this part for
movement and is ready for service.
(c) Although many of the
requirements of this part are stated in
terms of the duties of the railroad, when
any person (including, but not limited
to, a contractor performing safetyrelated tasks under contract to the
railroad subject to this part) performs
any function required by this part, that
person (whether or not the railroad) is
required to perform that function in
accordance with this part.
(d) For purposes of this part, the
railroad shall be responsible for
compliance with all track safety
provisions set forth in subpart C of this
part. When the railroad and/or its
assignee have actual knowledge of the
facts giving rise to a violation, or a
reasonable person acting in the
circumstances and exercising reasonable
care would have knowledge that the
track does not comply with the
requirements of this part, it shall—
(1) Bring the track into compliance;
(2) Halt operations over that track; or
(3) Continue operations over the
segment of non-complying track in
accordance with the provisions of
§ 299.309(b) or (c).
(e) The FRA Administrator may hold
the railroad, the railroad’s contractor, or
both responsible for compliance with
the requirements of this part and subject
to civil penalties.
§ 299.9
Notification and filings.
All notifications and filings to the
FRA required by this part shall be
submitted to the Associate
Administrator for Railroad Safety and
Chief Safety Officer, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590,
unless otherwise specified.
§ 299.11
Electronic recordkeeping.
The railroad’s electronic
recordkeeping shall be retained such
that—
(a) The railroad maintains an
information technology security
program adequate to ensure the integrity
of the electronic data storage system,
including the prevention of
unauthorized access to the program
logic or individual records;
(b) The program and data storage
system must be protected by a security
system that utilizes an employee
identification number and password, or
a comparable method, to establish
appropriate levels of program access
meeting all of the following standards:
(1) No two individuals have the same
electronic identity; and
(2) A record cannot be deleted or
altered by any individual after the
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14055
record is certified by the employee who
created the record.
(c) Any amendment to a record is
either—
(1) Electronically stored apart from
the record that it amends; or
(2) Electronically attached to the
record as information without changing
the original record;
(d) Each amendment to a record
uniquely identifies the person making
the amendment;
(e) The system employed by the
railroad for data storage permits
reasonable access and retrieval; and
(f) Information retrieved from the
system can be easily produced in a
printed format which can be readily
provided to FRA representatives in a
timely manner and authenticated by a
designated representative of the railroad
as a true and accurate copy of the
railroad’s records if requested to do so
by FRA representatives.
§ 299.13
System description.
(a) General. This section describes the
components, operations, equipment,
and systems of the railroad’s high-speed
rail system. The railroad shall adhere to
the following general requirements:
(1) The railroad shall not exceed the
maximum trainset speed approved by
FRA under § 299.609(g) while in
revenue service, up to a maximum
speed of 330 km/h (205 mph).
(2) The railroad shall not transport or
permit to be transported in revenue
service any product that has been
established to be a hazardous material
pursuant to 49 CFR part 172, as
amended.
(3) The railroad shall not conduct
scheduled right-of-way maintenance on
a section of the right-of-way prior to that
section of the right-of-way being cleared
of all revenue service trainsets
(including any trainset repositioning
moves), and proper action is taken by
the general control center staff to protect
incursion into established maintenance
zones by revenue trainsets.
Additionally, the railroad shall not
commence revenue service prior to
completion of the maintenance
activities, that section of the right-ofway being cleared of all maintenance-ofway equipment. Further, the railroad is
prohibited from commencing revenue
operations until after conclusion of the
daily sweeper inspection, under
§ 299.339, and the general control center
returning the signal and trainset control
system to the state required to protect
revenue operations.
(b) Right-of-way. (1) The railroad shall
operate on a completely dedicated rightof-way and shall not operate or conduct
joint operations with any other freight
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14056
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
equipment, other than the railroad’s
maintenance-of-way equipment, or
passenger rail equipment. Only the
railroad’s high-speed trainsets approved
for revenue operations under this part,
and any equipment required for
construction, maintenance, and rescue
purposes may be operated over the
railroad’s right-of-way.
(2) There shall be no public highwayrail grade crossings. Animal and nonrailroad equipment crossings shall be
accomplished by means of an underpass
or overpass. Private at-grade crossings
shall be for the exclusive use by the
railroad and shall be limited to track
Classes H0 and H1.
(3) The railroad shall develop and
comply with a right-of-way barrier plan.
The right-of-way barrier plan shall be
maintained at the system headquarters
and will be made available to FRA upon
request. At a minimum, the plan will
contain provisions in areas of
demonstrated need for the prevention
of—
(i) Vandalism;
(ii) Launching of objects from
overhead bridges or structures onto the
path of trainsets;
(iii) Intrusion of vehicles from
adjacent rights-of-way; and
(iv) Unauthorized access to the rightof-way.
(4) The entire perimeter of the
system’s right-of-way, except for
elevated structures such as bridges and
viaducts shall be permanently fenced.
Elevated structures shall be equipped
with walkways and safety railing.
(5) The railroad shall install intrusion
detectors in accordance with the
requirements set forth in subpart C of
this part.
(6) The railroad shall install rain,
flood, and wind detectors in locations
identified by the railroad, based on
relevant criteria used by JRC to provide
adequate warning of when operational
restrictions are required due to adverse
weather conditions. Operating
restrictions shall be defined in the
railroad’s operating rules.
(7) Access to the right-of-way for
maintenance-of-way staff shall be
provided on both sides of the right-ofway in accordance with the inspection,
testing, and maintenance program. This
access shall be protected against entry
by unauthorized persons.
(8) Provision shall be made to permit
emergency personnel to access the rightof-way in accordance with the
Emergency Preparedness Plan pursuant
to part 239 of this chapter. This access
shall be protected against entry by
unauthorized persons.
(9) Throughout the length of the rightof-way, the railroad shall install
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
walkways located at a safe distance from
the tracks at a minimum distance of 2.0
m (6.56 feet) from the field side of the
outside rail for a design speed of 330
km/h (205 mph). The walkways shall be
used primarily for track and right-ofway inspection, but may be used for
emergency evacuation or rescue access.
(10) Access to the right-of-way by
maintenance-of-way personnel shall not
be allowed during revenue operations
unless the access is outside the
minimum safe distance defined in
§ 299.13(b)(9). In the event of
unscheduled maintenance or repair,
emergency access will be provided
under specific circumstances allowed
under the railroad’s operating rules and
the inspection, testing, and maintenance
program.
(11) The railroad shall record all
difficulties and special situations
regarding geology, hydrology,
settlement, landslide, concrete, and
quality criteria that arise during
construction of the right-of-way. After
construction, the railroad shall monitor
the stability and quality standards of
structures such as bridges, viaducts, and
earth structures.
(12) The railroad shall make available
for review by the FRA the track layout
drawings which show, at a minimum,
the following information:
(i) Length of straight sections, spirals
and curves, curve radius,
superelevation, superelevation
variations, gradients, and vertical curve
radii;
(ii) Turnouts and crossover location,
technology, and geometry;
(iii) Maximum operating speed and
allowable cant deficiencies;
(iv) Signal boxes, Go/No-Go signals,
and communication devices;
(v) Details and arrangement of track
circuitry;
(vi) Power feeding equipment
including sectionalization, and return
routing;
(vii) Location of accesses to the rightof-way; and
(viii) The railroad shall also submit
the specifications for the track layout,
permissible track forces, components
such as rail, ballast, ties, rail fasteners,
and switches.
(13) Protection devices shall be
installed on all highway bridge
overpasses in accordance with the rightof-way plan in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section.
(14) There shall be no movable
bridges in the railroad’s system.
Stationary rail bridges located over
highways or navigable waterways shall
have their foundations, piers, or other
support structure appropriately
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
protected against the impact of road
vehicles or water-borne vessels.
(15) Train protection switches shall be
installed at regular intervals on both
sides of the right-of-way at intervals
defined by the railroad and at intervals
not to exceed 60 m (197 feet) on
platforms within stations. These devices
shall act directly on the ATC system.
(16) The railroad shall use the design
wheel and rail profiles, service-proven
on the Tokaido Shinkansen system, or
alternate wheel and rail profiles
approved by FRA.
(c) Railroad system safety—(1)
Inspection, testing, and maintenance
procedures and criteria. The railroad
shall develop, implement, and use a
system of inspection, testing,
maintenance procedures and criteria,
under subpart G of this part, which are
initially based on the Japanese Tokaido
Shinkansen system service-proven
procedures and criteria, to ensure the
integrity and safe operation of the
railroad’s rolling stock, infrastructure,
and signal and trainset control system.
The railroad may, subject to FRA review
and approval, implement inspection,
testing, maintenance procedures and
criteria, incorporating new or emerging
technology, under § 299.713(d)(4).
(2) Operating practices. The railroad
shall develop, implement, and use
operating rules, which meet the
standards set forth in subpart E of this
part and which are based on practices
and procedures proven on the Tokaido
Shinkansen system to ensure the
integrity and safe operation of the
railroad’s system. The railroad shall
have station platform attendants on the
platform in close proximity to the train
protection switches required by
paragraph (b)(15) of this section, while
trainsets are approaching and departing
the station. The railroad’s operating
rules shall require coordination between
on-board crew and station platform
attendants to assure safety during
passenger boarding and alighting from
trainsets at stations.
(3) Personnel qualification
requirements. The railroad shall
develop, implement, and use a training
and testing program, which meets the
requirements set forth in this part and
part 243 of this chapter, to ensure that
all personnel, including railroad
employees and employees of railroad
contractors, possess the skills and
knowledge necessary to effectively
perform their duties.
(4) System qualification tests. The
railroad shall develop, implement, and
use a series of operational and design
tests, which meet the standards set forth
in subpart F of this part, to demonstrate
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
the safe operation of system
components, and the system as a whole.
(d) Track and infrastructure. (1) The
railroad shall construct its track and
infrastructure to meet all material and
operational design criteria, within
normal acceptable construction
tolerances, and to meet the requirements
set forth in subpart C of this part.
(2) The railroad shall operate on
nominal standard gauge, 1,435 mm (56.5
inches), track.
(3) The railroad shall install and
operate on double track throughout the
mainlines, with a minimum nominal
distance between track centerlines of 4
m (13.1 feet) for operating speeds up to
170 km/h (106 mph) (track Classes up
to H4) and 4.2 m (13.8 feet) for operating
speeds greater than 170 km/h (106 mph)
(track Classes H5 and above). Generally,
each track will be used for a single
direction of traffic, and trainset will not
overtake each other on mainline tracks
(except at non-terminal station
locations). The railroad may install
crossover connections between the
double track at each station, and at
regular intervals along the line to permit
flexibility in trainset operations,
maintenance, and emergency rescue.
(4) The railroad’s main track (track
Classes H4 and above) shall consist of
continuous welded rail. Once installed,
the rail shall be field-welded to form
one continuous track segment except
rail expansion joints and where gluedinsulated joints are necessary for
signaling purposes. The rail shall be JIS
E 1101 60 kg rail, as specified in JIS E
1101:2011 as amended by JIS E
1101:2012, and JIS E 1101:2016 (all
incorporated by reference, see § 299.17).
(5) In yards and maintenance
facilities, where operations will be at
lower speeds, the railroad shall install
either JIS E 1101 50kgN rail or JIS E
1101 60 kg rail as specified in JIS E
1101:2011 as amended by JIS E
1101:2012, and JIS E 1101:2016 (all
incorporated by reference, see § 299.17).
(6) The railroad shall use either
ballasted or non-ballasted track to
support the track structure, as
appropriate for the intended high-speed
system.
(i) Except as noted in paragraph
(c)(6)(ii) of this section, for ballasted
mainline track structure, the railroad
shall install pre-stressed concrete ties.
(ii) For special track work such as
turnouts and expansion joints, and at
transitions to bridges, and for nonballasted track, the railroad shall install
either pre-stressed, composite ties, or
use direct fixation. Detailed
requirements are included in subpart C
of this part.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(7) Turnouts, expansion joints and
glued-insulated joints shall be of the
proven design as used on the Tokaido
Shinkansen system.
(8) The trainsets and stations shall be
designed to permit level platform
boarding for passengers and crew at all
side entrance doors. Provisions for high
level boarding shall be made at all
locations in trainset maintenance
facilities where crew and maintenance
personnel are normally required to
access or disembark trainsets.
(e) Signal and trainset control
systems. (1) The railroad’s signal and
trainset control systems, shall be based
upon the service-proven system utilized
on the Tokaido Shinkansen system and
shall include an automatic train control
(ATC) system, interlocking equipment,
and wayside equipment, including:
Track circuits, transponders, and Go/
No-Go signals in stations and trainset
maintenance facilities.
(2) The railroad’s signaling system
shall extend beyond the mainline into
trainset maintenance facilities and be
designed to prevent collisions at all
speeds.
(3) The ATC system shall be designed
with a redundant architecture utilizing
a intrinsic fail-safe design concept.
(4) The trainset braking curves shall
be determined by the on-board
equipment based on the ATC signal
from the ground facility and on-board
database that includes the alignment
and rolling stock performance data. The
on-board equipment shall generate the
braking command based upon the
trainset location, speed, and braking
curves.
(5) The ATC on-board equipment
shall have three modes: Mainline,
shunting, and cut-out.
(i) Mainline mode shall be used for
operations on mainlines and for
entering into the trainset maintenance
facilities. The mainline mode of ATC
on-board equipment shall provide the
following functions:
(A) Prevent train-to-train collisions;
and
(B) Prevent overspeed derailments.
(ii) Shunting mode shall be used to
protect movements within trainset
maintenance facilities and for
emergency operations as required by the
operating rules. When operating in
shunting mode, the trainset shall be
restricted to a maximum speed of 30
km/h.
(iii) Cut-out mode shall be used for
emergency operations and/or in the
event of an ATC system failure as
required by the operating rules.
(6) Interlocking equipment shall
prevent the movement of trainsets
through a switch in an improper
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14057
position and command switch-and-lock
movements on mainlines and within
trainset maintenance facilities.
(7) Track circuits shall be used to
provide broken rail detection.
(8) Overrun protection coils shall be
used at mainline turnouts, crossovers
within stations and trainset
maintenance facilities to prevent
unauthorized route access.
(9) Transponders shall be used on the
mainline to provide trainset position
correction. Transponders may be used
to provide an overlay of overrun
protection within a trainset
maintenance facility.
(10) Go/No-Go signals shall be used in
stations for shunting and emergency
operations and in trainset maintenance
facilities to provide trainset movement
authority.
(11) The railroad shall include an
intrusion detection system as required
by paragraph (b)(3) and (5) of this
section that shall interface with the ATC
system and have the capability to stop
the trainset under specified intrusion
scenarios.
(f) Communications. (1) The railroad
shall install a dedicated communication
system along the right-of-way to
transmit data, telephone, and/or radio
communications that is completely
isolated and independent of the signal
and trainset system. To ensure
transmission reliability, the system shall
include back-up transmission routes.
(2) For trainset operation and
maintenance, the railroad shall install—
(i) A portable radio system for
maintenance and service use; and
(ii) A trainset radio, which shall
facilitate communication between each
trainset and the general control center.
(g) Rolling stock. (1) The railroad’s
rolling stock shall be designed,
operated, and maintained in accordance
with the requirements set forth in
subparts D, E, and H of this part.
(2) The railroad shall utilize bidirectional, fixed-consist, electric
multiple unit (EMU), high-speed
trainsets based on the N700.
(3) Each trainset shall be equipped
with wheel slide control.
(4) Each trainset shall be equipped
with two electrically connected
pantographs. The position of the
pantographs (up or down) shall be
displayed in the driver’s cab.
(5) The driver’s cab shall be a full
width and dedicated cab and shall be
arranged to enhance safety of operation,
range of vision, visibility and readability
of controls and indicators, accessibility
of controls, and climate control.
(6) The railroad’s passenger
equipment brake system shall be based
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14058
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
on the N700’s design and shall meet the
following standards:
(i) Each trainset shall be equipped
with an electronically controlled brake
system that shall ensure that each unit
in the trainset responds independently
to a brake command. The brake
command shall be transmitted through
the on-board internal trainset control
network, as well as through the trainline
for redundancy.
(A) Motorized cars shall be equipped
with regenerative and electronically
controlled pneumatic brakes. The
system shall be designed to maximize
the use of regenerative brakes.
(B) Non-motorized cars shall be
equipped with electronically controlled
pneumatic brakes.
(C) The friction brakes on each bogie
shall be cheek mounted disc brakes.
(D) Each car shall be equipped with
an electronic and pneumatic brake
control unit and a main reservoir. The
system shall be designed that in the
event of a failure of an electronic control
unit in a car, brake control shall be
provided by the electronic control unit
on the adjacent car. Each car in the
trainset shall be equipped with a backup
wheel slide protection controller that
will provide wheel slide protection in
the event of a wheel slide protection
controller failure.
(ii) The braking system shall be
designed with the following brake
controls: Service, emergency, urgent,
and rescue brake.
(iii) The service and emergency brake
shall be applied automatically by ATC
or manually by the driver.
(iv) The urgent brake control shall be
independent of the service and
emergency brake control and shall be
automatically applied if the trainset is
parted. Application of the urgent brake
shall produce an irretrievable stop. The
urgent brake force shall be designed to
vary according to speed in order to
minimize the braking distance and
avoid excessive demand of adhesion at
higher speeds.
(v) A disabled trainset shall be
capable of having its brake system
controlled electronically by a rescue
trainset.
(vi) Independent of the driver’s brake
handle in the cab, each trainset shall be
equipped with two urgent brake
switches in each cab car, accessible only
to the crew; located adjacent to the door
control station and that can initiate an
urgent brake application. If door control
stations are provided in intermediate
cars that are accessible only to crew
members, then the urgent brake
switches must also be included adjacent
to the door control stations.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(vii) The railroad shall establish a
maximum safe operating speed to
address brake failures that occur in
revenue service as required by
§ 299.409(f)(4). In the event of any
friction brake failure on a trainset, the
speed shall be limited by ATC on-board
equipment in accordance with the brake
failure switch position selected by the
driver and as required by § 299.447.
§ 299.15
Special approvals.
(a) General. The following procedures
govern consideration and action upon
requests for special approval of
alternative standards to this part.
(b) Petitions for special approval of
alternative standard. Each petition for
special approval of an alternative
standard shall contain—
(1) The name, title, address, and
telephone number of the primary person
to be contacted with regard to review of
the petition;
(2) The alternative proposed, in detail,
to be substituted for the particular
requirements of this part; and
(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or
both, establishing that the alternative
will provide at least an equivalent level
of safety.
(c) Petitions for special approval of
alternative compliance. Each petition
for special approval of alternative
compliance shall contain—
(1) The name, title, address, and
telephone number of the primary person
to be contacted with regard to the
petition;
(2) High-speed core systems and
system components of special design
shall be deemed to comply with this
part, if the FRA Associate Administrator
determines under paragraph (d) of this
section that the core system or system
components provide at least an
equivalent level of safety in the
environment defined within § 299.13
with respect to the protection of railroad
employees and the public. In making a
determination under paragraph (d) of
this section the Associate Administrator
shall consider, as a whole, all of those
elements of casualty prevention or
mitigation relevant to the integrity of the
core system or components that are
addressed by the requirements of this
part.
(d) Petition contents. The Associate
Administrator may only make a finding
of equivalent safety and compliance
with this part, based upon a submission
of data and analysis sufficient to
support that determination. The petition
shall include—
(1) The information required by
§ 299.15(b) or (c), as appropriate;
Information, including detailed
drawings and materials specifications,
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
sufficient to describe the actual
construction and function of the core
systems or system components of
special design;
(2) A quantitative risk assessment,
incorporating the design information
and engineering analysis described in
this paragraph, demonstrating that the
core systems or system components, as
utilized in the service environment
defined in § 299.13, presents no greater
hazard of serious personal injury than
existing core system or system
components that conform to the specific
requirements of this part.
(e) Federal Register notice. FRA will
publish a notice in the Federal Register
concerning each petition under
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(f) Comment. Not later than 30 days
from the date of publication of the
notice in the Federal Register
concerning a petition under paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section, any person
may comment on the petition.
(1) Each comment shall set forth
specifically the basis upon which it is
made, and contain a concise statement
of the interest of the commenter in the
proceeding.
(2) Each comment shall be submitted
to the U.S. Department of
Transportation, Docket Operations (M–
30), West Building Ground Floor, Room
W12–140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE,
Washington, DC 20590, and shall
contain the assigned docket number for
that proceeding. The form of such
submission may be in written or
electronic form consistent with the
standards and requirements established
by the Federal Docket Management
System and posted on its website at
https://www.regulations.gov.
(g) Disposition of petitions. (1) FRA
will conduct a hearing on a petition in
accordance with the procedures
provided in § 211.25 of this chapter.
(2) If FRA finds that the petition
complies with the requirements of this
section or that the proposed plan is
acceptable the petition will be granted,
normally within 90 days of its receipt.
If the petition is neither granted nor
denied within 90 days, the petition
remains pending for decision. FRA may
attach special conditions to the approval
of the petition. Following the approval
of a petition, FRA may reopen
consideration of the petition for cause
stated.
(3) If FRA finds that the petition does
not comply with the requirements of
this section, or that the proposed plan
is not acceptable or that the proposed
changes are not justified, or both, the
petition will be denied, normally within
90 days of its receipt.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(4) When FRA grants or denies a
petition, or reopens consideration of the
petition, written notice is sent to the
petitioner and other interested parties.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.17
Incorporation by reference.
Certain material is incorporated by
reference into this part with the
approval of the Director of the Federal
Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1
CFR part 51. All approved material is
available for inspection at Federal
Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk,
1200 New Jersey Avenue SE,
Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: 202–
493–6052); email: FRALegal@dot.gov
and is available from the sources
indicated in this section. It is also
available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration
(NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA,
email fedreg.legal@nara.gov or go to
www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/
ibr-locations.html.
(a) ASTM International, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959,
www.astm.org.
(1) ASTM D 4956–07 ε1, Standard
Specification for Retroreflective
Sheeting for Traffic Control, approved
March 15, 2007; into § 299.423.
(2) ASTM E 810–03, Standard Test
Method for Coefficient of Retroreflection
of Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the
Coplanar Geometry, approved February
10, 2003; into § 299.423.
(3) ASTM E 2073–07, Standard Test
Method for Photopic Luminance of
Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent)
Markings, approved July 1, 2007; into
§ 299.423.
(b) Japanese Standards Association 4–
1–24, Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 107–
8440 Japan, www.jsa.or.jp (Japanese
site), or www.jsa.or.jp/en (English site).
(1) JIS E 7105:2006(E), ‘‘Rolling
Stock—Test methods of static load for
body structures,’’ Published February
20, 2006; into § 299.403.
(2) JIS E 7105:2011(E), ‘‘Rolling
Stock—Test methods of static load for
body structures,’’ (Amendment 1)
Published September 7, 2011; into
§ 299.403.
(3) JIS E 1101:2001(E), ‘‘Flat bottom
railway rails and special rails for
switches and crossings of non-treated
steel,’’ Published June 30, 2001; into
§ 299.13.
(4) JIS E 1101:2006(E) ‘‘Flat bottom
railway rails and special rails for
switches and crossings of non-treated
steel,’’ (Amendment 1), Published
March 25, 2006; into § 299.13.
(5) JIS E 1101:2012(E) ‘‘Flat bottom
railway rails and special rails for
switches and crossings of non-treated
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
14059
steel,’’ (Amendment 2), Published
February 20, 2012; into § 299.13.
(6) JIS B 8265 ‘‘Construction of
pressure vessels-general principles,’’
Published December 27, 2010; into
§ 299.409.
§ 299.203
Subpart B—Signal and Trainset
Control System
(a) Prior to operating its PTC system
in revenue service, the railroad must
first obtain a PTC System Certification
from FRA by submitting an acceptable
PTCSP and obtaining FRA’s approval of
its PTCSP.
(b) Each PTCSP requirement under
this subpart shall be supported by
information and analysis sufficient to
establish that the PTC system meets the
requirements of § 236.1005(a) and (c)
through (f) of this chapter.
(c) If the Associate Administrator
finds that the PTCSP and its supporting
documentation support a finding that
the PTC system complies with
§§ 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this
chapter, and 299.211, the Associate
Administrator shall approve the PTCSP.
If the Associate Administrator approves
the PTCSP, the railroad shall receive
PTC System Certification for its PTC
system and shall implement the PTC
system according to the PTCSP.
(d) Issuance of a PTC System
Certification is contingent upon FRA’s
confidence in the implementation and
operation of the subject PTC system.
This confidence may be based on FRAmonitored field testing or an
independent assessment performed in
accordance with § 236.1017 of this
chapter.
(e)(1) As necessary to ensure safety,
FRA may attach special conditions to its
certification of the railroad’s PTC
System.
(2) After granting a PTC System
Certification, FRA may reconsider the
PTC System Certification upon
revelation of any of the following factors
concerning the contents of the PTCSP:
(i) Potential error or fraud;
(ii) Potentially invalidated
assumptions determined as a result of
in-service experience or one or more
unsafe events calling into question the
safety analysis supporting the approval.
(3) During FRA’s reconsideration in
accordance with this paragraph, the PTC
system may remain in use if otherwise
consistent with the applicable law and
regulations, and FRA may impose
special conditions for use of the PTC
system.
(4) After FRA’s reconsideration in
accordance with this paragraph, FRA
may:
(i) Dismiss its reconsideration and
continue to recognize the existing PTC
System Certification;
§ 299.201 Technical PTC system
requirements.
(a) The railroad shall comply with all
applicable requirements under 49 U.S.C.
20157, including, but not limited to, the
statutory requirement to fully
implement an FRA-certified PTC system
prior to commencing revenue service.
(b) The railroad’s PTC system shall be
designed to reliably and functionally
prevent train-to-train collisions, overspeed derailments, incursions into
established work zone limits, and
movements of trainset through switches
left in the wrong position, in accordance
with § 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of
this chapter.
(c) The railroad is authorized to
conduct field testing of its PTC system
on its system, prior to obtaining PTC
System Certification from FRA, in
accordance with its system-wide
qualification plan under § 299.603.
During any field testing of its
uncertified PTC system and regression
testing of its FRA-certified PTC system,
FRA may oversee the railroad’s testing,
audit any applicable test plans and
procedures, and impose additional
testing conditions that FRA believes
may be necessary for the safety of
trainset operations.
(d) The railroad is not exempted from
compliance with any requirement of
subparts A through G of 49 CFR part
236, or parts 233, and 235 of this
chapter, unless the railroad’s FRAapproved PTCSP provides for such an
exception.
(e)(1) All materials filed in accordance
with this subpart must be in the English
language, or have been translated into
English and attested as true and correct.
(2) Each filing referenced in this
subpart may include a request for full or
partial confidentiality in accordance
with § 209.11 of this chapter. If
confidentiality is requested as to a
portion of any applicable document,
then in addition to the filing
requirements under § 209.11 of this
chapter, the person filing the document
shall also file a copy of the original
unredacted document, marked to
indicate which portions are redacted in
the document’s confidential version
without obscuring the original
document’s contents.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PTC system required.
The railroad shall not commence
revenue service prior to installing and
making operative its FRA-certified PTC
system.
§ 299.205
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
PTC System Certification.
10MRP3
14060
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(ii) Allow continued operations under
such conditions the Associate
Administrator deems necessary to
ensure safety; or
(iii) Revoke the PTC System
Certification and direct the railroad to
cease operations.
(f) FRA shall be afforded reasonable
access to monitor, test, and inspect
processes, procedures, facilities,
documents, records, design and testing
materials, artifacts, training materials
and programs, and any other
information used in the design,
development, manufacture, test,
implementation, and operation of the
system, as well as interview any
personnel.
(g) Information that has been certified
under the auspices of a foreign
regulatory entity recognized by the
Associate Administrator may, at the
Associate Administrator’s sole
discretion, be accepted as
independently verified and validated
and used to support the railroad’s
PTCSP.
(h) The railroad shall file its PTCSP in
FRA’s Secure Information Repository at
https://sir.fra.dot.gov, consistent with
§ 299.201(e).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.207 PTC Safety Plan content
requirements.
(a) The railroad’s PTCSP shall contain
the following elements:
(1) A hazard log consisting of a
comprehensive description of all safetyrelevant hazards of the PTC system,
specific to implementation on the
railroad, including maximum threshold
limits for each hazard (for unidentified
hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded
at one occurrence);
(2) A description of the safety
assurance concepts that are to be used
for system development, including an
explanation of the design principles and
assumptions;
(3) A risk assessment of the as-built
PTC system;
(4) A hazard mitigation analysis,
including a complete and
comprehensive description of each
hazard and the mitigation techniques
used;
(5) A complete description of the
safety assessment and Verification and
Validation processes applied to the PTC
system, their results, and whether these
processes address the safety principles
described in appendix C to part 236 of
this chapter directly, using other safety
criteria, or not at all;
(6) A complete description of the
railroad’s training plan for railroad and
contractor employees and supervisors
necessary to ensure safe and proper
installation, implementation, operation,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
maintenance, repair, inspection, testing,
and modification of the PTC system;
(7) A complete description of the
specific procedures and test equipment
necessary to ensure the safe and proper
installation, implementation, operation,
maintenance, repair, inspection, testing,
and modification of the PTC system on
the railroad and establish safety-critical
hazards are appropriately mitigated.
These procedures, including calibration
requirements, shall be consistent with
or explain deviations from the
equipment manufacturer’s
recommendations;
(8) A complete description of the
configuration or revision control
measures designed to ensure that the
railroad or its contractor does not
adversely affect the safety-functional
requirements and that safety-critical
hazard mitigation processes are not
compromised as a result of any such
change;
(9) A complete description of all
initial implementation testing
procedures necessary to establish that
safety-functional requirements are met
and safety-critical hazards are
appropriately mitigated;
(10) A complete description of all
post-implementation testing (validation)
and monitoring procedures, including
the intervals necessary to establish that
safety-functional requirements, safetycritical hazard mitigation processes, and
safety-critical tolerances are not
compromised over time, through use, or
after maintenance (adjustment, repair,
or replacement) is performed;
(11) A complete description of each
record necessary to ensure the safety of
the system that is associated with
periodic maintenance, inspections,
tests, adjustments, repairs, or
replacements, and the system’s resulting
conditions, including records of
component failures resulting in safetyrelevant hazards (see § 299.213);
(12) A safety analysis to determine
whether, when the system is in
operation, any risk remains of an
unintended incursion into a roadway
work zone due to human error. If the
analysis reveals any such risk, the
PTCSP shall describe how that risk will
be mitigated;
(13) A complete description of how
the PTC system will enforce authorities
and signal indications;
(14) A complete description of how
the PTC system will appropriately and
timely enforce all integrated hazard
detectors in accordance with § 236.1005
of this chapter;
(15) The documents and information
required under § 299.211;
(16) A summary of the process for the
product supplier or vendor to promptly
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and thoroughly report any safetyrelevant failures or previously
unidentified hazards to the railroad,
including when another user of the
product experiences a safety-relevant
failure or discovers a previously
unidentified hazard;
(17) Documentation establishing—by
design, data, or other analysis—that the
PTC system meets the fail-safe operation
criteria under paragraph (b)(4)(v) of
appendix C to part 236 of this chapter;
and,
(18) An analysis establishing that the
PTC system will be operated at a level
of safety comparable to that achieved
over the 5-year period prior to the
submission of the railroad’s PTCSP by
other train control systems that perform
PTC functions, and which have been
utilized on high-speed rail systems with
similar technical and operational
characteristics in the United States or in
foreign service.
(b) As the railroad’s PTC system may
be considered a stand-alone system
pursuant to § 236.1015(e)(3) of this
chapter, the following requirements
apply:
(1) The PTC system shall reliably
execute the functions required by
§ 236.1005 of this chapter and be
demonstrated to do so to FRA’s
satisfaction; and
(2) The railroad’s PTCSP shall
establish, with a high degree of
confidence, that the system will not
introduce any hazards that have not
been sufficiently mitigated.
(c) When determining whether the
PTCSP fulfills the requirements under
this section, the Associate
Administrator may consider all
available evidence concerning the
reliability of the proposed system.
(d) When reviewing the issue of the
potential data errors (for example, errors
arising from data supplied from other
business systems needed to execute the
braking algorithm, survey data needed
for location determination, or
mandatory directives issued through the
computer-aided dispatching system),
the PTCSP must include a careful
identification of each of the risks and a
discussion of each applicable
mitigation. In an appropriate case, such
as a case in which the residual risk after
mitigation is substantial, the Associate
Administrator may require submission
of a quantitative risk assessment
addressing these potential errors.
(e) The railroad must comply with the
applicable requirements under
§ 236.1021 of this chapter prior to
modifying a safety-critical element of an
FRA-certified PTC system.
(f) If a PTCSP applies to a PTC system
designed to replace an existing certified
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
PTC system, the PTCSP will be
approved provided that the PTCSP
establishes with a high degree of
confidence that the new PTC system
will provide a level of safety not less
than the level of safety provided by the
system to be replaced.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.209
PTC system use and failures.
(a) When any safety-critical PTC
system component fails to perform its
intended function, the cause must be
determined and the faulty component
adjusted, repaired, or replaced without
undue delay. Until repair of such
essential components is completed, the
railroad shall take appropriate action as
specified in its PTCSP.
(b) Where a trainset that is operating
in, or is to be operated within, a PTCequipped track segment experiences a
PTC system failure or the PTC system is
otherwise cut out while en route (i.e.,
after the trainset has departed its initial
terminal), the trainset may only
continue in accordance with all of the
following:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section, when no absolute
block protection is established, the
trainset may proceed at a speed not to
exceed restricted speed.
(2) When absolute block protection
can be established in advance of the
trainset, the trainset may proceed at a
speed not to exceed 120 km/h (75 mph),
and the trainset shall not exceed
restricted speed until the absolute block
in advance of the trainset is established.
(3) A report of the failure or cut-out
must be made to a designated railroad
officer of the railroad as soon as safe and
practicable.
(4) Where the PTC system is the
exclusive method of delivering
mandatory directives, an absolute block
must be established in advance of the
trainset as soon as safe and practicable,
and the trainset shall not exceed
restricted speed until the absolute block
in advance of the trainset is established.
(5) Where the failure or cut-out is a
result of a defective onboard PTC
apparatus, the trainset may be moved in
passenger service only to the next
forward location where the necessary
repairs can be made; however, if the
next forward location where the
necessary repairs can be made does not
have the facilities to handle the safe
unloading of passengers, the trainset
may be moved past the repair location
in service only to the next forward
passenger station in order to facilitate
the unloading of passengers. When the
passengers have been safely unloaded,
the defective trainset shall be moved to
the nearest location where the onboard
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PTC apparatus can be repaired or
exchanged.
(c) The railroad shall comply with all
provisions in its PTCSP for each PTC
system it uses and shall operate within
the scope of initial operational
assumptions and predefined changes
identified.
(d) The normal functioning of any
safety-critical PTC system must not be
interfered with in testing or otherwise
without first taking measures to provide
for the safe movement of trainsets that
depend on the normal functioning of the
system.
(e) Annually, by April 16 of each year
following the commencement of the
railroad’s revenue service, the railroad
shall provide FRA with a report of the
number of PTC failures that occurred
during the previous calendar year. The
report shall identify failures by category,
including but not limited to locomotive,
wayside, communications, and back
office system failures.
(f) The railroad and the PTC system
vendors and/or suppliers must comply
with each applicable requirement under
§ 236.1023 of this chapter.
§ 299.211 Communications and security
requirements.
(a) All wireless communications
between the office, wayside, and
onboard components in a PTC system
shall provide cryptographic message
integrity and authentication.
(b) Cryptographic keys required under
this section shall—
(1) Use an algorithm approved by the
National Institute of Standards or a
similarly recognized and FRA-approved
standards body;
(2) Be distributed using manual or
automated methods, or a combination of
both; and
(3) Be revoked—
(i) If compromised by unauthorized
disclosure of the cleartext key; or
(ii) When the key algorithm reaches
its lifespan as defined by the standards
body responsible for approval of the
algorithm.
(c) The cleartext form of the
cryptographic keys shall be protected
from unauthorized disclosure,
modification, or substitution, except
during key entry when the cleartext
keys and key components may be
temporarily displayed to allow visual
verification. When encrypted keys or
key components are entered, the
cryptographically protected cleartext
key or key components shall not be
displayed.
(d) Access to cleartext keys shall be
protected by a tamper-resistant
mechanism.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14061
(e) If the railroad elects to also
provide cryptographic message
confidentiality, it shall:
(1) Comply with the same
requirements for message integrity and
authentication under this section; and
(2) Only use keys meeting or
exceeding the security strength required
to protect the data as defined in the
railroad’s PTCSP.
(f) The railroad, or its vendor or
supplier, shall have a prioritized service
restoration and mitigation plan for
scheduled and unscheduled
interruptions of service. This plan shall
be made available to FRA upon request,
without undue delay, for restoration of
communication services that support
PTC system services.
§ 299.213
Records retention.
(a) The railroad shall maintain at a
designated office on the railroad—
(1) A current copy of each FRAapproved PTCSP that it holds;
(2) Adequate documentation to
demonstrate that the PTCSP meets the
safety requirements of this RPA,
including the risk assessment;
(3) An Operations and Maintenance
Manual, pursuant to § 299.215; and
(4) Training and testing records
pursuant to § 236.1043(b) of this
chapter.
(b) Results of inspections and tests
specified in the PTCSP must be
recorded pursuant to § 236.110 of this
chapter.
(c) Each contractor providing services
relating to the testing, maintenance, or
operation of the railroad’s PTC system
shall maintain at a designated office
training records required under
§§ 236.1043(b) of this chapter, and
299.207(a)(6).
(d) After the PTC system is placed in
service, the railroad shall maintain a
database of all safety-relevant hazards as
set forth in its PTCSP and those that had
not been previously identified in its
PTCSP. If the frequency of the safetyrelevant hazards exceeds the threshold
set forth in its PTCSP, then the railroad
shall—
(1) Report the inconsistency in
writing to FRA’s Secure Information
Repository at https://sir.fra.dot.gov,
within 15 days of discovery;
(2) Take prompt countermeasures to
reduce the frequency of each safetyrelevant hazard to below the threshold
set forth in its PTCSP; and
(3) Provide a final report when the
inconsistency is resolved to FRA’s
Secure Information Repository at
https://sir.fra.dot.gov, on the results of
the analysis and countermeasures taken
to reduce the frequency of the safetyrelevant hazard(s) below the threshold
set forth in its PTCSP.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14062
§ 299.215
Manual.
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Operations and Maintenance
(a) The railroad shall catalog and
maintain all documents as specified in
its PTCSP for the operation, installation,
maintenance, repair, modification,
inspection, and testing of the PTC
system and have them in one
Operations and Maintenance Manual,
readily available to persons required to
perform such tasks and for inspection
by FRA and FRA-certified state
inspectors.
(b) Plans required for proper
maintenance, repair, inspection, and
testing of safety-critical PTC systems
must be adequate in detail and must be
made available for inspection by FRA
and FRA-certified state inspectors
where such PTC systems are deployed
or maintained. They must identify all
software versions, revisions, and
revision dates. Plans must be legible and
correct.
(c) Hardware, software, and firmware
revisions must be documented in the
Operations and Maintenance Manual
according to the railroad’s configuration
management control plan and any
additional configuration/revision
control measures specified in its PTCSP.
(d) Safety-critical components,
including spare equipment, must be
positively identified, handled, replaced,
and repaired in accordance with the
procedures specified in the railroad’s
PTCSP.
(e) The railroad shall designate in its
Operations and Maintenance Manual an
appropriate railroad officer responsible
for issues relating to scheduled
interruptions of service.
Subpart C—Track Safety Standards
§ 299.301 Restoration or renewal of track
under traffic conditions.
(a) Restoration or renewal of track,
other than in yards and trainset
maintenance facilities, under traffic
conditions is prohibited.
(b) Restoration or renewal of track
under traffic conditions on track Class
H2 in yards and trainset maintenance
facilities is limited to the replacement of
worn, broken, or missing components or
fastenings that do not affect the safe
passage of trainset.
(c) The following activities are
expressly prohibited on track Class H2
trainset maintenance facilities under
traffic conditions:
(1) Any work that interrupts rail
continuity, e.g., as in joint bar
replacement or rail replacement;
(2) Any work that adversely affects
the lateral or vertical stability of the
track with the exception of spot tamping
an isolated condition where not more
than 4.5 m (15 feet) of track are involved
at any one time and the ambient air
temperature is not above 35 C (95 F);
and
(3) Removal and replacement of the
rail fastenings on more than one tie at
a time within 4.5 m (15 feet).
§ 299.303
Measuring track not under load.
When unloaded track is measured to
determine compliance with
requirements of this part, evidence of
rail movement, if any, that occurs while
the track is loaded shall be added to the
measurements of the unloaded track.
§ 299.305
Drainage.
Each drainage or other water carrying
facility under or immediately adjacent
to the roadbed shall be maintained and
kept free of obstruction, to
accommodate expected water flow for
the area concerned.
§ 299.307
Vegetation.
Vegetation on railroad property which
is on or immediately adjacent to
roadbed shall be controlled so that it
does not—
(a) Become a fire hazard to trackcarrying structures;
(b) Obstruct visibility of railroad signs
and signals along the right-of-way;
(c) Interfere with railroad employees
performing normal trackside duties;
(d) Prevent proper functioning of
signal and communication lines.
(e) Prevent railroad employees from
visually inspecting moving equipment
from their normal duty stations.
§ 299.309 Classes of track: operating
speed limits.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph
(b) of this section and as otherwise
provided in this part, the following
maximum allowable operating speeds
apply—
TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (a)
Over track that meets all
of the requirements
prescribed in this part
for—
The maximum allowable
operating speed in km/h
(mph)
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
20 (12)
30 (19)
70 (44)
120 (75)
170 (106)
230 (143)
285 (177)
330 (205)
H0
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
track
track
track
track
track
track
track
track
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
................
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
(c) of this section, if a segment of track
does not meet all of the requirements for
its intended Class, it is to be reclassified
to the next lower track Class for which
it does meet all of the requirements of
this part. However, if the segment of
track does not at least meet the
requirements for track Class H1 track,
operations may continue at Class H1
speeds for a period of not more than 30
days without bringing the track into
compliance, under the authority of an
individual designated under § 299.353,
after that individual determines that
operations may safely continue and
subject to any limiting conditions
specified by such individual.
(c) If a segment of track designated as
track Class H0 does not meet all of the
requirements for its intended class,
operations may continue at Class H0
speeds for a period of not more than 30
days without bringing the track into
compliance, under the authority of an
individual designated under § 299.353,
after that individual determines that
operations may safely continue and
subject to any limiting conditions
specified by such individual.
(d) No high-speed passenger trainset
shall operate over track Class H0.
§ 299.311
Track geometry; general.
If the values listed in the following
table are exceeded, the railroad shall
initiate remedial action. A reduction in
operating speed so that the condition
complies with the limits listed for a
lower speed shall constitute bringing
the track into compliance.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
TABLE 1 TO § 299.311
Track geometry parameter
(mm)
Track class
Gauge is measured between the heads of the
rails at right angles to the rails in a plane 14
mm (0.55 inches) below the top of the rail
head and may not exceed—.
Min .................
Max ................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:23 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00028
H0
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
1429
1454
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14063
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 1 TO § 299.311—Continued
Track geometry parameter
(mm)
Track class
The deviation from uniformity 1 of the mid-chord
offset on either rail for a 10 m chord (alignment) may not be more than—.
The deviation from uniform profile on either rail
at the mid-ordinate of a 10 m chord (surface)
may not be more than—.
The deviation from uniform crosslevel at any
point on tangent and curved track may not be
more than—.
The difference in crosslevel between any two
points 2.5 meters (8.2 feet) apart (twist) may
not be more than—.
10 m chord ....
38
31
31
14
12
10
8
7
10 m chord ....
40
40
40
27
22
18
15
13
........................
50
26
26
22
18
14
9
9
2.5 m ..............
26
26
26
22
18
14
9
9
H0
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
1 Uniformity for alignment at any point along the track is established by averaging the measured mid-chord offset values for a 10 m (32.8 feet)
chord for nine consecutive points that are centered around that point and spaced at 2.5-meter (8.2 feet) intervals.
Track geometry; performance
(a) For all track of Class H4 and above,
vibration in the lateral and vertical
directions measured on the carbody of
a vehicle representative of the service
fleet traveling at a speed no less than 10
km/h (6.2 mph) below the maximum
speed permitted for the class of track,
shall not exceed the limits prescribed in
the following table:
TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (A)
Carbody acceleration limits 1 2
Lateral vibration 3
Vertical vibration 3
≤0.35 g peak-to-peak
1 sec window ............
excluding peaks <50
msec.
≤0.45 g peak-to-peak.
1 sec window.
excluding peaks <50
msec.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
1 Carbody accelerations in the vertical and
lateral directions shall be measured by
accelerometers oriented and located in accordance with § 299.331(c)(3).
2 Acceleration measurements shall be processed through an LPF with a minimum cut-off
frequency of 10 Hz. The sample rate for acceleration data shall be at least 200 samples per
second.
3 Peak-to-peak accelerations shall be measured as the algebraic difference between the
two extreme values of measured acceleration
in any 1-second time period, excluding any
peak lasting less than 50 milliseconds.
(b) If the carbody acceleration
requirements are not met on a segment
of track, the segment of track is to be
reclassified to the next lower Class of
track for which it does meet the
requirements of this part.
§ 299.315 Curves; elevation and speed
limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the
outside rail of a curve may not be more
than 200 mm (77⁄8 inches). The outside
rail of a curve may not be lower than the
inside rail by design, except when
engineered to address specific track or
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
operating conditions; the limits in
§ 299.311 apply in all cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted
timetable operating speed for each curve
is determined by the following formula:
Where—
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable
operating speed (km/h).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail
(mm). Actual elevation, Ea, for each 50meter track segment in the body of the
curve is determined by averaging the
elevation for 11 points through the
segment at 5-meter spacing. If the curve
length is less than 50-meters, average the
points through the full length of the body
of the curve.
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency (mm) of the
vehicle type.
R = Radius of curve (m). Radius of curve, R,
is determined by averaging the radius of
the curve over the same track segment as
the elevation.
(c) All vehicles are considered
qualified for operating on track with a
cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 75
mm (3 inches).
(d) Each vehicle type must be
approved by FRA, under § 299.609, to
operate on track with a qualified cant
deficiency, Eu, greater than 75 mm (3
inches). Each vehicle type must
demonstrate in a ready-for-service load
condition, compliance with the
requirements of either paragraph (d)(1)
or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with
a uniform superelevation equal to the
proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle unloads to
a value less than 60 percent of its static
value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle
between the floor of the equipment and
the horizontal does not exceed 8.6
degrees; or
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) When operating through a constant
radius curve at a constant speed
corresponding to the proposed cant
deficiency, and a test plan is submitted
and approved by FRA in accordance
with § 299.609(d)—
(i) The steady-state (average) load on
any wheel, throughout the body of the
curve, is not less than 60 percent of its
static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steadystate (average) lateral acceleration
measured on the floor of the carbody
does not exceed 0.15 g.
(e) The railroad shall transmit the
results of the testing specified in
paragraph (d) of this section to FRA in
accordance with §§ 299.9 and 299.613
requesting approval under § 299.609(g)
for the vehicle type to operate at the
desired curving speeds allowed under
the formula in paragraph (b) of this
section. The request shall be made in
writing and shall contain, at a
minimum, the following information:
(1) A description of the vehicle type
involved, including schematic diagrams
of the suspension system(s) and the
estimated location of the center of
gravity above top of rail; and
(2) The test procedure, including the
load condition under which the testing
was performed, and description of the
instrumentation used to qualify the
vehicle type, as well as the maximum
values for wheel unloading and roll
angles or accelerations that were
observed during testing.
Note 1 to paragraph (e)(2). The test
procedure may be conducted whereby all the
wheels on one side (right or left) of the
vehicle are raised to the proposed cant
deficiency and lowered, and then the vertical
wheel loads under each wheel are measured
and a level is used to record the angle
through which the floor of the vehicle has
been rotated.
(f) Upon FRA approval of the request
to approve the vehicle type to operate at
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.000
§ 299.313
based.
14064
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
the desired curving speeds allowed
under the formula in paragraph (b) of
this section, the railroad shall notify
FRA in accordance with § 299.9 in
writing no less than 30 calendar days
prior to the proposed implementation of
the approved higher curving speeds
allowed under the formula in paragraph
(b) of this section. The notification shall
contain, at a minimum, identification of
the track segment(s) on which the
higher curving speeds are to be
implemented.
(g) As used in this section, and
§§ 299.331 and 299.609, vehicle type
means like vehicles with variations in
their physical properties, such as
suspension, mass, interior
arrangements, and dimensions that do
not result in significant changes to their
dynamic characteristics.
§ 299.317
Track strength.
(a) Track shall have a sufficient
vertical strength to withstand the
maximum vehicle loads generated at
maximum permissible trainset speeds,
cant deficiencies and surface
limitations. For purposes of this section,
vertical track strength is defined as the
track capacity to constrain vertical
deformations so that the track shall,
under maximum load, remain in
compliance with the track performance
and geometry requirements of this part.
(b) Track shall have sufficient lateral
strength to withstand the maximum
thermal and vehicle loads generated at
maximum permissible trainset speeds,
cant deficiencies and lateral alignment
limitations. For purposes of this section
lateral track strength is defined as the
track capacity to constrain lateral
deformations so that track shall, under
maximum load, remain in compliance
with the track performance and
geometry requirements of this part.
§ 299.319
Track fixation and support.
(a) Crossties, if used shall be of
concrete or composite construction,
unless otherwise approved by FRA
under § 299.15, for all tracks over which
trainsets run in revenue service.
(b) Each 25 m (82 feet) segment of
track that contains crossties shall have—
(1) A sufficient number of crossties to
provide effective support that will—
(i) Hold gauge within limits
prescribed in § 299.311;
(ii) Maintain surface within the limits
prescribed in § 299.311;
(iii) Maintain alignment within the
limits prescribed in § 299.311; and
(iv) Maintain longitudinal rail
restraint.
(2) The minimum number and type of
crossties specified in paragraph (b)(4) of
this section and described in paragraph
(c) or (d) of this section, as applicable,
effectively distributed to support the
entire segment;
(3) At least one non-defective crosstie
of the type specified in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this section that is located at
a joint location as specified in paragraph
(e) of this section; and
(4) The minimum number of crossties
as indicated in the following table:
TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b)(4)
Minimum number of non-defective crossties
Track class
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
H0 .................................................................................
H1 .................................................................................
H2 .................................................................................
H3 .................................................................................
H4–H7 ..........................................................................
(c) Crossties, other than concrete,
counted to satisfy the requirements set
forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section
shall not be—
(1) Broken through;
(2) Split or otherwise impaired to the
extent the crossties will allow the
ballast to work through, or will not hold
spikes or rail fasteners;
(3) Deteriorated so that the tie plate or
base of rail can move laterally 9.5 mm
(38 inch) relative to the crossties;
(4) Cut by the tie plate through more
than 40 percent of a crosstie’s thickness;
(5) Configured with less than 2 rail
holding spikes or fasteners per tie plate;
or
(6) Unable, due to insufficient fastener
toeload, to maintain longitudinal
restraint and maintain rail hold down
and gauge.
(d) Concrete crossties counted to
satisfy the requirements set forth in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Non-ballasted
bridge
Other than on non-ballasted bridge & turnout
Jkt 250001
20
28
31,
35
39
................................................................................
................................................................................
unless inside a TMF, then 28 ...............................
................................................................................
................................................................................
paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not
be—
(1) Broken through or deteriorated to
the extent that prestressing material is
visible;
(2) Deteriorated or broken off in the
vicinity of the shoulder or insert so that
the fastener assembly can either pull out
or move laterally more than 9.5 mm (3⁄8
inch) relative to the crosstie;
(3) Deteriorated such that the base of
either rail can move laterally more than
9.5 mm (3⁄8 inch) relative to the crosstie;
(4) Deteriorated so that rail seat
abrasion is sufficiently deep so as to
cause loss of rail fastener toeload;
(5) Deteriorated such that the
crosstie’s fastening or anchoring system
is unable to maintain longitudinal rail
restraint, or maintain rail hold down, or
maintain gauge due to insufficient
fastener toeload; or
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Turnout
26
36
36
40
45
24
33
33
37
41
(6) Configured with less than two
fasteners on the same rail.
(e) Classes H0 and H1 track shall have
one crosstie whose centerline is within
0.61 m (24 inches) of each rail joint
(end) location. Classes H2 and H3 track
shall have one crosstie whose centerline
is within 0.46 m (18 inches) of each rail
joint (end) location. Classes H4–H7
track shall have one crosstie whose
centerline is within 0.32 m (12.6 inches)
of each rail joint (end) location. The
relative position of these crossties is
described in the following three
diagrams:
(1) Each rail joint in Classes H0 and
H1 track shall be supported by at least
one crosstie specified in paragraphs (d)
and (e) of this section whose centerline
is within 1.22 m (48 inches) as shown
in Figure 1 to this paragraph.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14065
(2) Each rail joint in Classes H2 and
H3 track shall be supported by at least
one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this section whose centerline
is within 0.92 m (36.2 inches) as shown
in Figure 2 to this paragraph.
(3) Each rail joint in Classes H4–H7
track shall be supported by at least one
crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and
(d) of this section whose centerline is
within 0.64 m (25.2 inches) as shown in
Figure 3 to this paragraph.
(f) In Class H3 track there shall be at
least two non-defective ties each side of
a defective tie.
(g) In Classes H4 to H7 track and at
any expansion joints there shall be at
least three non-defective ties each side
of a defective tie.
(h) Defective ties shall be replaced in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program.
(i) Track shall be fastened by a system
of components that effectively
maintains gauge within the limits
prescribed in § 299.311. Each
component of each such system shall be
evaluated to determine whether gauge is
effectively being maintained.
(j) For track constructed without
crossties, such as slab track and track
connected directly to bridge structural
components, track over servicing pits,
etc., the track structure shall be
sufficient to maintain the geometry
limits specified in § 299.311.
§ 299.321
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(a) The railroad’s inspection, testing,
and maintenance program shall include
a description of defective rails
consistent with the practice on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system. The
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program shall include identification of
rail defect types, definition of the
inspection criteria, time required for
verification and the corresponding
remedial action.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.002 EP10MR20.003
Defective rails.
EP10MR20.001
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
14066
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(b) When the railroad learns that a rail
in that track contains any of the defects
listed in the railroad’s inspection,
testing, and maintenance program, a
person designated under § 299.353 or
299.355 shall determine whether the
track may continue in use. If the
designated person determines that the
track may continue in use, operation
over the defective rail is not permitted
until—
(1) The rail is replaced or repaired; or
(2) The remedial action prescribed in
the inspection, testing, and maintenance
program is initiated.
§ 299.323
plan.
Continuous welded rail (CWR)
(a) The railroad shall have in effect
and comply with a plan that contains
written procedures which address: The
installation, adjustment, maintenance,
and inspection of CWR; and inspection
of CWR joints.
(b) The railroad shall file its CWR
plan with FRA pursuant to § 299.9. The
initial CWR plan shall be filed 60 days
prior to installation of any CWR track.
The effective date of the plan is the date
the plan is filed with FRA.
(c) The railroad’s existing plan shall
remain in effect until the railroad’s new
plan is developed and filed with FRA.
§ 299.325
general.
Continuous welded rail (CWR);
The railroad shall comply with the
contents of the CWR plan developed
under § 299.323. The plan shall contain
the following elements—
(a) Procedures for the installation and
adjustment of CWR which include—
(1) Designation of a desired rail
installation temperature range for the
geographic area in which the CWR is
located;
(2) De-stressing procedures/methods
which address proper attainment of the
desired rail installation temperature
range when adjusting CWR; and
(3) Glued insulated or expansion joint
installation and maintenance
procedures.
(b) Rail anchoring, if used, or
fastening requirements that will provide
sufficient restraint to limit longitudinal
rail and crosstie movement to the extent
practical, and that specifically address
CWR rail anchoring or fastening
patterns on bridges, bridge approaches,
and at other locations where possible
longitudinal rail and crosstie movement
associated with normally expected
trainset-induced forces—is restricted.
(c) CWR joint installation and
maintenance procedures.
(d) Procedures which specifically
address maintaining a desired rail
installation temperature range when
cutting CWR including rail repairs, intrack welding, and in conjunction with
adjustments made in the area of tight
track, a track buckle, or a pull-apart.
(e) Procedures which control trainset
speed on CWR track when—
(1) Maintenance work, track
rehabilitation, track construction, or any
other event occurs which disturbs the
roadbed or ballast section and reduces
the lateral or longitudinal resistance of
the track; and
(2) The difference between the rail
temperature and the rail neutral
temperature is in a range that causes
buckling-prone conditions to be present
at a specific location.
(f) Procedures which prescribe when
and where physical track inspections
are to be performed under extreme
temperature conditions.
(g) Scheduling and procedures for
inspections to detect cracks and other
indications of potential failures in CWR
joints.
(h) The railroad shall have in effect a
comprehensive training program for the
application of these written CWR
procedures, with provisions for periodic
retraining for those individuals
designated as qualified in accordance
with this subpart to supervise the
installation, adjustment, and
maintenance of CWR track and to
perform inspections of CWR track.
(i) The plan shall prescribe and
require compliance with recordkeeping
requirements necessary to provide an
adequate history of track constructed
with CWR. At a minimum, these records
shall include—
(1) The rail laying temperature,
location, and date of CWR installations.
Each record shall be retained until the
rail neutral temperature has been
adjusted; and
(2) A record of any CWR installation
or maintenance work that does not
conform to the written procedures. Such
record must include the location of the
rail and be maintained until the CWR is
brought into conformance with such
procedures.
§ 299.327
Rail end mismatch.
Any mismatch of rails at joints may
not be more than that prescribed by the
following table:
TABLE 1 TO § 299.327
Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than the following:
Track class
On the tread of the rail ends
On the gauge side of the rail ends
6 mm
4 mm
2 mm
5 mm
4 mm
2 mm
H0 ..............................................................................................
H1–H2 ........................................................................................
H3–H7 ........................................................................................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.329
Rail joints and torch cut rails.
(a) Each rail joint, insulated joint,
expansion joint, and compromise joint
shall be of a structurally sound design
and appropriate dimensions for the rail
on which it is applied.
(b) If a joint bar is cracked, broken, or
permits excessive vertical movement of
either rail when all bolts are tight, it
shall be replaced.
(c) Except for glued-insulated joints,
each joint bar shall be held in position
by track bolts tightened to allow the
joint bar to firmly support the abutting
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
rail ends. For track Classes H0 to H3
track bolts shall be tightened, as
required, to allow longitudinal
movement of the rail in the joint to
accommodate expansion and
contraction due to temperature
variations.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph
(e) of this section, each rail shall be
bolted with at least two bolts at each
joint.
(e) Clamped joint bars may be used for
temporary repair during emergency
situations, and speed over that rail end
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
and the time required to replace the
joint bar must not exceed the limits
specified in the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program.
(f) No rail shall have a bolt hole which
is torch cut or burned.
(g) No joint bar shall be reconfigured
by torch cutting.
(h) No rail having a torch cut or flame
cut end may be used.
§ 299.331 Turnouts and crossings
generally.
(a) In turnouts and track crossings, the
fastenings shall be intact and
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
maintained to keep the components
securely in place. Also, each switch,
frog, and guard rail shall be kept free of
obstructions that may interfere with the
passage of wheels. Use of rigid rail
crossings at grade is limited to track
Classes H0, H1, and H2.
(b) The track through and on each
side of track crossings and turnouts
shall be designed to restrain rail
movement affecting the position of
switch points and frogs.
(c) Each flangeway at turnouts shall
be at least 39 mm (1.5 inches) wide.
(d) For all turnouts and track
crossings, the railroad shall prepare
inspection and maintenance
requirements to be included in the
14067
railroad’s inspection, testing, and
maintenance program.
§ 299.333 Frog guard rails and guard
faces; gauge.
The guard check and guard face
gauges in frogs shall be within the limits
prescribed in the following table:
TABLE 1 TO § 299.333
Guard check gauge
The distance between the gauge line of a frog to the guard
line 1 of its guard rail or guarding face, measured across the
track at right angles to the gauge line,2 may not be less
than—
Track class
H0–H7 ...............
Guard face gauge
The distance between the guard lines,1 measured across the
track at right angles to the gauge line,2 may not be more
than—
1393 mm
1358 mm
1A
line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the center of the track and at the same elevation as the gauge line.
2 A line 14 mm (0.55 inches) below the top of the center line of the head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread portion of
the track structure.
Derails.
(a) Derails shall be installed at
locations where maintenance-of-way
equipment can access track other than
Class H0, in a configuration intended to
derail the un-controlled equipment
away from the mainline and at a
distance from the point of intersection
with the mainline that will not foul the
dynamic envelope of the mainline.
(b) Each derail shall be clearly visible
to railroad personnel operating rail
equipment on the affected track and to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
railroad personnel working adjacent to
the affected track. When in a locked
position, a derail shall be free of any lost
motion that would allow it to be
operated without removal of the lock.
(c) Each derail shall be maintained
and function as intended.
(d) Each derail shall be properly
installed for the rail to which it is
applied.
(e) If a track is equipped with a derail
it shall be in the derailing position
except as provided in the railroad’s
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
operating rules, special instructions, or
changed to permit movement.
§ 299.337 Automated vehicle-based
inspection systems.
(a) A qualifying Track Geometry
Measurement System (TGMS) and a
qualifying Track Acceleration
Measurement System (TAMS) shall be
operated over the route at the following
frequency:
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.004
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.335
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14068
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(1) For track Class H3, at least twice
per calendar year with not less than 120
days between inspections; and
(2) For track Classes H4, H5, H6, and
H7, at least twice within any 60-day
period with not less than 12 days
between inspections.
(b) The qualifying TGMS shall meet or
exceed minimum design requirements
which specify that—
(1) Track geometry measurements
shall be taken no more than 1 meter (3.3
feet) away from the contact point of
wheels carrying a vertical load of no less
than 4,500 kg (10,000 lb) per wheel;
(2) Track geometry measurements
shall be taken and recorded on a
distance-based sampling interval not
exceeding 0.60 m (2 feet), preferably
0.30 m (1 foot);
(3) Calibration procedures and
parameters are assigned to the system
which assures that measured and
recorded values accurately represent
track conditions. Track geometry
measurements recorded by the system
shall not differ on repeated runs at the
same site at the same speed more than
3 mm (1⁄8 inch); and
(4) The TGMS shall be capable of
measuring and processing the necessary
track geometry parameters to determine
compliance with §§ 299.311 and
299.315.
(5) A qualifying TAMS shall be on a
vehicle having dynamic response
characteristics that are representative of
other vehicles assigned to the service
and shall—
(i) Be operated at the revenue speed
profile in accordance with § 299.309;
(ii) Be capable of measuring and
processing carbody acceleration
parameters to determine compliance
with Carbody Acceleration Limits per
§ 299.313; and
(iii) Monitor lateral and vertical
accelerations of the carbody. The
accelerometers shall be attached to the
carbody on or under the floor of the
vehicle, as near the center of a bogie as
practicable.
(d) The qualifying TGMS and TAMS
shall be capable of producing, within 24
hours of the inspection, output reports
that—
(1) Provide a continuous plot, on a
constant-distance axis, of all measured
track geometry and carbody acceleration
parameters required in paragraph (b)
and (c) of this section;
(2) Provide an exception report
containing a systematic listing of all
track geometry and all acceleration
conditions which constitute an
exception to the class of track over the
segment surveyed.
(e) The output reports required under
paragraph (d) of this section shall
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
contain sufficient location identification
information which enables field
personnel to easily locate indicated
exceptions.
(f) Following a track inspection
performed by a qualifying TGMS or
TAMS, the railroad shall, institute
remedial action for all exceptions to the
class of track in accordance with the
railroad’s inspection, testing, and
maintenance program.
(g) The railroad shall maintain for a
period of one year following an
inspection performed by a qualifying
TGMS and TAMS, a copy of the plot
and the exception report for the track
segment involved, and additional
records which—
(1) Specify the date the inspection
was made and the track segment
involved; and,
(2) Specify the location, remedial
action taken, and the date thereof, for all
listed exceptions to the class.
§ 299.339
Daily sweeper inspection.
A sweeper vehicle shall be operated
each morning after the overnight
maintenance over all tracks except track
Class H2 in stations, prior to
commencing revenue service over that
track. The sweeper vehicle shall operate
at a speed no greater than 120 km/h (75
mph) to conduct a visual inspection to
ensure the right-of-way is clear of
obstacles within the clearance envelope
and to identify conditions that could
cause accidents, and shall have a
minimum clearance of no less than 35
mm above top of rail.
§ 299.341
Inspection of rail in service.
(a) Prior to revenue service the
railroad shall submit written procedures
for the inspection of rails in accordance
with the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program.
(b) On track Classes H4 to H7, and H2
within stations, a continuous search for
internal defects shall be made of all rail
within 180 days after initiation of
revenue service and, thereafter, at least
annually, with not less than 240 days
between inspections.
(c) Each defective rail shall be marked
with a highly visible marking on both
sides of the rail.
(d) Inspection equipment shall be
capable of detecting defects between
joint bars and within the area enclosed
by joint bars.
(e) If the person assigned to operate
the rail defect detection equipment
being used determines that, due to rail
surface conditions, a valid search for
internal defects could not be made over
a particular length of track, the test on
that particular length of track cannot be
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
considered as a search for internal
defects under this section.
(f) When the railroad learns, through
inspection or otherwise, that a rail in
that track contains any of the defects in
accordance with § 299.321, a qualified
individual designated under § 299.353
or 299.355 shall determine whether or
not the track may continue in use. If the
qualified individual so designated
determines that the track may continue
in use, operation over the defective rail
is not permitted until—
(1) The rail is replaced; or
(2) The remedial action as prescribed
in § 299.321 has been taken.
(g) The person assigned to operate the
rail defect detection equipment must be
a qualified operator as defined in this
subpart and have demonstrated
proficiency in the rail flaw detection
process for each type of equipment the
operator is assigned.
§ 299.343
welds.
Initial inspection of new rail and
(a) The railroad shall provide for the
initial inspection of newly
manufactured rail, and for initial
inspection of new welds made in either
new or used rail. The railroad may
demonstrate compliance with this
section by providing for—
(1) Mill inspection. A continuous
inspection at the rail manufacturer’s
mill shall constitute compliance with
the requirement for initial inspection of
new rail, provided that the inspection
equipment meets the applicable
requirements as specified under the
railroads inspection testing and
maintenance program and § 299.321.
The railroad shall obtain a copy of the
manufacturer’s report of inspection and
retain it as a record until the rail
receives its first scheduled inspection
under § 299.341;
(2) Welding plant inspection. A
continuous inspection at a welding
plant, if conducted in accordance with
the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, and accompanied by a plant
operator’s report of inspection which is
retained as a record by the railroad,
shall constitute compliance with the
requirements for initial inspection of
new rail and plant welds, or of new
plant welds made in used rail; and
(3) Inspection of field welds. Initial
inspection of new field welds, either
those joining the ends of CWR strings or
those made for isolated repairs, shall be
conducted before the start of revenue
service in accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program. The initial inspection may be
conducted by means of portable test
equipment. The railroad shall retain a
record of such inspections until the
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
welds receive their first scheduled
inspection under § 299.341.
(b) Each defective rail found during
inspections conducted under paragraph
(a)(3) of this section shall be marked
with highly visible markings on both
sides of the rail and the appropriate
remedial action as set forth in § 299.341
will apply.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.345
Visual inspections; right of way.
(a) General. All track shall be visually
inspected in accordance with the
schedule prescribed in paragraph (c) of
this section by an individual qualified
under this subpart. The visual
inspection shall be conducted in
accordance with the requirements set
forth in the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program under subpart G
of this part.
(b) Inspection types and frequency—
(1) Safe walkway inspection. Except for
track located inside trainset
maintenance facilities and MOW yards
and the associated portions of the rightof-way, the right-of-way and all track
shall be inspected from the safe
walkway during daytime hours, in
accordance with the following
conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected
at least once every two weeks, with a
minimum of six calendar days in
between inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be
inspected at least once every four
weeks, with a minimum of twelve
calendar days in between inspections.
(iii) No two consecutive visual
inspections from the safe walkway shall
be performed from the same safe
walkway. Safe walkway inspections
shall alternate between safe walkways
on each side of the right-of-way.
(iv) In stations, the safe walkway
inspection may be performed from
either the safe walkway or the station
platform.
(v) An additional on-track visual
inspection conducted during
maintenance hours under paragraph
(b)(2) of this section performed in place
of a visual inspection from the safe
walkway under paragraph (b)(1) of this
section will satisfy the visual inspection
requirement of paragraph (b)(1) of this
section. However, a safe walkway visual
inspection performed under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section cannot replace an
on-track visual inspection conducted
during maintenance hours under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(vi) Except for paragraph (b)(2)(v) of
this section, inspections performed
under paragraph (b)(1) of this section
shall not occur during the same week as
inspections performed under paragraph
(b)(2) of this section.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(2) On-track inspections; other than
trainset maintenance facilities and
MOW yards. Except for track located
inside trainset maintenance facilities
and MOW yards and the associated
portions of the right-of-way, on-track
visual inspections, conducted on foot
during maintenance hours, shall be
performed on all track in accordance
with the following conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected
at least once every two weeks, with a
minimum of six calendar days in
between inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be
inspected at least once every four
weeks, with a minimum of twelve
calendar days in between inspections.
(iii) Turn-outs and track crossings
shall be inspected at least once a week,
with a minimum of three calendar days
in between inspections.
(3) On-track inspections; trainset
maintenance facilities and MOW yards.
For track located inside trainset
maintenance facilities and MOW yards
and the associated portions of the rightof-way, including turn-outs and track
crossings, on-track visual inspections,
conducted on foot during maintenance
hours, shall be performed on all track in
accordance with the following
conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected
at least twice during any 60-day period,
with a minimum of twelve calendar
days in between inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be
inspected at least twice within any 120day period, with a minimum of twentyfour calendar days in between
inspections.
(4) Visual inspections from trainset
cab. Visual inspections from trainset cab
shall be performed for the right-of-way
and track for track Class H3 and above,
except of track leading to a trainset
maintenance facility, at least twice
weekly with a minimum of two calendar
days between inspections.
(c) If a deviation from the
requirements of this subpart is found
during the visual inspection, remedial
action shall be initiated immediately in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program required under subpart G of
this part.
§ 299.347
Special inspections.
In the event of fire, flood, severe
storm, temperature extremes, or other
occurrence which might have damaged
track structure, a special inspection
shall be made of the track and right-ofway involved as soon as possible after
the occurrence, prior to the operation of
any trainset over that track.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 299.349
14069
Inspection records.
(a) The railroad shall keep a record of
each inspection required to be
performed on that track under this
subpart.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f)
of this section, each record of an
inspection under §§ 299.325 and
299.345 shall be prepared on the day the
inspection is made and signed by the
person making the inspection.
(c) Records shall specify the track
inspected, date of inspection, location,
and nature of any deviation from the
requirements of this part, name of
qualified individual who made the
inspection, and the remedial action, if
any, taken by the person making the
inspection.
(d) Rail inspection records shall
specify the date of inspection, the
location and nature of any internal
defects found, name of qualified
individual who made the inspection,
the remedial action taken and the date
thereof, and the location of any intervals
of track not tested pursuant to § 299.341
of this part. The railroad shall retain a
rail inspection record for at least two
years after the inspection and for one
year after remedial action is taken.
(e) The railroad shall make inspection
records required by this section
available for inspection and copying by
the FRA.
(f) For purposes of compliance with
the requirements of this section, the
railroad may maintain and transfer
records through electronic transmission,
storage, and retrieval provided that—
(1) The electronic system is compliant
with the requirements of § 299.11;
(2) The electronic storage of each
record shall be initiated by the person
making the inspection within 24 hours
following the completion of that
inspection;
(3) Track inspection records shall be
kept available to persons who
performed the inspection and to persons
performing subsequent inspections.
(g) Each track/vehicle performance
record required under § 299.337 shall be
made available for inspection and
copying by the FRA.
§ 299.351 Qualifications for track
maintenance and inspection personnel.
(a) General. The railroad shall
designate qualified individuals
responsible for the maintenance and
inspection of track in compliance with
the safety requirements prescribed in
this subpart. Each designated
individual, including contractors and
their employees, must meet the
minimum qualifications set forth in this
subpart.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14070
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(b) Recordkeeping. In addition to the
requirements contained in § 243.203 of
this chapter, the railroad shall also
maintain, with respect to the
designation of individuals under this
subpart, the track inspection records
made by each individual as required by
§ 299.347.
§ 299.353 Personnel qualified to supervise
track restoration and renewal.
Each individual designated to
supervise restorations and renewals of
track, shall have—
(a) Successfully completed a course
offered by the employer or by a college
level engineering program,
supplemented by special on-the-job
training emphasizing the techniques to
be employed in the supervision,
restoration, and renewal of high-speed
track;
(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at
least once per calendar year, that the
individual—
(1) Knows and understands the
requirements of this subpart that apply
to the restoration and renewal of the
track for which he or she is responsible;
(2) Can detect deviations from those
requirements; and,
(3) Can prescribe appropriate
remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(c) Written authorization from the
railroad or the employer to prescribe
remedial actions to correct or safely
compensate for deviations from the
requirements of this subpart and shall
have successfully completed a recorded
examination on this subpart as part of
the qualification process.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.355
track.
Personnel qualified to inspect
Each individual designated to inspect
track for defects, shall have—
(a) Successfully completed a course
offered by the railroad or by a college
level engineering program,
supplemented by special on-the-job
training emphasizing the techniques to
be employed in the inspection of highspeed track;
(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at
least once per calendar year, that the
individual—
(1) Knows and understands the
requirements of this subpart that apply
to the inspection of the track for which
he or she is responsible;
(2) Can detect deviations from those
requirements; and,
(3) Can prescribe appropriate
remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(c) Written authorization from the
railroad or the employer to prescribe
remedial actions to correct or safely
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
compensate for deviations from the
requirements in this subpart and shall
have successfully completed a recorded
examination on this subpart as part of
the qualification process.
§ 299.357 Personnel qualified to inspect
and restore continuous welded rail.
Individuals designated under
§ 299.353 or 299.355 that inspect
continuous welded rail (CWR) or
supervise the installation, adjustment,
and maintenance of CWR in accordance
with the written procedures established
by the railroad shall have—
(a) Current qualifications under either
§ 299.353 or 299.355;
(b) Successfully completed a training
course of at least eight hours duration
specifically developed for the
application of written CWR procedures
issued by the railroad;
(c) Demonstrated to the railroad that
the individual—
(1) Knows and understands the
requirements of those written CWR
procedures;
(2) Can detect deviations from those
requirements;
(3) Can prescribe appropriate
remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(d) Written authorization from the
railroad or the employer to prescribe
remedial actions to correct or safely
compensate for deviations from the
requirements in those procedures and
must have successfully completed a
recorded examination on those
procedures as part of the qualification
process. The recorded examination may
be written, or in the form of a computer
file with the results of an interactive
training course.
Subpart D—Rolling Stock
§ 299.401
Clearance requirements.
(a) General. The rolling stock shall be
designed to meet all applicable
clearance requirements of the railroad.
The railroad shall make its clearance
diagrams available to FRA upon request.
(b) Clearance above top of rail. No
part or appliance of a trainset except the
wheels, sander tips, wheel guards, and
other components designed to be in the
path of the wheel (i.e., above the rail
and aligned inside the wheel width
path) may be less than 60 mm (2.36
inches) above the top of rail.
(c) Obstacle deflector. The leading
end of a trainset shall be equipped with
an obstacle deflector that extends across
both rails of the track. The minimum
clearance above the rail of the obstacle
deflector shall be 76 mm (3 inches), and
the maximum clearance shall be 229
mm (9 inches).
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(d) Flexible wheel guards. The lead
axle of a trainset shall be equipped with
flexible wheel guards mounted on the
bogie below the primary suspension
with a maximum clearance above the
rail of 15 mm (0.59 inches).
§ 299.403
Trainset structure.
(a) Occupied volume integrity. To
demonstrate resistance to loss of
occupied volume, the trainsets shall
comply with both the compression load
requirement in paragraph (b) of this
section and the dynamic collision
requirements in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(b) Compression load requirement.
The end compression load shall be
applied to the vehicle as defined in JIS
E 7105:2006 as amended by JIS E
7105:2011 (all incorporated by
reference, see § 299.17), with an end
load magnitude no less than 980 kN
(220,300 lbf) without permanent
deformation of the occupied volume.
(c) Dynamic collision scenario. In
addition to the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section, occupied
volume integrity shall also be
demonstrated for the trainset through an
evaluation of a dynamic collision
scenario in which a moving trainset
impacts a proxy object under the
following conditions:
(1) The initially-moving trainset is
made up of the equipment undergoing
evaluation at its AW0 ready-to-run
weight;
(2) The scenario shall be evaluated on
tangent, level track;
(3) The trainset shall have an initial
velocity of 32 km/h (20 mph) and shall
not be braked;
(4) The proxy object shall have the
following characteristics:
(i) The object shall be a solid circular
cylinder that weighs 6350 kg (14,000
pounds);
(ii) The object shall have a width of
914 mm (36 inches) and a diameter of
1219 mm (48 inches);
(iii) The axis of the cylinder shall be
perpendicular to the direction of
trainset motion and parallel to the
ground; and
(iv) The center of the object shall be
located 762 mm (30 inches) above the
top of the underframe.
(5) Collision configurations. Two
collision configurations shall be
evaluated.
(i) The center of the object shall be
located 483 mm (19 inches) from the
longitudinal centerline of the trainset;
and
(ii) The center of the object shall be
aligned with the side of the cab car at
the point of maximum width.
(6) Model validation. The model used
to demonstrate compliance with the
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
dynamic collision requirements must be
validated. Model validation shall be
demonstrated and submitted to FRA for
review and approval.
(7) Dynamic collision requirements.
As a result of the impact described in
paragraphs (c)(5)(i) and (ii) of this
section—
(i) One of the following two
conditions must be met for the occupied
volume:
(A) There shall be no more than 254
mm (10 inches) of longitudinal
permanent deformation; or
(B) Global vehicle shortening shall not
exceed 1 percent over any 4.6 m (15feet) length of occupied volume.
(ii) Compliance with each of the
following conditions shall also be
demonstrated for the cab after the
impact:
(A) Each seat provided for an
employee regularly assigned to occupy
the cab, and any floor-mounted seat in
the cab, shall maintain a survival space
where there is no intrusion for a
minimum of 305 mm (12 inches) from
each edge of the seat. Walls or other
items originally within this defined
space shall not further intrude more
than 38 mm (1.5 inches) towards the
seat under evaluation.
(B) There shall be a clear exit path for
the occupants of the cab;
(C) The vertical height of the cab
(floor to ceiling) shall not be reduced by
more than 20 percent; and
(D) The operating console shall not
have moved closer to the driver’s seat by
more than 51 mm (2 inches).
(d) Equipment override. (1) Using the
dynamic collision scenarios described
in paragraph (c) of this section, and with
all units in the trainset are positioned at
their nominal running heights, the anticlimbing performance shall be evaluated
for each of the following sets of initial
conditions:
(2) For the initial conditions specified
in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this
section, compliance with the following
conditions shall be demonstrated after a
dynamic impact:
(i) The relative difference in elevation
between the underframes of the
connected equipment shall not change
by more than 102 mm (4 inches); and
(ii) The tread of any wheel of the
trainset shall not rise above the top of
rail by more than 102 mm (4 inches).
(e) Roof and side structure integrity.
To demonstrate roof and side structure
integrity, each passenger car shall
comply with the following:
(1) Rollover strength. (i) Each
passenger car shall be designed to rest
on its side and be uniformly supported
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
at the top and bottom cords of the
vehicle side. The allowable stress in the
structural members of the occupied
volumes for this condition shall be onehalf yield or one-half the critical
buckling stress, whichever is less. Local
yielding to the outer skin of the
passenger car is allowed provided that
the resulting deformations in no way
intrude upon the occupied volume of
the car.
(ii) Each passenger car shall also be
designed to rest on its roof so that any
damage in occupied areas is limited to
roof extrusions. Other than roof
extrusions, the allowable stress in the
structural members of the occupied
volumes for this condition shall be onehalf yield or one-half the critical
buckling stress, whichever is less. Local
yielding to the outer skin, including the
floor structure, of the car is allowed
provided that the resulting deformations
in no way intrude upon the occupied
volume of the car. Deformation to the
roof extrusions is allowed to the extent
necessary to permit the vehicle to be
supported directly on the top chords of
the sides and ends.
(2) Side structure. (i) The sum of the
section moduli about a longitudinal
axis, taken at the weakest horizontal
section between the side sill and roof,
of the extrusions on each side of the car
located between the inside edge of the
doors shall be not less than 3.95x105
mm3 (24.1 in3).
(ii) The sum of the section moduli
about a transverse axis, taken at the
weakest horizontal section on each side
of the car located between body corners
shall be not less than 2.64x105 mm3
(16.1 in3).
(iii) The minimum section moduli or
thicknesses specified in paragraph
(f)(2)(i) of this section shall be adjusted
in proportion to the ratio of the yield
strength of the material used to a value
of 172 MPa (25 ksi).
(iv) The combined thickness of the
skin of the side structure extrusions
shall not be less than 3 mm (0.125 inch)
nominal thickness. The thicknesses
shall be adjusted in proportion to the
ratio of the yield strength of the material
used to a value of 172 MPa (25 ksi).
(f) Bogie-to-carbody attachment. (1)
The bogie-to-carbody attachment shall
utilize the service proven design as used
on the N700.
(2) The bogie shall be securely
attached to the carbody and designed to
operate without failure under the
operating conditions of the railroad,
including expected mechanical shocks
and vibrations.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 299.405
14071
Trainset interiors.
(a) Interior fittings. Interior fittings of
trainsets shall be—
(1) Securely attached and designed to
operate without failure under the
conditions typically found in passenger
rail equipment including expected
mechanical vibrations, and shock.
(2) To the extent possible, all interior
fittings shall be recessed or flush
mounted. Corners and/or sharp edges
shall be either avoided or padded to
mitigate the consequence of impact with
such surfaces.
(b) Luggage stowage. (1) Luggage
stowage racks shall slope downward in
the outboard direction at a minimum
ratio of 1:8 with respect to a horizontal
plane to provide lateral restraint for
stowed articles.
(2) Luggage stowage compartments
shall provide longitudinal restraint for
stowed articles.
§ 299.407
Glazing.
(a) General. The railroad shall install
glazing systems compliant with the
requirements defined in this section.
(b) Trainset glazing; end-facing. (1)
Each end-facing exterior window of the
trainset shall comply with the
requirements for large object and
ballistic impact scenarios as defined in
this section.
(2) Each end-facing exterior window
of the trainset shall demonstrate
compliance with the following
requirements for the large object impact
test.
(i) The glazing article shall be
impacted with a cylindrical projectile
that complies with the following design
specifications as depicted in Figure 6 to
paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section:
(A) The projectile shall be constructed
of aluminum alloy such as ISO 6362–
2:1990, grade 2017A, or its
demonstrated equivalent;
(B) The projectile end cap shall be
made of steel;
(C) The projectile assembly shall
weigh 1 kilogram (kg) (¥0, +0.020 kg)
or 2.2 lbs (¥0, +0.044 lbs) and shall
have a hemispherical tip. Material may
be removed from the interior of the
aluminum portion to adjust the
projectile mass according to the
prescribed tolerance. The hemispherical
tip shall have a milled surface with 1
mm (0.04 inches) grooves; and
(D) The projectile shall have an
overall diameter of 94 mm (3.7 inches)
with a nominal internal diameter of 70
mm (2.76 inches).
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(ii) The test of the glazing article shall
be deemed satisfactory if the test
projectile does not penetrate the glazing
article, the glazing article remains in its
frame, and the witness plate is not
marked by spall.
(iii) A new projectile shall be used for
each test.
(iv) The glazing article to be tested
shall be that which has the smallest area
for each design type. For the test, the
glazing article shall be fixed in a frame
of the same construction as that
mounted on the vehicle.
(v) A minimum of four tests shall be
conducted and all must be deemed
satisfactory. Two tests shall be
conducted with the complete glazing
article at 0°C ± 0.5°C (32°F ± 0.9°F) and
two tests shall be conducted with the
complete glazing article at 20°C ± 5°C
(68°F ± 9°F). For the tests to be valid it
shall be demonstrated that the core
temperature of the complete glazing
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
article during each test is within the
required temperature range.
(vi) The test glazing article shall be
mounted at the same angle relative to
the projectile path as it will be to the
direction of travel when mounted on the
vehicle.
(vii) The projectile’s impact velocity
shall equal the maximum operating
speed of the trainset plus 160 km/h (100
mph). The projectile velocity shall be
measured within 4 m (13 feet) of the
point of impact.
(viii) The point of impact shall be at
the geometrical center of the glazing
article.
(3) Representative samples for large
object impact testing of large end-facing
cab glazing articles may be used, instead
of the actual design size provided that
the following conditions are met:
(i) Testing of glazing articles having
dimensions greater than 1,000 mm by
700 mm (39.4 by 27.6 inches), excluding
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
framing, may be performed using a flat
sample having the same composition as
the glazing article for which compliance
is to be demonstrated. The glazing
manufacturer shall provide
documentation containing its technical
justification that testing a flat sample is
sufficient to verify compliance of the
glazing article with the requirements of
this paragraph.
(ii) Flat sample testing is permitted
only if no surface of the full-size glazing
article contains curvature whose radius
is less than 2,500 mm (98 inches); and
when a complete, finished, glazing
article is laid (convex side uppermost)
on a flat horizontal surface, the distance,
(measured perpendicularly to the flat
surface) between the flat surface and the
inside face of the glazing article is not
greater than 200 mm (8 inches).
(4) End-facing glazing shall
demonstrate sufficient resistance to
spalling, as verified by the large impact
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.005
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14072
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
projectile test under the following
conditions:
(i) An annealed aluminum witness
plate of maximum thickness 0.15 mm
(0.006 inches) and of dimension 500
mm by 500 mm (19.7 by 19.7 inches) is
placed vertically behind the sample
under test, at a horizontal distance of
500 mm (19.7 inches) from the point of
impact in the direction of travel of the
projectile or the distance between the
point of impact of the projectile and the
location of the driver’s eyes in the
driver’s normal operating position,
whichever is less. The center of the
witness plate is aligned with the point
of impact.
(ii) Spalling performance shall be
deemed satisfactory if the aluminum
witness plate is not marked.
(iii) For the purposes of this part,
materials used specifically to protect the
cab occupants from spall (i.e., spall
shields) shall not be required to meet
the flammability and smoke emission
performance requirements of § 299.413.
(5) Each end-facing exterior window
in a cab shall, at a minimum, provide
ballistic penetration resistance that
meets the requirements of appendix A
to part 223 of this chapter.
(c) Trainset glazing; side-facing.
Except as provided in paragraph (d) of
this section, each side-facing exterior
window in a trainset shall comply with
the requirements for Type II glazing as
defined in part 223 of this chapter or
other alternative standard approved by
FRA.
(d) Side-facing breakable glazing. A
side-facing exterior window intended to
be breakable and serve as an emergency
window exit may comply with an
alternative standard approved for use by
FRA under § 299.15.
(e) Certification of Glazing Materials.
Glazing materials shall be certified in
accordance with the following
procedures:
(1) Each manufacturer that provides
glazing materials, intended by the
manufacturer for use in achieving
compliance with the requirements of
this subpart, shall certify that each type
of glazing material being supplied for
this purpose has been successfully
tested in accordance with this section
and that test verification data are
available to the railroad or to FRA upon
request.
(2) Tests performed on glazing
materials for compliance with this part
shall be conducted by either—
(i) An independent third party (lab,
facility, underwriter); or
(ii) The glazing manufacturer,
providing FRA with the opportunity to
witness all tests by written notice, a
minimum of 30 days prior to testing.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(3) Any glazing material certified to
meet the requirements of this part shall
be re-certified if any change is made to
the glazing that may affect its
mechanical properties or its mounting
arrangement on the vehicle.
(4) All certification/re-certification
documentation shall be made available
to FRA upon request. The test
verification data shall contain all
pertinent original data logs and
documentation that the selection of
material samples, test set-ups, test
measuring devices, and test procedures
were performed by qualified individuals
using recognized and acceptable
practices and in accordance with this
section.
(5) Glazing shall be marked in the
following manner:
(i) Each end-facing exterior window
in a cab shall be permanently marked,
prior to installation, in such a manner
that the marking is clearly visible after
the material has been installed. The
marking shall include:
(A) The words ‘‘FRA TYPE IHS’’ to
indicate that the material meets the
requirements specified in paragraph (b)
of this section;
(B) The manufacturer of the material;
and
(C) The type or brand identification of
the material.
(ii) Each side-facing exterior window
in a trainset shall be permanently
marked, prior to installation, in such a
manner that the marking is clearly
visible after the material has been
installed. The marking shall include:
(A) The words ‘‘FRA TYPE II’’ to
indicate that the material meets the
requirements specified in paragraph (c)
of this section;
(B) The manufacturer of the material;
and
(C) The type or brand identification of
the material.
(f) Glazing securement. Each exterior
window shall remain in place when
subjected to—
(1) The forces due to air pressure
differences caused when two trainsets
pass at the minimum separation for two
adjacent tracks, while traveling in
opposite directions, each trainset
traveling at the maximum approved
trainset speed in accordance with
§ 299.609(g); and
(2) The impact forces that the exterior
window is required to resist as specified
in this section.
§ 299.409
Brake system.
(a) General. The railroad shall
demonstrate through analysis and
testing the maximum safe operating
speed for its trainsets that results in no
thermal damage to equipment or
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14073
infrastructure during normal operation
of the brake system.
(b) Minimum performance
requirement for brake system. Each
trainset’s brake system, under the worstcase adhesion conditions as defined by
the railroad, shall be capable of stopping
the trainset from its maximum operating
speed within the signal spacing existing
on the track over which the trainset is
operating.
(c) Urgent brake system. A trainset
shall be provided with an urgent brake
application feature that produces an
irretrievable stop. An urgent brake
application shall be available at any
time, and shall be initiated by an
unintentional parting of the trainset or
by the trainset crew from the conductor
rooms.
(d) Application/release indication.
The brake system shall be designed so
that an inspector may determine
whether the brake system is functioning
properly without being placed in a
dangerous position on, under or
between the equipment. This
determination may be made through
automated monitoring system that
utilizes sensors to verify that the brakes
have been applied and released.
(e) Passenger brake alarm. (1) A
means to initiate a passenger brake
alarm shall be provided at two locations
in each unit of a trainset. The words
‘‘Passenger Brake Alarm’’ shall be
legibly stenciled or marked on each
device or on an adjacent badge plate.
(2) All passenger brake alarms shall be
installed so as to prevent accidental
activation.
(3) When a passenger brake alarm is
activated, it shall initiate an emergency
brake application. The emergency brake
application can be overridden by the
driver so that the trainset can be
stopped at a safe location.
(4) To retrieve the emergency brake
application described in paragraph
(e)(3) of this section, the driver must
activate appropriate controls to issue a
command for brake application as
specified in the railroad’s operating
rules.
(f) Degraded brake system
performance. The following
requirements address degraded brake
system performance on the railroad’s
high-speed trainsets—
(1) Loss of power or failure of
regenerative brake shall not result in
exceeding the allowable stopping
distance as defined by the railroad;
(2) The available friction braking shall
be adequate to stop the trainset safely
under the operating conditions defined
by the railroad;
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14074
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(3) The operational status of the
trainset brake system shall be displayed
for the driver in the operating cab; and
(4) Under § 299.607(b)(5), the railroad
shall demonstrate through analysis and
testing the maximum speed for safely
operating its trainsets using only the
friction brake system with no thermal
damage to equipment or infrastructure.
The analysis and testing shall also
determine the maximum safe operating
speed for various percentages of
operative friction brakes.
(g) Main reservoir system. The main
reservoirs in a trainset shall be designed
and tested to meet the requirements set
forth in JIS B 8265 (incorporated by
reference, see § 299.17). Reservoirs shall
be certified based on their size and
volume requirements.
(h) Main reservoir tests. Prior to initial
installation, each main reservoir shall be
subjected to a pneumatic or hydrostatic
pressure test based on the maximum
working pressure defined in paragraph
(g) of this section unless otherwise
established by the railroad’s mechanical
officer. Records of the test date,
location, and pressure shall be
maintained by the railroad for the life of
the equipment. Periodic inspection
requirements for main reservoirs shall
be defined in the railroad’s inspection,
testing, and maintenance program
required by § 299.445.
(i) Brake gauges. All mechanical
gauges and all devices providing
electronic indication of air pressure that
are used by the driver to aid in the
control or braking of a trainset shall be
located so that they can be conveniently
read from the driver’s normal position
during operation of the trainset.
(j) Brake application/release. (1) Brake
actuators shall be designed to provide
brake pad clearance when the brakes are
released.
(2) The minimum brake cylinder
pressure shall be established to provide
adequate adjustment from minimum
service to emergency for proper trainset
operation.
(k) Leakage. The method of inspection
for main reservoir pipe and brake
cylinder pipe leakage shall be
prescribed in the railroad’s inspection,
testing, and maintenance program
required by § 299.445.
(l) Slide alarm. (1) A trainset shall be
equipped with an adhesion control
system designed to automatically adjust
the braking force on each wheel to
prevent sliding during braking.
(2) A wheel slide alarm that is visual
or audible, or both, shall alert the driver
in the operating cab to wheel-slide
conditions on any axle of the trainset.
(3) Operating restrictions for a trainset
with wheel slide protection devices that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
are not functioning as intended shall be
defined by the railroad under its
requirements for movement of defective
equipment required by § 299.447, and
within the railroad’s operating rules, as
appropriate.
(m) Monitoring and diagnostic system.
Each trainset shall be equipped with a
monitoring and diagnostic system that is
designed to automatically assess the
functionality of the brake system for the
entire trainset. Details of the system
operation and the method of
communication of brake system
functionality prior to the dispatch of the
trainset shall be described in detail in
the railroad’s Operating Rules and
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program required by § 299.445.
(n) Trainset securement. Each trainset
shall be equipped with a means of
securing the equipment, independent of
the friction brake, on the grade
condition defined by the railroad. The
railroad’s operating rules shall define
procedures for trainset securement and
the railroad shall demonstrate that these
procedures effectively secure the
equipment in accordance with
§ 299.607(b)(5).
(o) Rescue operation; brake system. A
trainset’s brake system shall be designed
so as to allow a rescue vehicle or
trainset to control its brakes when the
trainset is disabled.
§ 299.411
Bogies and suspension system.
(a) Wheel climb. (1) Suspension
systems shall be designed to reasonably
prevent wheel climb, wheel unloading,
rail rollover, rail shift, and a vehicle
from overturning to ensure safe, stable
performance and ride quality. These
requirements shall be met—
(i) In all operating environments, and
under all track conditions and loading
conditions as determined by the
railroad; and
(ii) At all track speeds and over all
track qualities consistent with the
requirements in subpart C of this part,
up to the maximum trainset speed and
maximum cant deficiency of the
equipment in accordance with
§ 299.609(g).
(2) All passenger equipment shall
meet the safety performance standards
for suspension systems contained in
§ 299.609(h). In particular—
(i) Vehicle/track system qualification.
All trainsets shall demonstrate safe
operation during pre-revenue service
qualification in accordance with
§ 299.609 and is subject to the
requirements of § 299.313.
(ii) Revenue service operation. All
passenger equipment in service is
subject to the requirements of § 299.313.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(b) Lateral accelerations. The trainsets
shall not operate under conditions that
result in a steady-state lateral
acceleration greater than 0.15g, as
measured parallel to the car floor inside
the passenger compartment.
(c) Journal bearing overheat sensors.
Bearing overheat sensors shall be
provided on all journal bearings on each
trainset.
§ 299.413
Fire safety.
(a) General. All materials used in
constructing the interior of the trainset
shall meet the flammability and smoke
emission characteristics and testing
standards contained in appendix B to
part 238 of this chapter. For purposes of
this section, the interior of the trainset
includes walls, floors, ceilings, seats,
doors, windows, electrical conduits, air
ducts, and any other internal
equipment.
(b) Certification. The railroad shall
require certification that a
representative sample of combustible
materials to be—
(1) Used in constructing a passenger
car or a cab, or
(2) Introduced in a passenger car or a
cab, as part of any kind of rebuild,
refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or
cab, has been tested by a recognized
independent testing laboratory and that
the results show the representative
sample complies with the requirements
of paragraph (a) of this section at the
time it was tested.
(c) Fire safety analysis. The railroad
shall ensure that fire safety
considerations and features in the
design of the trainsets reduce the risk of
personal injury caused by fire to an
acceptable level in its operating
environment using a formal safety
methodology. To this end, the railroad
shall complete a written fire safety
analysis for the passenger equipment
being procured. In conducting the
analysis, the railroad shall—
(1) Identify, analyze, and prioritize
the fire hazards inherent in the design
of the equipment.
(2) Take effective steps to design the
equipment and select materials which
help provide sufficient fire resistance to
reasonably ensure adequate time to
detect a fire and safely evacuate the
passengers and crewmembers, if a fire
cannot be prevented. Factors to consider
include potential ignition sources; the
type, quantity, and location of the
materials; and availability of rapid and
safe egress to the exterior of the
equipment under conditions secure
from fire, smoke, and other hazards.
(3) Reasonably ensure that a
ventilation system in the equipment
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
does not contribute to the lethality of a
fire.
(4) Identify in writing any trainset
component that is a risk of initiating fire
and which requires overheat protection.
An overheat detector shall be installed
in any component when the analysis
determines that an overheat detector is
necessary.
(5) Identify in writing any unoccupied
trainset compartment that contains
equipment or material that poses a fire
hazard, and analyze the benefit
provided by including a fire or smoke
detection system in each compartment
so identified. A fire or smoke detector
shall be installed in any unoccupied
compartment when the analysis
determines that such equipment is
necessary to ensure sufficient time for
the safe evacuation of passengers and
crewmembers from the trainset. For
purposes of this section, an unoccupied
trainset compartment means any part of
the equipment structure that is not
normally occupied during operation of
the trainset, including a closet, baggage
compartment, food pantry, etc.
(6) Determine whether any occupied
or unoccupied space requires a portable
fire extinguisher and, if so, the proper
type and size of the fire extinguisher for
each location. As required by § 239.101
of this chapter, each passenger car is
required to have a minimum of one
portable fire extinguisher. If the analysis
performed indicates that one or more
additional portable fire extinguishers
are needed, such shall be installed.
(7) Analyze the benefit provided by
including a fixed, automatic firesuppression system in any unoccupied
trainset compartment that contains
equipment or material that poses a fire
hazard, and determine the proper type
and size of the automatic firesuppression system for each such
location. A fixed, automatic firesuppression system shall be installed in
any unoccupied compartment when the
analysis determines that such
equipment is practical and necessary to
ensure sufficient time for the safe
evacuation of passengers and
crewmembers from the trainset.
(8) Explain how safety issues are
resolved in the design of the equipment
and selection of materials to reduce the
risk of each fire hazard.
(9) Describe the analysis and testing
necessary to demonstrate that the fire
protection approach taken in the design
of the equipment and selection of
materials meets the fire protection
requirements of this part.
(d) Inspection, testing, and
maintenance. The railroad shall develop
and adopt written procedures for the
inspection, testing, and maintenance of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
all fire safety systems and fire safety
equipment on the passenger equipment
it operates under § 299.445(b), and
subpart G of this part. The railroad shall
comply with those procedures that it
designates as mandatory for the safety of
the equipment and its occupants.
§ 299.415
Doors.
(a) Each powered, exterior side door
in a vestibule that is partitioned from
the passenger compartment of a trainset
shall have a manual override device that
is—
(1) Capable of releasing the door to
permit it to be opened without power.
(2) Located such that—
(i) Interior access is provided adjacent
to each manual door release mechanism;
and,
(ii) Exterior access is provided on
each side of each car.
(3) Designed and maintained so that a
person may readily access and operate
the override device without requiring
the use of a tool or other implement.
(4) The railroad may protect a manual
override device used to open a powered,
exterior door with a cover or a screen.
(5) When a manual override device is
activated, door panel friction, including
seals and hangers, shall allow the doors
to be opened or closed manually with as
low a force as practicable.
(6) The emergency release mechanism
shall require manual reset.
(b) Each passenger car shall have a
minimum of one exterior side door per
side. Each such door shall provide a
minimum clear opening with
dimensions of 813 mm (32 inches)
horizontally by 1850 mm (72.8 inches)
vertically.
(c) Door exits shall be marked, and
instructions provided for their use, as
specified in § 299.423.
(d) All doors intended for access by
emergency responders shall be marked,
and instructions provided for their use,
as specified in § 299.423.
(e) Vestibule doors and other interior
doors intended for passage through a
passenger car.
(1) General. Except for a door
providing access to a control
compartment each powered vestibule
door and any other powered interior
door intended for passage through a
passenger car shall have a manual
override device that conforms with the
requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and
(3) of this section.
(2) Manual override devices. Each
manual override device shall be:
(i) Capable of releasing the door to
permit it to be opened without power;
(ii) Located adjacent to the door it
controls; and
(iii) Designed and maintained so that
a person may readily access and operate
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14075
the override device from each side of
the door without the use of a tool or
other implement.
(3) Marking and instructions. Each
manual override device and each
retention mechanism shall be marked,
and instructions provided for their use,
as specified in § 299.423.
(f) The status of each powered,
exterior side door in a passenger car
shall be displayed to the driver in the
operating cab. Door interlock sensors
shall be provided to detect trainset
motion and shall be nominally set to
operate at 5 km/h.
(g) All powered exterior side
passenger doors shall:
(1) Be equipped with the serviceproven door safety system utilized by
the N700 or an alternate door safety
system designed subject to a Failure
Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis
(FMECA);
(2) Be designed with an obstruction
detection system capable of detecting a
rigid flat bar, 6.4 mm (1⁄4 inches) wide
and 76 mm (3 inches) high and a rigid
rod, 9.5 mm (3⁄8 inches) in diameter;
(3) Incorporate an obstruction
detection system sufficient to detect
large obstructions;
(4) Be designed so that activation of
a door by-pass feature does not affect
the operation of the obstruction
detection system on all the other doors
on the trainset;
(5) The door control station shall be
located in a secured area that is only
accessible to crewmembers or
maintenance personnel;
(6) The door open or closed circuit
shall not be affected by the throttle
position; and,
(7) Discrete, dedicated trainlines shall
be used for door-open and door-close
commands, door-closed summary
circuit, and no motion, if trainlined.
(h) All powered exterior side door
systems in a trainset shall:
(1) Be designed with a door summary
circuit. The door summary circuit shall
be connected or interlocked to prohibit
the trainset from developing tractive
power if an exterior side door in a
passenger car, other than a door under
the direct physical control of a
crewmember for his or her exclusive
use, is not closed;
(2) Be connected to side door status
indicators located on the exterior of
each unit of the trainset;
(3) Be connected to a door summary
status indicator that is readily viewable
to the driver from his or her normal
position in the operating cab;
(4) If equipped with a trainset-wide
door by-pass device, be designed so that
the trainset-wide door by-pass functions
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14076
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
only when activated from the operating
cab of the trainset;
(5) A lock (cut-out/lock-out)
mechanism shall be installed at each
door panel to secure a door in the closed
and locked position. When the lock
mechanism is utilized to secure the door
in the closed position, a door-closed
indication shall be provided to the door
summary circuit; and,
(6) A crew key or other secure device
shall be required to lock-out an exterior
side door to prevent unauthorized use.
(i)(1) Visual inspections and
functional tests. The inspection and
functional tests required for the door
safety system, including the trainsetwide by-pass verification, shall be
conducted in accordance with the
railroad’s trainset inspection, testing,
and maintenance program in accordance
with § 299.445, and operating rules
under subpart E.
(2) Face-to-face relief. Crewmembers
taking control of a trainset do not need
to perform a visual inspection or a
functional test of the door by-pass
devices in cases of face-to-face relief of
another trainset crew and notification
by that crew as to the functioning of the
door by-pass devices.
(j) The railroad shall maintain a
record of each door by-pass activation
and each unintended opening of a
powered exterior side door, including
any repair(s) made, in the defect
tracking system as required by
§ 299.445(h).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.417
Emergency lighting.
(a) General. Emergency lighting shall
be provided in each unit of a trainset.
The emergency lighting system shall be
designed to facilitate the ability of
passengers and trainset crew members,
and/or emergency responders to see and
orient themselves, to identify obstacles,
in order to assist them to safely move
through and out of a passenger rail car.
(1) Emergency lighting shall
illuminate the following areas:
(i) Passenger car aisles, passageways,
and toilets;
(ii) Door emergency exit controls/
manual releases;
(iii) Vestibule floor near the door
emergency exits (to facilitate safe
entrance/exit from the door);
(iv) Within the car diaphragm and
adjacent area; and
(v) Specialty car locations such as
crew offices.
(b) Minimum illumination levels. (1)
A minimum, average illumination level
of 10.7 lux (1 foot-candle) measured at
floor level adjacent to each exterior door
and each interior door providing access
to an exterior door (such as a door
opening into a vestibule);
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(2) A minimum, average illumination
level of 10.7 lux (1 foot-candle)
measured 635 mm (25 inches) above
floor level along the center of each aisle
and passageway;
(3) A minimum illumination level of
1.1 lux (0.1 foot-candle) measured 635
mm (25 inches) above floor level at any
point along the center of each aisle and
passageway;
(c) Lighting activation. Each
emergency lighting fixture shall activate
automatically or be energized
continuously whenever the car is in
revenue service and normal lighting is
not available.
(d) Independent power source.
Emergency lighting system shall have an
independent power source(s) that is
located in or within one half a car
length of each light fixture it powers.
(e) Functional requirements.
Emergency lighting system components
shall be designed to operate without
failure and capable of remaining
attached under the conditions typically
found in passenger rail equipment
including expected mechanical
vibrations, and shock in accordance
with § 299.405(a)(1), as well as comply
with electromagnetic interference
criteria in § 299.435(e).
(1) All emergency lighting system
components shall be capable to operate
in all railcar orientations.
(2) All emergency lighting system
components shall be capable to operate
when normal power is unavailable for
90 minutes without a loss of more than
40% of the minimum illumination
levels specified in paragraph (b) of this
section.
(f) Inspection. (1) The railroad shall
inspect the emergency lighting system
as required by its inspection, testing,
and maintenance program in accordance
with § 299.445.
(2) If batteries are used as
independent power sources, they shall
have automatic self-diagnostic modules
designed to perform discharge tests.
§ 299.419
Emergency communication.
(a) PA (public address) system. Each
passenger car shall be equipped with a
PA system that provides a means for a
trainset crewmember to communicate
by voice to passengers of his or her
trainset in an emergency situation. The
PA system shall also provide a means
for a trainset crewmember to
communicate by voice in an emergency
situation to persons in the immediate
vicinity of his or her trainset (e.g.,
persons on the station platform). The PA
system may be part of the same system
as the intercom system.
(b) Intercom system. Each passenger
car shall be equipped with an intercom
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
system that provides a means for
passengers and crewmembers to
communicate by voice with each other
in an emergency situation. Except as
further specified, at least one intercom
that is accessible to passengers without
using a tool or other implement shall be
located in each end (half) of each car.
(c) Marking and instructions. The
following requirements apply to all
units of a trainset:
(1) The location of each intercom
intended for passenger use shall be
conspicuously marked with HPPL
material in accordance with § 299.423;
and
(2) Legible and understandable
operating instructions shall be made of
HPPL material in accordance with
§ 299.423 and posted at or near each
such intercom.
(d) Back-up power. PA and intercom
systems shall have a back-up power
system capable of—
(1) Powering each system to allow
intermittent emergency communication
for a minimum period of 90 minutes.
Intermittent communication shall be
considered equivalent to continuous
communication during the last 15
minutes of the 90-minute minimum
period; and
(2) Operating in all equipment
orientations within 90 degrees of
vertical.
(e) Additional requirements. The PA
and intercom systems shall be designed
to operate without failure and remain
attached under the conditions typically
found in passenger rail equipment
including expected mechanical
vibrations, and shock in accordance
with § 299.405(a)(1), as well as comply
with electromagnetic interference
criteria in § 299.435(e).
§ 299.421
Emergency roof access.
(a) Number and dimensions. Each
passenger car shall have a minimum of
two emergency roof access locations,
each providing a minimum opening of
660 mm (26 inches) longitudinally (i.e.,
parallel to the longitudinal axis of the
car) by 610 mm (24 inches) laterally.
(b) Means of access. Emergency roof
access shall be provided by means of a
conspicuously marked structural weak
point in the roof for access by properly
equipped emergency response
personnel.
(c) Location. Emergency roof access
locations shall be situated so that when
a car is on its side—
(1) One emergency access location is
situated as close as practicable within
each half of the roof as divided top from
bottom; and
(2) One emergency access location is
situated as close as practicable within
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
14077
(d) Obstructions. The ceiling space
below each emergency roof access
location shall be free from wire, cabling,
conduit, and piping. This space shall
also be free of any rigid secondary
structure (e.g., a diffuser or diffuser
support, lighting back fixture, mounted
PA equipment, or luggage rack) where
practicable. It shall be permissible to cut
through interior panels, liners, or other
non-rigid secondary structures after
making the cutout hole in the roof,
provided any such additional cutting
necessary to access the interior of the
vehicle permits a minimum opening of
the dimensions specified in paragraph
(a) of this section to be maintained.
(e) Marking instructions. Each
emergency roof access location shall be
conspicuously marked with
retroreflective material of contrasting
color meeting the minimum
requirements specified in § 299.423.
Legible and understandable instructions
shall be posted at or near each such
location.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.423 Markings and instructions for
emergency egress and rescue access.
(a) General. Instructions and markings
shall be provided in each unit of a
trainset in accordance with the
minimum requirements of this section
to provide instructions for passengers
and trainset crewmembers for regarding
emergency egress, and rescue access
instructions for emergency responders.
(b) Visual identity and recognition.
Emergency exit signage/marking
systems shall enable passengers and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
trainset crewmembers to make positive
identification of emergency exits.
(1) Each interior emergency exit sign
and emergency exit locator sign shall be
conspicuous (i.e., clearly recognizable/
distinguishable) or become conspicuous
to passengers and trainset crewmembers
immediately and automatically upon
the loss of power for normal lighting,
from a minimum distance of 1.52 m (5
feet).
(2) The signs and markings shall
operate independently of the car’s
normal and emergency lighting systems,
for a minimum of 90 minutes after loss
of all power for normal lighting.
(3) An emergency exit locator sign
shall be located in close proximity of
each emergency exit and shall work in
conjunction with the emergency exit
sign. The location of the sign,
directional arrow(s), or wording shall
guide passengers and trainset
crewmembers to the emergency exit
route.
(c) Rescue access signage/marking
systems. (1) Rescue access signage and
marking systems shall enable emergency
responders to make positive
identification of rescue access points.
(2) Rescue access information for
emergency responders placed on the
exterior of the carbody shall, at a
minimum, consist of the following:
(i) Each door intended for use by
emergency responders for rescue access
shall be identified with emergency
access signs, symbols, or other
conspicuous marking consisting of
retroreflective material that complies
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this
section.
(ii) Rescue access door control locator
signs/markings and instructions;
(A) Each door intended for use by
emergency responders for rescue access
shall have operating instructions for
opening the door from outside the car
placed on or immediately adjacent to
the door on the carbody. If a power door
does not function with an integral
release mechanism, the instructions
shall indicate the location of the exterior
manual door control.
(B) Each power door intended for use
by emergency responders for rescue
access which has a non-integral release
mechanism located away from the door,
shall have a door control sign/marking
placed at the location of this control that
provides instructions for emergency
operation, either as part of the access
sign/marking or as another sign/
marking.
(C) Each car equipped with manual
doors shall have operating instructions
for opening the door from the exterior,
either as part of the access sign/marking
or as another sign/marking.
(iii) Rescue access window locator
signs/markings and instructions;
(A) Each rescue access window shall
be identified with a unique
retroreflective and easily recognizable
sign, symbol, or other conspicuous
marking that complies with paragraphs
(d) and (e) of this section.
(B) Signs, symbols, or marking shall
be placed at the bottom of each such
window, on each window, or adjacent
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.006
each half of the roof as divided left from
right. (See Figure 2 to this paragraph.)
14078
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
to each window, utilizing arrows, where
necessary, to clearly designate rescue
assess window location. Legible and
understandable window-access
instructions, including any pictogram/
instructions for removing the window,
shall be posted at or near each rescue
access window.
(iv) Roof access locator signs/
markings and instructions.
(A) The location of each emergency
access point provided on the roof of a
passenger car shall be clearly marked
with retroreflective material of
contrasting color that complies with
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
(B) Legible and understandable
instructions shall be posted at or near
each such location.
(C) If emergency roof access is
provided by means of a structural weak
point:
(1) The retroreflective material shall
clearly mark the line along which the
roof skin shall be cut; and
(2) A sign plate with a retroreflective
border shall also state:
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
CAUTION—DO NOT USE FLAME
CUTTING DEVICES.
CAUTION—WARN PASSENGERS
BEFORE CUTTING.
CUT ALONG DASHED LINE TO GAIN
ACCESS.
ROOF CONSTRUCTION—[STATE
RELEVANT DETAILS].
(d) Color contrast. Exterior signs/
markings shall provide luminance
contrast ratio of not less than 0.5, as
measured by a color-corrected
photometer.
(e) Materials—(1) Retroreflective
material. Exterior emergency rescue
access locator signs/markings shall be
constructed of retroreflective material
that conforms to the specifications for
Type I material sheeting, as specified in
ASTM D 4956–07 ε≠ (incorporated by
reference, see § 299.17), ‘‘as tested in
accordance with ASTM E 810–03
(incorporated by reference, see
§ 299.17).
(2) HPPL materials. All HPPL
materials used in finished component
configurations shall comply with the
minimum luminance criterion of 7.5
mcd/m2 after 90 minutes when tested
according to the provisions of ASTM E
2073–07 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 299.17), with the following three
modifications:
(i) Activation. The HPPL material
shall be activated with a fluorescent
lamp of 40W or less and a color
temperature of 4000–4500K that
provides no more than 10.7 lux (1 fc) of
illumination as measured on the
material surface. The activation period
shall be for no more than 60 minutes.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(ii) Luminance. The photopic
luminance of all specimens of the HPPL
material shall be measured with a
luminance meter as defined in section
5.2 of ASTM E 2073–07, a minimum of
90 minutes after activation has ceased.
(iii) Luminance in mcd/m 2. The test
report shall include a luminance
measurement 90 minutes after
activation has ceased.
(f) Recordkeeping. (1) The railroad
shall retain a copy of the car
manufacturer/supplier provided
independent laboratory certified test
report results showing that the
illuminance or luminance
measurements, as appropriate, on the
active area of the signage/marking
component. Such records shall be kept
until all cars with those components are
retired, transferred, leased, or conveyed
to another railroad for use in revenue
service. A copy of such records shall be
transferred to the accepting railroad
along with any such cars.
(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of
the railroad-approved illuminance test
plan(s) and test results until the next
periodic test, or other test specified in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program is conducted on a
representative car/area, or until all cars
of that type are retired, or are
transferred, leased, or conveyed to
another railroad. A copy of such records
shall be transferred to the accepting
railroad along with such car(s).
(3) The railroad shall retain a copy of
the certified independent laboratory test
report results that certify that the
retroreflective material complies with
Type I materials per ASTM D–4956–
07 epsiv;1 until all cars containing the
retroreflective material are retired, or are
transferred, leased, or conveyed to
another railroad. A copy of such records
shall be provided to the accepting
railroad along with any car(s) that are
transferred, leased, or conveyed.
§ 299.425 Low-location emergency exit
path marking.
(a) General. Low-location emergency
exit path marking (LLEEPM) shall be
provided in each unit of a trainset. The
LLEEPM system shall be designed to
identify the location of primary door
exits and the exit path to be used to
reach such doors by passengers and
trainset crewmembers under conditions
of darkness when normal and
emergency sources of illumination are
obscured by smoke or are inoperative.
(b) Visual identity and recognition.
The LLEEPM system shall be
conspicuous (i.e., clearly recognizable/
distinguishable), or become
conspicuous immediately and
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
automatically from a low-location upon
loss of power for normal lighting, and
under the minimum general emergency
light illumination levels as specified in
§ 299.423.
(c) Signage and markings. At a
minimum, the LLEEPM system shall
have the following three components:
(1) Primary door exit signs. (i) Each
primary door exit shall be clearly
marked with an exit sign;
(ii) The exit sign shall be visible from
a low-location from the exit along the
exit path; and
(iii) Each exit sign shall be located on
or immediately adjacent to each door
and placed between 152.4 and 457.2
mm (6 and 18 inches) above the floor.
(2) Primary door exit marking/
delineators. (i) The location of the exit
path shall be marked using electrically
powered (active) marking/delineators or
light fixtures, HPPL (passive) marking/
delineators or a combination of these
two systems.
(ii) The requirements in this section
apply for both electrical and HPPL
components, whether installed on the
walls, floors, or seat assemblies.
(iii) Each primary door shall be
marked on or around the door’s
operating handle.
(3) Exit path marking/delineators. (i)
The marking/delineator components
shall be positioned so as to identify an
exit path to all primary exits that is
clearly visible and easily recognizable
from any seat or compartment in the
trainset, when normal lighting and
emergency lighting are unavailable in
conditions of darkness and/or smoke.
(ii) Markings/delineators shall be
located on the floor or no higher than
457.2 mm (18 inches) on the seat
assembly, or walls/partitions of aisles,
and/or passageways.
(iii) Changes in the direction of the
exit path shall be indicated by the
LLEEPM and be placed within 102 mm
(4 inches) of the corner of the exit path.
(d) Material—(1) HPPL passive
systems. HPPL strip marking/delineator
material used for LLEEPM components
shall be capable of providing a
minimum luminance level of 7.5 mcd/
m2, measured 90 minutes after normal
power has ceased.
(2) Electroluminescent marking/
delineator strips. The luminance value
of the electroluminescent (EL) marking/
delineator strip shall be at least 1,000
mcd/m2, as measured on the strip
surface.
(e) Conspicuity of markings. LLEEPM
signs shall comply with the text, color
and respective illuminance or
luminance requirements specified in
§ 299.423 and in this section.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
(f) Emergency performance duration.
The LLEEPM system shall operate
independently of the car’s normal and
emergency lighting systems for 90
minutes after loss of all power for
normal lighting.
(g) Recordkeeping. (1) The railroad
shall retain a copy of the car
manufacturer/supplier provided
certified independent laboratory test
report results showing that the
illuminance or luminance
measurements, as appropriate, on the
active area of the signage/marking/
delineator component comply with the
criteria specified in § 299.423 and in
this section.
(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of
the railroad-approved illuminance test
plan(s) and test results until the next
periodic test, or other test specified in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program and ensure that tests are
conducted on a representative car, or
until all cars of that type are retired,
transferred, leased, or conveyed to
another railroad. A copy of such records
shall be provided to the accepting
railroads along with any car(s) that are
transferred, leased, or conveyed.
(3) Illegible, broken, damaged,
missing, or non-functioning components
of the LLEEPM system, including the
(b) Ease of operability. Each
emergency egress window exit shall be
designed to permit rapid and easy
removal from the inside of the car
during an emergency situation using a
hammer designed to break the glazing
that shall be located adjacent to each
emergency window. The railroad shall
inspect for the presence of the
emergency hammers each day prior to
the trainset being placed into service in
accordance with § 299.711(b).
(c) Dimensions. Except as provided in
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, each
emergency egress window in a
passenger car shall have an
unobstructed opening with minimum
dimensions of 660 mm (26 inches)
horizontally by 610 mm (24 inches)
vertically. A seatback is not an
obstruction if it can be moved away
from the window opening without using
a tool or other implement.
(d) Marking and instructions. (1) Each
emergency window exit shall be
conspicuously and legibly marked with
luminescent material on the inside of
each car to facilitate passenger egress as
specified in § 299.423.
(2) Legible and understandable
operating instructions, including
instructions for removing the window
shall be made of luminescent material,
shall be posted at or near each such
window exit as specified in § 299.423.
(e) Obstructions. If window removal
may be hindered by the presence of a
seatback, headrest, luggage rack, or
other fixture, the instructions shall state
the method for allowing rapid and easy
removal of the window, taking into
account the fixture(s), and this portion
of the instructions may be in written or
pictorial format.
(f) Additional emergency window
exits. Any emergency window exit in
addition to the minimum number
required by paragraph (a) of this section
that has been designated for use by the
railroad need not comply with the
minimum dimension requirements in
paragraph (c) of this section, but must
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14079
normal and emergency power systems,
shall be reported and repaired in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program as specified in § 299.445.
§ 299.427
Emergency egress windows.
(a) Number and location. Each unit in
a trainset shall have a minimum of four
emergency window exits. At least one
emergency window exit shall be located
in each side of each end (half) of the car,
in a staggered configuration where
practicable. (See Figure 3 to this
paragraph.)
otherwise comply with all requirements
in this subpart applicable to emergency
egress window.
§ 299.429
Rescue access windows.
(a) General. Each emergency egress
window required by § 299.427 shall also
serve as a means of rescue access.
(b) Ease of operability. Each rescue
access window must be capable of being
removed without unreasonable delay by
an emergency responder using tools or
implements that are commonly
available to the responder in a passenger
trainset emergency.
(c) Marking and instructions. (1) Each
rescue access window shall be marked
with retroreflective material on the
exterior of each car as specified in
§ 299.423. A unique and easily
recognizable symbol, sign, or other
conspicuous marking shall also be used
to identify each such window.
(2) Legible and understandable
window-access instructions, including
instructions for removing the window,
shall be posted at or near each rescue
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.007
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
14080
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
access window as specified in
§ 299.423.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.431
Driver’s controls and cab layout.
(a) Driver controls and cab layout.
Driver controls and cab layout shall
replicate that used in the N700, unless
otherwise approved by FRA.
(b) Cab seating. Each seat provided for
an employee regularly assigned to
occupy a cab and any floor-mounted
seat in the cab shall be securely attached
in accordance with § 299.405.
(c) Cab interior surface. Sharp edges
and corners shall be eliminated from the
interior of the cab, and interior surfaces
of the cab likely to be impacted by an
employee during a collision or
derailment shall be padded with shockabsorbent material.
(d) Cab securement. Trainset interior
cab doors shall be equipped with the
following:
(1) A secure and operable device to
lock the door from the outside that does
not impede egress from the cab; and
(2) A securement device on each cab
door that is capable of securing the door
from inside of the cab.
(e) Cab glazing serviceability. Endfacing cab windows of the lead trainset
cab shall be free of cracks, breaks, or
other conditions that obscure the view
of the right-of-way for the crew from
their normal position in the cab.
(f) Floors of cabs, passageways, and
compartments. Floors of cabs,
passageways, and compartments shall
be kept free from oil, water, waste or
any obstruction that creates a slipping,
tripping or fire hazard. Floors shall be
properly treated to provide secure
footing.
(g) Cab environmental control. Each
lead cab in a trainset shall be heated and
air conditioned. The HVAC system shall
be inspected and maintained to ensure
that it operates properly and meets the
railroad’s performance standard which
shall be defined in the inspection,
testing, and maintenance program.
(h) Trainset cab noise. Performance
standards for the railroad’s trainsets:
(1) The average noise levels in the
trainset cab shall be less than or equal
to 85 dB(A) when the trainset is
operating at maximum approved
trainset speed as approved under
§ 299.609(g). Compliance with this
paragraph (h)(1) shall be demonstrated
during the trainset qualification testing
as required by § 299.607.
(2) The railroad shall not make any
alterations during maintenance or
modifications to the cab, that cause the
average sound level to exceed the
requirements in paragraph (1) of this
section.
(3) The railroad or manufacturer shall
follow the test protocols set forth in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
appendix C to this part to determine
compliance with paragraph (l)(1) of this
section, and, to the extent reasonably
necessary to evaluate the effect of
alterations during maintenance, to
determine compliance with paragraph
(l)(2) of this section.
(i) Maintenance of trainset cabs. (1) If
the railroad receives an excessive noise
report, and if the condition giving rise
to the noise is not required to be
immediately corrected under this part,
the railroad shall maintain a record of
the report, and repair or replace the item
identified as substantially contributing
to the noise:
(i) On or before the next periodic
inspection required by the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program under subpart G; or
(ii) If the railroad determines that the
repair or replacement of the item
requires significant shop or material
resources that are not readily available,
at the time of the next major equipment
repair commonly used for the particular
type of maintenance needed.
(2) The railroad has an obligation to
respond to an excessive noise report
that a trainset-cab-occupant files. The
railroad meets its obligation to respond
to an excessive noise report, as set forth
in paragraph (m)(1) of this section, if the
railroad makes a good faith effort to
identify the cause of the reported noise,
and where the railroad is successful in
determining the cause, if the railroad
repairs or replaces the items that cause
the noise.
(3)(i) The railroad shall maintain a
written or electronic record of any
excessive noise report, inspection, test,
maintenance, replacement, or repair
completed pursuant to paragraph (m) of
this section, and the date on which that
inspection, test, maintenance,
replacement, or repair occurred. If the
railroad elects to maintain an electronic
record, the railroad must satisfy the
conditions listed in § 299.11.
(ii) The railroad shall retain these
records for a period of one year.
(iii) The railroad shall establish an
internal, auditable, monitorable system
that contains these records.
(m) Trainset sanitation facilities for
employees. Sanitation facilities shall be
provided for crewmembers either:
(1) On the trainset, that meet
otherwise applicable sanitation
standards, which are accessible at
frequent intervals during the course of
their work shift; or
(2) Ready access to railroad-provided
sanitation facilities outside of the
trainset.
(j) Speed indicators. (1) Each trainset
controlling cab shall be equipped with
a speed indicator which is—
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(i) Accurate within ± 2 km/h (1.24
miles per hour) for speed lower than 30
km/h (18.6 miles per hour), then
increasing linearly up to ± 12 km/h (7.5
miles per hour) at 500 km/h (311 miles
per hour); and
(ii) Clearly readable from the driver’s
normal position under all light
conditions.
(2) The speed indicator shall be based
on a system of independent on-board
speed measurement sources
guaranteeing the accuracy level
specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section under all operational conditions.
The system shall be automatically
monitored for inconsistencies and the
engineer shall be automatically notified
of any inconsistency potentially
compromising this accuracy level.
(3) The speed indicator shall be
calibrated periodically as defined in the
railroad’s inspection, testing, and
maintenance program.
(k) Cab lights. (1) Each trainset cab
shall have cab lights which will provide
sufficient illumination for the control
instruments, meters, and gauges to
enable the driver to make accurate
readings from his or her normal
positions in the cab. These lights shall
be located, constructed, and maintained
so that light shines only on those parts
requiring illumination and does not
interfere with the driver’s vision of the
track and signals. Each trainset cab shall
also have a conveniently located light
that can be readily turned on and off by
the driver operating the trainset and that
provides sufficient illumination for
them to read trainset orders and
timetables.
(2) Cab passageways and
compartments shall be illuminated.
§ 299.433
Exterior lights.
(a) Headlights. Each leading end of a
trainset shall be equipped with two or
more headlights.
(1) Each headlight shall produce
80,000 candela.
(2) Headlights shall be arranged to
illuminate signs in the right-of-way.
(3) Headlights shall be recognized 600
m (1,968 feet) ahead of the cab car by
a driver in another trainset or a
maintenance person standing in the
right-of-way under clear weather
conditions.
(b) Taillights (marking devices). (1)
The trailing end of the trainset shall be
equipped with two red taillights;
(2) Each taillight shall be located at
least 1.2 m (3.9 feet) above rail;
(3) Each taillight shall be recognizable
200 m (656 feet) ahead of the cab car by
a driver in another trainset or a
maintenance person standing in the
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
right-of-way under clear weather
conditions;
(4) Taillights of the trailing end of the
trainset shall be on when the trainset is
in operation;
(5) Taillights shall not be on in the
direction of trainset travel, except if the
driver shall re-position the trainset in a
station. Such re-positioning operations
shall be done in accordance with the
railroad’s operating rules; and
(6) In an emergency situation, the
headlight on the rear of the trainset may
serve as the taillights in accordance
with the railroad’s operating rules.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.435
Electrical system design.
(a) Overhead collector systems. (1)
Pantographs shall be so arranged that
they can be operated from the driver’s
normal position in the cab. Pantographs
that automatically rise when released
shall have an automatic locking device
to secure them in the down position.
(2) Each overhead collector system,
including the pantograph, shall be
equipped with a means to electrically
ground any uninsulated parts to prevent
the risk of electrical shock when
working on the system.
(3) Means shall be provided to permit
the driver to determine that the
pantograph is in its lowest position, and
for securing the pantograph if necessary,
without the need to mount the roof of
the trainset.
(4) Each trainset equipped with a
pantograph operating on an overhead
collection system shall also be equipped
with a means to safely lower the
pantograph in the event of an
emergency. If an emergency pole is used
for this purpose, that part of the pole
which can be safely handled shall be
marked to so indicate. This pole shall be
protected from moisture and damage
when not in use. Means of securement
and electrical isolation of a damaged
pantograph, when it cannot be
performed automatically, shall be
addressed in the railroad’s operating
rules.
(b) Circuit protection. (1) Each
auxiliary circuit shall be provided with
a circuit breaker or equivalent currentlimiting devices located as near as
practicable to the point of connection to
the source of power for that circuit.
Such protection may be omitted from
circuits controlling safety-critical
devices.
(2) The 25-kV main power line shall
be protected with a lightning arrestor,
automatic circuit breaker, and overload
relay. The lightning arrestor shall be run
by the most direct path possible to
ground with a connection to ground of
not less than No. 6 AWG. These
overload protection devices shall be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
housed in an enclosure designed
specifically for that purpose with the arc
chute vented directly to outside air.
(3) Auxiliary power supply (440
VAC), providing power distribution,
shall be provided with both overload
and ground fault protection.
(c) Main battery system. (1) The main
batteries shall be isolated from the cab
and passenger seating areas by a noncombustible barrier.
(2) If batteries are of the type to
potentially vent explosive gases, the
batteries shall be adequately ventilated
to prevent accumulation of explosive
concentrations of these gases.
(3) Battery chargers shall be designed
to protect against overcharging.
(4) Battery circuits shall include an
emergency battery cut-off switch to
completely disconnect the energy stored
in the batteries from the load.
(d) Capacitors for high-energy storage.
(1) Capacitors, if provided, shall be
isolated from the cab and passenger
seating areas by a non-combustible
barrier.
(2) Capacitors shall be designed to
protect against overcharging and
overheating.
(e) Electromagnetic interference (EMI)
and electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC). (1) The railroad shall ensure
electromagnetic compatibility of the
safety-critical equipment systems with
their environment. Electromagnetic
compatibility can be achieved through
equipment design or changes to the
operating environment.
(2) The electronic equipment shall not
produce electrical noise that interferes
with trainline control and
communications or with wayside
signaling systems.
(3) To contain electromagnetic
interference emissions, suppression of
transients shall be at the source
wherever possible.
(4) Electrical and electronic systems
of equipment shall be capable of
operation in the presence of external
electromagnetic noise sources.
(5) All electronic equipment shall be
self-protected from damage or improper
operation, or both, due to high voltage
transients and long-term over-voltage or
under-voltage conditions. This includes
protection from both power frequency
and harmonic effects as well as
protection from radio frequency signals
into the microwave frequency range.
(f) Insulation or grounding of metal
parts. All unguarded noncurrentcarrying metal parts subject to becoming
charged shall be grounded or thoroughly
insulated.
(g) High voltage markings: Doors,
cover plates, or barriers. External
surfaces of all doors, cover plates, or
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14081
barriers providing direct access to high
voltage equipment shall be
conspicuously and legibly marked
‘‘DANGER–HIGH VOLTAGE’’ or with
the word ‘‘DANGER’’ and the normal
voltage carried by the parts so protected.
Labels shall be retro-reflective.
(h) Hand-operated switches. All handoperated switches carrying currents
with a potential of more than 150 volts
that may be operated while under load
shall be covered and shall be operative
from the outside of the cover. Means
shall be provided to show whether the
switches are open or closed. Switches
that should not be operated while under
load shall be conspicuously and legibly
marked with the words ‘‘must not be
operated under load’’ and the voltage
carried.
(i) Conductors; jumpers; cable
connections. (1) Conductor sizes shall
be selected on the basis of currentcarrying capacity, mechanical strength,
temperature, flexibility requirements,
and maximum allowable voltage drop.
Current-carrying capacity shall be
derated for grouping and for operating
temperature.
(2) Jumpers and cable connections
between trainset units shall be located
and guarded to provide sufficient
vertical clearance. They may not hang
with one end free.
(3) Cable and jumper connections
between trainset units may not have any
of the following conditions:
(i) Broken or badly chafed insulation;
(ii) Broken plugs, receptacles,
terminals, or trainline pins; and
(iii) Broken or protruding strands of
wire.
(j) Traction motors. All traction
motors shall be in proper working order,
or safely cut-out.
§ 299.437
Automated monitoring.
(a) Each trainset shall be equipped to
monitor the performance of the
following systems or components:
(1) Reception of cab and trainset
control signals;
(2) Electric brake status;
(3) Friction brake status;
(4) Fire detection systems, if so
equipped;
(5) Auxiliary power status;
(6) Wheelslide;
(7) On-board bearing-temperature
sensors;
(8) Door open/closed status; and,
(9) Bogie vibration detection.
(b) When any of the monitored
parameters are out of predetermined
limits, an alert shall be sent
immediately to the driver. The railroad’s
operating rules shall control trainset
movement when the monitored
parameters are out of predetermined
limits.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14082
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(c) The railroad shall develop
appropriate operating rules to address
driver and equipment performance in
the event that the automatic monitoring
system becomes defective.
(d) The monitoring system shall be
designed with an automatic self-test
feature that notifies the driver that the
monitoring capability is functioning
correctly and alerts the driver when a
system failure occurs.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.439
Event recorders.
(a) Duty to equip and record. Each
trainset shall be equipped with an
operative event recorder that monitors
and records as a minimum all safety
data required by paragraph (b) of this
section. The event recorder shall record
the most recent 48 hours of operational
data of the trainset on which it is
installed.
(b) Equipment requirements. Event
recorders shall monitor and record data
elements or information needed to
support the data elements required by
this paragraph. The data shall be
recorded with at least the accuracy
required of the indicators displaying
any of the required data elements to the
driver.
(c) Data elements. The event recorder
shall be equipped with a certified
crashworthy event recorder memory
module that meets the requirements of
appendix B to this part. The certified
event recorder memory module shall be
mounted for its maximum protection.
The event recorder shall record, and the
certified crashworthy event recorder
memory module shall retain, the
following data elements or information
needed to support the data elements:
(1) Trainset speed;
(2) Selected direction of motion;
(3) Date and time;
(4) Distance traveled;
(5) Throttle position;
(6) Applications and operations of the
trainset brake system, including urgent
and emergency applications. The system
shall record, or provide a means of
determining, that a brake application or
release resulted from manipulation of
brake controls at the position normally
occupied by the driver. In the case of a
brake application or release that is
responsive to a command originating
from or executed by an on-board
computer (e.g., electronic braking
system controller, controlling cab
electronic control system, or trainset
control computer), the system shall
record, or provide a means of
determining, the involvement of any
such computer;
(7) Applications and operations of the
regenerative brake;
(8) Cab signal aspect(s);
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(9) Urgent brake application(s);
(10) Passenger brake alarm request;
(11) Wheel slip/slide alarm activation
(with a property-specific minimum
duration);
(12) Trainset number;
(13) Trainset tractive effort (positive
and negative);
(14) Trainset brake cylinder pressures;
(15) Cruise control on/off, if so
equipped and used;
(16) Bogie vibration detection;
(17) Door status opened/closed; and
(18) Safety-critical trainset control
data routed to the controlling driver’s
display with which the driver is
required to comply, specifically
including text messages conveying
mandatory directives and maximum
authorized speed. The specific
information format, content, and
proposed duration for retention of such
data shall be specified in the PTC Safety
Plan submitted for the trainset control
system under subpart B, subject to FRA
approval. If it can be calibrated against
other data required by this part, such
trainset control data may, at the election
of the railroad, be retained in a separate
certified crashworthy memory module.
(d) Response to defective equipment.
A trainset on which the event recorder
has been taken out of service may
remain in-service only until the next
pre-service inspection. A trainset with
an inoperative event recorder is not
deemed to be in improper condition,
unsafe to operate, or a non-complying
trainset under § 299.447.
(e) Annual tests. (1) The railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program under subpart H of this part
shall require annual testing of the event
recorder. All testing under this section
shall be performed at intervals that do
not exceed 368 calendar days.
(2) A microprocessor-based event
recorder with a self-monitoring feature
equipped to verify that all data elements
required by this part are recorded,
requires further maintenance and testing
only if either of the following conditions
exist:
(i) The self-monitoring feature
displays an indication of a failure. If a
failure is displayed, further
maintenance and testing must be
performed until a subsequent test is
successful. When a successful test is
accomplished, a record, in any medium,
shall be made of that fact and of any
maintenance work necessary to achieve
the successful result. This record shall
be available at the location where the
trainset is maintained until a record of
a subsequent successful test is filed; or,
(ii) A download of the event recorder,
taken within the preceding 30 days and
reviewed for the previous 48 hours of
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
trainset operation, reveals a failure to
record a regularly recurring data
element or reveals that any required
data element is not representative of the
actual operations of the trainset during
this time period. If the review is not
successful, further maintenance and
testing shall be performed until a
subsequent test is successful. When a
successful test is accomplished, a
record, in any medium, shall be made
of that fact and of any maintenance
work necessary to achieve the
successful result. This record shall be
kept at the location where the trainset
is maintained until a record of a
subsequent successful test is filed. The
download shall be taken from
information stored in the certified
crashworthy crash hardened event
recorder memory module.
(f) Preserving accident data. If any
trainset equipped with an event
recorder, or any other trainset mounted
recording device or devices designed to
record information concerning the
functioning of a trainset, is involved in
an accident/incident that is required to
be reported to FRA under part 225 of
this chapter, the railroad shall, to the
extent possible, and to the extent
consistent with the safety of life and
property, preserve the data recorded by
each such device for analysis by FRA in
accordance with § 299.11. This
preservation requirement permits the
railroad to extract and analyze such
data, provided the original downloaded
data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy
of it, shall be retained in secure custody
and shall not be utilized for analysis or
any other purpose except by direction of
FRA or the National Transportation
Safety Board. This preservation
requirement shall expire one (1) year
after the date of the accident/incident
unless FRA or the Board notifies the
railroad in writing that the data are
desired for analysis.
(g) Relationship to other laws.
Nothing in this section is intended to
alter the legal authority of law
enforcement officials investigating
potential violation(s) of Federal or State
criminal law(s), and nothing in this
chapter is intended to alter in any way
the priority of National Transportation
Safety Board investigations under 49
U.S.C. 1131 and 1134, nor the authority
of the Secretary of Transportation to
investigate railroad accidents under 49
U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107, 20111, 20112,
20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
(h) Disabling event recorders. Except
as provided in paragraph (d) of this
section, any individual who willfully
disables an event recorder, or who
tampers with or alters the data recorded
by such a device is subject to civil
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
penalty as provided in part 218 of this
chapter, and to disqualification from
performing safety-sensitive functions on
a railroad under subpart D of part 209
of this chapter.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.441 Trainset electronic hardware and
software safety.
(a) Purpose and scope. The
requirements of this section apply to all
safety-critical electronic control
systems, subsystems, and components
on the trainsets, except for on-board
signaling and trainset control system
components that must meet the software
safety requirements defined in subpart B
of this part.
(b) Applicability. (1) The trainsets
shall utilize the service-proven safetycritical electronic control systems,
subsystems, and components as used on
the N700 to control and monitor safetycritical components.
(2) Any modifications to the existing
service-proven safety-critical electronic
control systems, subsystems, and
components shall be subject to the
requirements defined in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(i) The railroad shall assure that the
suppliers of new or modified safetycritical systems, subsystems, and
components utilize an industry
recognized hardware and software
development process which is evaluated
and certified by an independent thirdparty assessor authorized by the
industry standard utilized.
(ii) The railroad shall require that all
suppliers submit the certifications and
audit results as applicable. All such
certifications shall be made available to
FRA upon request.
(3) Any major upgrades or
introduction of new safety-critical
technology shall be subject to
§ 299.613(d).
(c) Electronic hardware and software
safety program. The railroad shall
develop and maintain a written
electronic hardware and software safety
program to guide the design,
development, testing, integration, and
verification of all new or modified
safety-critical trainset hardware and
software.
(1) Hardware and software safety
program description. The hardware and
software safety program shall include a
description of how the following will be
implemented to ensure safety and
reliability:
(i) The hardware and software design
process;
(ii) The hardware and software design
documentation;
(iii) The hardware and software
hazard analysis;
(iv) Hardware and software safety
reviews;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(v) Hardware and software hazard
monitoring and tracking;
(vi) Hardware and software
integration safety testing;
(vii) Demonstration of overall
hardware and software system safety as
part of the pre-revenue service testing of
the equipment; and
(viii) Safety-critical changes and
failures.
(2) Safety analysis. The hardware and
software safety program shall be based
on a formal safety methodology that
includes a FMECA; verification and
validation testing for all hardware and
software components and their
interfaces; and comprehensive hardware
and software integration testing to
ensure that the hardware and software
system functions as intended.
(3) Compliance. The railroad shall
comply with the elements of its
hardware and software safety program
that affect the safety of the passenger
trainset.
(4) Safety-critical changes and
failures. Whenever a planned safetycritical design change is made to the
safety-critical electronic control
systems, subsystems and components
(the products) that are in use by the
railroad and subject to this subpart, the
railroad shall—
(i) Notify FRA in accordance with
§ 299.9 of the design changes made by
the product supplier;
(ii) Ensure that the safety analysis
required under paragraph (c)(2) of this
section is updated as required;
(iii) Conduct all safety-critical
changes in a manner that allows the
change to be audited;
(iv) The railroad shall document all
arrangements with suppliers for
notification of all electronic safetycritical changes as well as safety-critical
failures in the supplier’s system,
subsystem, or components, and the
reasons for that change or failure from
the suppliers, whether or not the
railroad has experienced a failure of that
safety-critical system, sub-system, or
component;
(v) Specify the railroad’s procedures
for action upon receipt of notification of
a safety-critical change or failure of an
electronic system, sub-system, or
component, and until the upgrade or
revision has been installed;
(vi) Identify all configuration/revision
control measures designed to ensure
that safety-functional requirements and
safety-critical hazard mitigation
processes are not compromised as a
result of any such change, and that any
such change can be audited; and,
(vii) The railroad shall require
suppliers to provide notification of all
electronic safety-critical changes as well
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14083
as safety-critical failures in the
supplier’s system, subsystem, or
components;
(viii) The reasons shall be identified
for that change or failure from the
suppliers, whether or not the railroad
has experienced a failure of that safetycritical system, sub-system, or
component; and,
(ix) The railroad shall document all
arrangements with suppliers for
notification of any and all electronic
safety-critical changes as well as safetycritical failures in the supplier’s system,
subsystem, or components.
(d) Specific requirements. Hardware
and software that controls or monitors a
trainset’s primary braking system shall
either—
(1) Fail safely by initiating an
emergency or urgent brake application
in the event of a hardware or software
failure that could impair the ability of
the driver to apply or release the brakes;
or
(2) Provide the driver access to direct
manual control of the primary braking
system (emergency or urgent braking).
(e) Inspection, testing, and
maintenance records. The inspection,
testing, and maintenance conducted by
the railroad in accordance with
§ 299.445 shall be recorded in hardcopy
or stored electronically. Electronic
recordkeeping or automated tracking
systems, subject to the provisions
contained in § 299.11, may be utilized to
store and maintain any testing or
training record required by this subpart.
Results of product testing conducted by
a vendor in support of a safety analysis
shall be provided to and recorded by the
railroad.
(1) The testing records shall contain
all of the following:
(i) The name of the railroad;
(ii) The location and date that the test
was conducted;
(iii) The equipment tested;
(iv) The results of tests;
(v) The repairs or replacement of
equipment;
(vi) Any preventative adjustments
made; and
(vii) The condition in which the
equipment is left.
(2) Each record shall be—
(i) Signed by the employee
conducting the test, or electronically
coded, or identified by the automated
test equipment number;
(ii) Filed in the office of a supervisory
official having jurisdiction, unless
otherwise noted; and
(iii) Available for inspection and
copying by FRA.
(3) The results of the testing
conducted in accordance with this
section shall be retained as follows:
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14084
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(i) The results of tests that pertain to
installation or modification of a product
shall be retained for the life-cycle of the
product tested and may be kept in any
office designated by the railroad;
(ii) The results of periodic tests
required for the maintenance or repair
of the product tested shall be retained
until the next record is filed and in no
case less than one year; and
(iii) The results of all other tests and
training shall be retained until the next
record is filed and in no case less than
one year.
(f) Review of safety analysis. (1) Prior
to the initial planned use of a new
product as defined by paragraphs (b)(2)
or (3) of this section, the railroad shall
notify FRA in accordance with § 299.9
of the intent to place this product in
service. The notification shall provide a
description of the product, and identify
the location where the complete safety
analysis documentation and the testing
are maintained.
(2) The railroad shall maintain and
make available to FRA upon request all
railroad or vendor documentation used
to demonstrate that the product meets
the safety requirements of the safety
analysis for the life-cycle of the product.
(g) Hazard tracking. After a new
product is placed in service in
accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) or (3)
of this section, the railroad shall
maintain a database of all safetyrelevant hazards encountered with the
product. The database shall include all
hazards identified in the safety analysis
and those that had not been previously
identified in the safety analysis. If the
frequency of the safety-relevant hazards
exceeds the threshold set forth in the
safety analysis, then the railroad shall—
(1) Report the inconsistency to the
Associate Administrator, within 15 days
of discovery in accordance with § 299.9;
(2) Take immediate countermeasures
to reduce the frequency of the safetyrelevant hazard(s) below the threshold
set forth in the safety analysis; and
(3) Provide a final report to the
Associate Administrator, on the results
of the analysis and countermeasures
taken to mitigate the hazard to meet the
threshold set forth in the safety analysis
when the problem is resolved. For
hazards not identified in the safety
analysis the threshold shall be exceeded
at one occurrence.
(4) Electronic or automated tracking
systems used to meet the requirements
contained in paragraph (g) of this
section shall be in accordance with
§ 299.11.
(h) Operations and maintenance
manual. The railroad shall maintain all
supplier or vendor documents
pertaining to the operation, installation,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
maintenance, repair, modification,
inspection, and testing of the safetycritical electronic control systems,
subsystems and components.
(i) Training and qualification
program. Under § 299.13(c)(3), the
railroad shall establish and implement a
training and qualification program for
the safety-critical electronic control
systems, subsystems, and components
subject to subpart G of this part prior to
the safety-critical electronic control
systems, subsystems, and components
being placed in use.
(j) Operating personnel training. The
training program required by
§ 299.13(c)(3) for any driver or other
person who participates in the operation
of a trainset using the safety-critical
electronic control systems, subsystems
and components shall address all the
following elements:
(1) Familiarization with the electronic
control system equipment on-board the
trainset and the functioning of that
equipment as part of the system and in
relation to other on-board systems under
that person’s control;
(2) Any actions required of the
operating personnel to enable or enter
data into the system and the role of that
function in the safe operation of the
trainset;
(3) Sequencing of interventions by the
system, including notification,
enforcement, and recovery from the
enforcement as applicable;
(4) Railroad operating rules applicable
to control systems, including provisions
for movement and protection of any
unequipped passenger equipment, or
passenger equipment with failed or cutout controls;
(5) Means to detect deviations from
proper functioning of on-board
electronic control system equipment
and instructions explaining the proper
response to be taken regarding control of
the trainset and notification of
designated railroad personnel; and
(6) Information needed to prevent
unintentional interference with the
proper functioning of on-board
electronic control equipment.
§ 299.443
Safety appliances.
(a) Couplers. (1) The leading and
trailing ends of each trainset shall be
equipped with an automatic rescue
coupler that couples on impact.
(i) Uncoupling of the rescue coupler
shall be done only at a trainset
maintenance facility or other location
where personnel can safely get under or
between units.
(ii) The leading and the trailing ends
of a trainset are not required to be
equipped with sill steps or end or side
handholds.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(2) The leading and trailing end
couplers and uncoupling devices may
be stored within a removable shrouded
housing.
(3) Leading and trailing automatic
couplers of trainsets shall be compatible
with the railroad’s rescue vehicles. A
coupler adaptor can be used to meet this
requirement.
(4) The railroad shall develop and
implement rescue procedures that
assure employee safety during rescue
operations and shall be contained in the
railroad’s operating rules.
(5) Each unit within a trainset shall be
semi-permanently coupled and shall
only be uncoupled at a trainset
maintenance facility or other locations
identified by the railroad where the
protections afforded in subpart B of part
218 of this chapter can be applied.
(6) The ends of units in a trainset that
are semi-permanently coupled are not
required to be equipped with automatic
couplers, sill steps, end handholds or
side handholds.
(b) Crew access. (1) Each trainset shall
provide a minimum of two (2) locations
per side, where crew members can
board or disembark the trainset safely
from ground level.
(2) Each location used for crew access
shall be equipped with retractable stairs
with handrails designed for safe access
to the trainset from ground level.
§ 299.445 Trainset inspection, testing, and
maintenance requirements.
(a) General. (1) The railroad shall
develop a written inspection program
for the rolling stock, in accordance with
and approved under the requirements of
§ 299.713. As further specified in this
section, the program shall describe in
detail the procedures, equipment, and
other means necessary for the safe
operation of the passenger equipment,
including all inspections set forth in
paragraph (e) of this section. This
information shall include a detailed
description of the methods of ensuring
accurate records of required inspections.
(2) The initial inspection, testing, and
maintenance program submitted under
§ 299.713 shall, as a minimum, address
the specific safety inspections contained
in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this
section. The railroad may submit the
procedures detailing the bogie
inspections or general overhaul
requirements contained in paragraph
(e)(3) and (4) of this section,
respectively, at a later date than the
initial inspection, testing, and
maintenance program, but not less than
180 days prior to the scheduled date of
the first bogie inspection or general
overhaul.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(b) Identification of safety-critical
items. In addition to safety critical items
identified under § 299.711(b), on-board
emergency equipment, emergency backup systems, trainset exits and trainset
safety-critical hardware and software
systems in accordance with § 299.441
shall be deemed safety-critical.
(c) Compliance. The railroad shall
adopt and comply with the approved
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program in accordance with § 299.703.
(d) General condition. The inspection,
testing, and maintenance program shall
ensure that all systems and components
of the equipment are free of conditions
that endanger the safety of the crew,
passengers, or equipment. These
conditions include, but are not limited
to the following:
(1) A continuous accumulation of oil
or grease;
(2) Improper functioning of a
component;
(3) A crack, break, excessive wear,
structural defect, or weakness of a
component;
(4) A leak;
(5) Use of a component or system
under conditions that exceed those for
which the component or system is
designed to operate; and
(6) Insecure attachment of a
component.
(e) Specific safety inspections. The
program under paragraph (a) of this
section shall specify that all passenger
trainsets shall receive thorough safety
inspections by qualified individuals
designated by the railroad at regular
intervals. At a minimum, and in
addition to the annual tests required for
event recorder under § 299.439(f), the
following shall be performed on each
trainset:
(1) Pre-service inspections. (i) Each
trainset in use shall be inspected at least
once every two calendar days by
qualified individuals at a location where
there is a repair pit and access to the top
of the trainset. The inspection shall
verify the correct operation of on-board
safety systems defined in the inspection,
testing, and maintenance program. If
any of the conditions defined as safetycritical in paragraph (b) of this section
and § 299.711(b) are found during this
inspection, the trainset shall not be put
into service until that condition is
rectified. The pre-service inspection
shall include the following:
(A) Functional tests to determine the
status of application and release of the
service, emergency, and urgent air
brakes using the monitoring system;
(B) Operational tests of the exterior
doors; and
(C) A review of the log of on-board
ATC equipment.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(ii) If the existence of any safetycritical conditions cannot be determined
by use of an automated monitoring
system, the railroad shall perform a
visual inspection to determine if the
condition exists.
(2) Regular inspections. The railroad
shall perform a regular inspection on all
trainsets in accordance with the test
procedures and inspection criteria
established in paragraph (a) of this
section and at the intervals defined by
paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in
paragraph (b) of this section and
§ 299.711(b) are found during this
inspection, the trainset shall not be put
into service until that condition is
rectified.
(3) Bogie inspections. The railroad
shall perform a bogie inspection on all
trainsets in accordance with the test
procedures and inspection criteria
established in paragraph (a) of this
section and at the intervals defined by
paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in
paragraph (b) of this section and
§ 299.711(b) are found during this
inspection, the trainset shall not be put
into service until that condition is
rectified.
(4) General overhaul. The railroad
shall perform a general overhaul on all
trainsets in accordance with the test
procedures and inspection criteria
established in paragraph (a) of this
section and at the intervals defined by
paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in
paragraph (b) of this section and
§ 299.711(b) are found during this
inspection, the trainset shall not be put
into service until that condition is
rectified.
(f) Maintenance intervals. The
railroad’s program established pursuant
to paragraph (a) of this section shall
include the railroad’s scheduled
maintenance intervals for all specific
safety inspections in paragraph (e) of
this section, as required by § 299.707.
(g) Training and qualification
program. The railroad shall establish a
training and qualification program as
defined in § 299.13(c)(3) to qualify
individuals to perform inspections,
testing, and maintenance on the
equipment. Only qualified individuals
shall perform inspections, testing, and
maintenance of the equipment.
(h) Reporting and tracking of repairs
to defective trainsets. The railroad shall
have in place prior to start of operations
a reporting and tracking system for
passenger trainsets with a defect not in
conformance with this subpart. The
reporting and tracking system shall
record the following information:
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14085
(1) The identification number of the
defective unit within a trainset, and
trainset identification number;
(2) The date the defect was
discovered;
(3) The nature of the defect;
(4) The determination made by a
qualified individual whether the
equipment is safe to run;
(5) The name of the qualified
individual making such a
determination;
(6) Any operating restrictions placed
on the equipment; and
(7) Repairs made and the date that
they were completed.
(i) Retention of records. At a
minimum, the railroad shall keep the
records described in paragraph (j) of
each required inspection under this
section in accordance with § 299.11.
Each record shall be maintained for at
least one year from the date of the
inspection.
(j) Availability of records. The railroad
shall make defect reporting and tracking
records available to FRA upon request.
(k) Brake system repair points. The
railroad shall designate brake system
repair points in the inspection, testing,
and maintenance program required by
paragraph (a) of this section. No trainset
shall depart a brake system repair point
unless that trainset has a 100 percent
operational brake system.
§ 299.447 Movement of defective
equipment.
(a) A trainset with one or more
conditions not in compliance with the
list of safety critical defects identified in
accordance with § 299.445(b) during a
pre-service inspection required by
§ 299.445(e)(1) shall not be moved in
revenue service and shall only be
moved in accordance with paragraph (e)
of this section.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph
(c) of this section, and after departure in
compliance with the pre-service
inspection required by § 299.445(e)(1), a
trainset with one or more conditions not
in compliance with the list of safety
critical defects identified in accordance
with §§ 299.445(b) and 299.711(b) may
be moved in revenue service only after
the railroad has complied with all of the
following:
(1) A qualified individual determines
that it is safe to move the trainset,
consistent with the railroad’s operating
rules;
(i) If appropriate, these
determinations may be made based
upon a description of the defective
condition provided by a crewmember.
(ii) If the determinations required by
this paragraph are made by an off-site
qualified individual based on a
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14086
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
description of the defective condition by
on-site personnel, then a qualified
individual shall perform a physical
inspection of the defective equipment,
at the first location possible, in
accordance with the railroad’s
inspection, testing, and maintenance
program and operating rules, to verify
the description of the defect provided
by the on-site personnel.
(2) The qualified individual who
made the determination in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section, notifies the driver
in charge of movement of the trainset,
in accordance with the railroad’s
operating rules, of the maximum
authorized speed, authorized
destination, and any other operational
restrictions that apply to the movement
of the non-compliant trainset. This
notification may be achieved through
the tag required by paragraph (b)(3) of
this section; and
(3) A tag bearing the words ‘‘noncomplying trainset’’ and containing the
following information, are securely
attached to the control stand on each
control cab of the trainset:
(i) The trainset number and unit or car
number;
(ii) The name of the qualified
individual making the determination in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(iii) The location and date of the
inspection that led to the discovery of
the non-compliant item;
(iv) A description of each defect;
(v) Movement restrictions, if any;
(vi) The authorized destination of the
trainset; and,
(vii) The signature, if possible, as well
as the job title and location of the
person making the determinations
required by this section.
(4) Automated tracking systems used
to meet the tagging requirements
contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section may be reviewed and monitored
by FRA at any time to ensure the
integrity of the system. FRA’s Associate
Administrator may prohibit or revoke
the railroad’s ability to utilize an
automated tracking system in lieu of
tagging if FRA finds that the automated
tracking system is not properly secure,
is inaccessible to FRA or the railroad’s
employees, or fails to adequately track
or monitor the movement of defective
equipment. Such a determination will
be made in writing and will state the
basis for such action.
(c) A trainset that develops a noncomplying condition in service may
continue in revenue service, so long as
the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section are otherwise fully met, until the
next pre-service inspection.
(d) In the event of an in-service failure
of the braking system, the trainset may
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
proceed in accordance with the
railroad’s operating rules relating to the
percentage of operative brakes and at a
speed no greater than the maximum
authorized speed as determined by
§ 299.409(f)(4) so long as the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section are otherwise fully met, until the
next pre-service inspection.
(e) A non-complying trainset may be
moved without passengers within a
trainset maintenance facility, at speeds
not to exceed 16 km/h (10 mph),
without meeting the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section where the
movement is solely for the purpose of
repair. The railroad shall ensure that the
movement is made safely.
(f) Nothing in this section authorizes
the movement of equipment subject to
a Special Notice for Repair under part
216 of this chapter unless the movement
is made in accordance with the
restrictions contained in the Special
Notice.
Subpart E—Operating Rules
§ 299.501
Purpose.
Through the requirements of this
subpart, FRA learns the condition of the
operating rules and practices in use by
the railroad. The rules and practices
covered by this subpart include the
procedures for instruction and testing of
all employees involved with the
movement of rail vehicles, including
drivers, on-board attendants, station
platform attendants, general control
center staff, and all maintenance staff,
which are necessary to ensure that they
possess the requisite skill and
knowledge of the rules and operating
practices to maintain the safety of the
system.
§ 299.503 Operating rules; filing and
recordkeeping.
(a) Prior to commencing operations,
the railroad shall develop a code of
operating rules, timetables, and
timetable special instructions. The
initial code of operating rules,
timetables, and timetable special
instructions shall be based on practices
and procedures proven on the Tokaido
Shinkansen system.
(b) The railroad shall keep one copy
of its current code of operating rules,
timetables, timetable special instruction,
at its system headquarters, and shall
make them available to FRA for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours. If the railroad elects to
maintain an electronic record, the
railroad must satisfy the conditions
listed in § 299.11.
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
§ 299.505 Programs of operational tests
and inspections; recordkeeping.
(a) Requirement to conduct
operational tests and inspections. The
railroad shall periodically conduct
operational tests and inspections to
determine the extent of employee
knowledge, application, and compliance
with its code of operating rules,
timetables, and timetable special
instructions in accordance with a
written program retained at its system
headquarters.
(b) Railroad and railroad testing
officer responsibilities. (1) Each railroad
officer who conducts operational tests
and inspections (railroad testing officer)
shall—
(i) Be qualified on the railroad’s
operating rules in accordance with
§ 299.507;
(ii) Be qualified on the operational
testing and inspection program
requirements and procedures relevant to
the testing and inspections the officer
will conduct;
(iii) Receive appropriate field training,
as necessary to achieve proficiency, on
each operational test or inspection that
the officer is authorized to conduct; and
(iv) Conduct operational tests and
inspections in accordance with the
railroad’s program of operational tests
and inspections.
(2) The railroad shall maintain a
record documenting qualification of
each railroad testing officer. The record
shall be retained by the railroad and
shall be made available to
representatives of the FRA for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours. If the railroad elects to
maintain an electronic record, the
railroad must satisfy the conditions
listed in § 299.11.
(c) Written program of operational
tests and inspections. Within 30 days of
commencing operations, the railroad
shall have a written program of
operational tests and inspections in
effect. The railroad shall maintain one
copy of its current program for periodic
performance of the operational tests and
inspections required by paragraph (a) of
this section, and shall maintain one
copy of each subsequent amendment to
the program as amendments are made.
These records shall be retained at the
system headquarters of the railroad for
three calendar years after the end of the
calendar year to which they relate.
These records shall be made available to
representatives of the FRA for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours. The program shall—
(1) Provide for operational testing and
inspection under the various operating
conditions on the railroad;
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(2) Describe each type of operational
test and inspection adopted, including
the means and procedures used to carry
it out;
(3) State the purpose of each type of
operational test and inspection;
(4) State the frequency with which
each type of operational test and
inspection is conducted;
(5) The program shall address with
particular emphasis those operating
rules that cause or are likely to cause the
most accidents or incidents, such as
those accidents or incidents identified
in the six-month reviews and the annual
summaries as required under
paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section;
(6) Identify the officer(s) by name and
job title responsible for ensuring that the
program of operational tests and
inspections is properly implemented
and is responsible for overseeing the
entire program. The responsibilities of
such officer(s) shall include, but not be
limited to, ensuring that the railroad’s
testing officers are directing their efforts
in an appropriate manner to reduce
accidents/incidents and that all required
reviews and summaries are completed,
and
(7) Include a schedule for making the
program fully operative within 210 days
after it begins.
(d) Records. (1) The railroad shall
keep a written or electronic record of
the date, time, place, and result of each
operational test and inspection that was
performed in accordance with its
program. Each record shall specify the
officer administering the test and
inspection and each employee tested.
These records shall be retained at the
system headquarters of the railroad for
one calendar year after the end of the
calendar year to which they relate.
These records shall be made available to
representatives of the FRA for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours.
(2) The railroad shall retain one copy
of its current program for periodic
performance of the operational tests and
inspections required by paragraph (a) of
this section and one copy of each
subsequent amendment to such
program. These records shall be retained
for three calendar years after the end of
the calendar year to which they relate at
the system headquarters where the tests
and inspections are conducted. These
records shall be made available to
representatives of the FRA for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours.
(e) Reviews of tests and inspections
and adjustments to the program of
operational tests—(1) Reviews by the
railroad. Not less than once every 180
days the railroad’s designated officer(s)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
shall conduct periodic reviews and
analyses as provided in this paragraph
and shall retain, at its system
headquarters, one copy of the reviews.
Each such review shall be completed
within 30 days of the close of the
period. The designated officer(s) shall
conduct a written review of—
(i) The operational testing and
inspection data for the system to
determine compliance by the railroad
testing officers with its program of
operational tests and inspections
required by paragraph (c) of this section.
At a minimum, this review shall include
the name of each railroad testing officer,
the number of tests and inspections
conducted by each officer, and whether
the officer conducted the minimum
number of each type of test or
inspection required by the railroad’s
program;
(ii) Accident/incident data, the results
of prior operational tests and
inspections, and other pertinent safety
data for the system to identify the
relevant operating rules related to those
accidents/incidents that occurred
during the period. Based upon the
results of that review, the designated
officer(s) shall make any necessary
adjustments to the tests and inspections
required of railroad officers for the
subsequent period(s); and
(iii) Implementation of the program of
operational tests and inspections from a
system perspective, to ensure that it is
being utilized as intended, that the other
reviews provided for in this paragraph
have been properly completed, that
appropriate adjustments have been
made to the distribution of tests and
inspections required, and that the
railroad testing officers are
appropriately directing their efforts.
(2) Records retention. The records of
reviews required in paragraphs (e)(1) of
this section shall be retained for a
period of one year after the end of the
calendar year to which they relate and
shall be made available to
representatives of FRA for inspection
and copying during normal business
hours.
(f) Annual summary on operational
tests and inspections. Before March 1 of
each calendar year, the railroad shall
retain, at its system headquarters, one
copy of a written summary of the
following with respect to its previous
year’s activities: The number, type, and
result of each operational test and
inspection that was conducted as
required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this section. These records shall be
retained for three calendar years after
the end of the calendar year to which
they relate and shall be made available
to representatives of FRA for inspection
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14087
and copying during normal business
hours.
(g) Electronic recordkeeping. Nothing
in this section precludes the railroad
from maintaining the information
required to be retained under this part
in an electronic format provided that the
railroad satisfy the conditions listed in
§ 299.11.
(h) Disapproval of program. Upon
review of the program of operational
tests and inspections required by this
section, the Associate Administrator for
Safety may, for cause stated, disapprove
the program in whole or in part.
Notification of such disapproval shall be
made in writing and specify the basis
for the disapproval decision. If the
Associate Administrator for Safety
disapproves the program—
(1) The railroad has 35 days from the
date of the written notification of such
disapproval to—
(i) Amend its program; or
(ii) Provide a written response in
support of the program to the Associate
Administrator for Safety. If the
Associate Administrator for Safety still
disapproves the program in whole or in
part after receiving the railroad’s written
response, the railroad shall amend its
program.
(2) A failure to adequately amend the
program will be considered a failure to
implement a program under this
subpart.
§ 299.507 Program of instruction on
operating rules; recordkeeping.
(a) To ensure that each railroad
employee whose activities are governed
by the railroad’s operating rules
understands those rules, the railroad
shall periodically instruct each such
employee on the meaning and
application of its operating rules with a
written program developed under
§ 299.13(c)(3) and retained at its system
headquarters.
(b) Prior to commencing operations,
the railroad shall file and retain one
copy of its current program for the
periodic instruction of its employees as
required by paragraph (a) of this section
and shall file and retain one copy of any
amendment to that program as
amendments are made. These records
shall be retained at the railroad’s system
headquarters for one calendar year after
the end of the calendar year to which
they relate. These records shall be made
available to representatives of the FRA
for inspection and copying during
normal business hours. This program
shall—
(1) Describe the means and
procedures used for instruction of the
various classes of affected employees;
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14088
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(2) State the frequency of instruction
and the basis for determining that
frequency;
(3) Include a schedule for completing
the initial instruction of employees who
are already employed when the program
begins;
(4) Begin on the date of commencing
operations; and
(5) Provide for initial instruction of
each employee hired after the program
begins.
(c) The railroad is authorized to retain
by electronic recordkeeping its program
for periodic instruction of its employees
on operating rules, provided that the
requirements stated in § 299.11 are
satisfied.
Subpart F—System Qualification Tests
§ 299.601 Responsibility for verification
demonstrations and tests.
The railroad shall comply with the
pre-revenue qualification tests and
verification requirements set forth in
this subpart to demonstrate the overall
safety of the system, prior to revenue
operations.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.603 Preparation of system-wide
qualification test plan.
(a) Prior to execution of any tests as
defined in this subpart, the railroad
shall develop a system-wide
qualification test plan, that identifies
the tests that will be carried out, to
demonstrate the operability of all
system elements, including track and
infrastructure, signal and train control,
communications, rolling stock, software,
and operating practices, and the system
as a whole.
(b) The system-wide qualification test
plan shall be submitted to FRA in
accordance with § 299.9 for review at
least 180 days prior to testing. FRA shall
notify the railroad, in writing, within 45
days of receipt of the railroad’s
submission, and identify any
deficiencies in the test plan. FRA will
notify the railroad of any procedures to
be submitted for review. The plan shall
include the following:
(1) A list of all tests to be conducted;
(2) A summary statement of the test
objectives;
(3) A planned schedule for
conducting the tests which indicates the
sequence of testing and
interdependencies; and
(4) The approach taken for—
(i) Verifying results of installation
tests performed by contractors and
manufacturers;
(ii) Functional and performance
qualification testing of individual
safety-related equipment, facilities, and
subsystems in accordance with
§ 299.605;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(iii) Pre-revenue service systems
integration testing of the system per
§ 299.607, that includes vehicle/track
system qualification testing per
§ 299.609;
(iv) Simulated revenue operations of
the system per § 299.611;
(v) Compliance with operating rules
as per subpart E of this part;
(vi) Training and qualification of all
personnel involved in the test program
to conduct tests safely and in
accordance with operating rules;
(vii) Verification of all emergency
preparedness procedures; and,
(viii) Field testing of the railroad’s
uncertified PTC system and regression
testing of its FRA-certified PTC system,
under § 299.201.
(c) The railroad shall adopt and
comply with the system-wide
qualification test plan, including
completion of all tests required by the
plan.
(d) After FRA review of the systemwide test plan, detailed test procedures
as required by paragraph (b) of this
section shall be submitted 15 days prior
to testing to FRA in accordance with
§ 299.9 for review.
(e) Each test procedure shall include
the following elements:
(1) A clear statement of the test
objectives. One of the principal test
objectives shall be to demonstrate that
the railroad’s system meets the safety
design and performance requirements
specified in this part when operated in
the environment in which it will be
used;
(2) Any special safety precautions to
be observed during the testing;
(3) A description of the railroad
property or facilities to be used to
conduct the tests;
(4) Prerequisites for conducting each
test;
(5) A detailed description of how the
tests are to be conducted. This
description shall include—
(i) An identification of the systems
and equipment to be tested;
(ii) The method by which the systems
and equipment shall be tested;
(iii) The instrumentation to be used
and calibration procedures;
(iv) The means by which the test
results will be recorded, analyzed and
reported to FRA;
(v) A description of the information or
data to be obtained;
(vi) A description of how the
information or data obtained is to be
analyzed or used;
(vii) A description of any criteria to be
used as safety limits during the testing;
(viii) The criteria to be used to
evaluate the systems’ and equipments’
performance. If system qualification is
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to be based on extrapolation of less than
full-level testing results, the analysis
done to justify the validity of the
extrapolation shall be described; and
(ix) Inspection, testing, and
maintenance procedures to be followed
to ensure that testing is conducted
safely.
(f) The railroad shall provide FRA
notice at least 30 days in advance of the
times and places of any domestic testing
and notice at least 90 days in advance
for testing not conducted domestically
to permit FRA observation of such tests.
§ 299.605 Functional and performance
qualification tests.
The railroad shall conduct functional
and performance qualification tests,
prior to commencing revenue
operations, to verify that all safetycritical components meet all functional
and all performance specifications.
§ 299.607 Pre-revenue service system
integration testing.
(a) Prior to commencing revenue
operations, the railroad shall conduct
tests of the trainsets throughout the
system to—
(1) Verify mechanical positioning of
the overhead catenary system; and
(2) Verify performance of the trainset,
track, and signal and trainset control
systems.
(b) The railroad shall demonstrate safe
operation of the system during normal
and degraded-mode operating
conditions. At a minimum, the
following operation tests shall be
performed:
(1) Slow-speed operation of a trainset;
(2) Verification of correct overhead
catenary and pantograph interaction;
(3) Verification of trainset clearance at
structures and passenger platforms;
(4) Incremental increase of trainset
speed;
(5) Performance tests on trainsets to
verify braking rates in accordance with
§ 299.409;
(6) Verification of vehicle noise;
(7) Verification of correct vehicle
suspension characteristics;
(8) Vehicle/track system qualification
as defined in § 299.609;
(9) Load tests with vehicles to verify
relay settings and signal and
communication system immunization;
(10) Monitoring of utility supply
circuits and telephone circuits to ensure
the adequacy of power supplies, and to
verify that transient-related disturbances
are within acceptable limits;
(11) Verification of vehicle detection
due to shunting of signal system
circuits;
(12) Verification of safe operation of
the signal and trainset control system as
required by subpart B of this part;
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(13) Tests of trainset radio reception
during system-wide vehicle operation;
and
(14) Verification of EMI/EMC
compatibility between various
subsystems.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.609 Vehicle/track system
qualification.
(a) General. All vehicles intended to
operate in revenue service shall be
qualified for operation in accordance
with this subpart. A qualification
program shall be used to demonstrate
that the vehicle/track system will not
exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits,
and the carbody and bogie acceleration
criteria specified in paragraph (h) of this
section—
(1) At any speed up to and including
10 km/h (6 mph) above the proposed
maximum operating speed; and
(2) On track meeting the requirements
for the class of track associated with the
proposed maximum operating speed as
defined in § 299.309. For purposes of
qualification testing, speeds may exceed
the maximum allowable operating speed
for the class of track in accordance with
the test plan approved by FRA.
(b) New vehicle/track system
qualification. Vehicle types not
previously qualified under this subpart
shall be qualified in accordance with
the requirements of this paragraph (b).
(1) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle
types intended to operate in revenue
service at track class H4 speeds or
above, qualification testing conducted
over a representative segment of the
route shall demonstrate that the vehicle
type will not exceed the carbody lateral
and vertical acceleration safety limits
specified in paragraph (h) of this
section.
(2) Bogie lateral acceleration. For
vehicle types intended to operate at
track class H4 speeds or above,
qualification testing conducted over a
representative segment of the route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the bogie lateral acceleration
safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of
this section.
(3) Measurement of wheel/rail forces.
For vehicle types intended to operate at
track class H4 speeds or above,
qualification testing conducted over a
representative segment of the route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the wheel/rail force safety
limits specified in paragraph (h) of this
section.
(c) Previously qualified vehicle/track
system. Vehicle/track systems
previously qualified under this subpart
for a track class and cant deficiency on
one route may be qualified for operation
at the same class and cant deficiency on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
another route through testing to
demonstrate compliance with paragraph
(a) of this section in accordance with the
following:
(1) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle
types intended to operate at track class
H4 speeds and above, qualification
testing conducted over a representative
segment of the new route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will
not exceed the carbody lateral and
vertical acceleration safety limits
specified in paragraph (h) of this
section.
(2) Bogie lateral acceleration. For
vehicle types intended to operate at
track class H4 speeds or above,
measurement of bogie lateral
acceleration during qualification testing
shall demonstrate that the vehicle type
will not exceed the bogie lateral
acceleration safety limit specified in
paragraph (h) of this section.
Measurement of bogie lateral
acceleration, if conducted, shall be
performed over a representative segment
of the new route.
(d) Vehicle/track system qualification
testing plan. To obtain the data required
to support the qualification program
outlined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section, the railroad shall submit a
qualification testing plan as required by
§ 299.603(b) at least 60 days prior to
testing, requesting approval to conduct
the testing at the desired speeds and
cant deficiencies. This test plan shall
provide for a test program sufficient to
evaluate the operating limits of the track
and vehicle type and shall include—
(1) Identification of the representative
segment of the route for qualification
testing;
(2) Consideration of the operating
environment during qualification
testing, including operating practices
and conditions, the signal system, and
trainset on adjacent tracks;
(3) The maximum angle found on the
gauge face of the designed (newlyprofiled) wheel flange referenced with
respect to the axis of the wheelset that
will be used for the determination of the
Single Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit
specified in paragraph (h) of this
section; and
(4) A target maximum testing speed in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this
section and the maximum testing cant
deficiency.
(e) Qualification testing.Upon FRA
approval of the vehicle/track system
qualification testing plan, qualification
testing shall be conducted in two
sequential stages as required in this
subpart.
(1) Stage-one testing shall include
demonstration of acceptable vehicle
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14089
dynamic response of the subject vehicle
as speeds are incrementally increased—
(i) On a segment of tangent track, from
acceptable track class H4 speeds to the
target maximum test speed; and
(ii) On a segment of curved track,
from the speeds corresponding to 76
mm (3 inches) of cant deficiency to the
maximum testing cant deficiency.
(2) When stage-one testing has
successfully demonstrated a maximum
safe operating speed and cant
deficiency, stage-two testing shall
commence with the subject equipment
over a representative segment of the
route as identified in paragraph (d)(1) of
this section.
(i) A test run shall be conducted over
the route segment at the speed the
railroad will request FRA to approve for
such service.
(ii) An additional test run shall be
conducted at 10 km/h (6 mph) above
this speed.
(3) When conducting stage-one and
stage-two testing, if any of the
monitored safety limits are exceeded on
any segment of track, testing may
continue provided that the track
location(s) where any of the limits are
exceeded be identified and test speeds
be limited at the track location(s) until
corrective action is taken. Corrective
action may include making adjustments
to the track, to the vehicle, or to both of
these system components.
(4) Prior to the start of the
qualification testing program, a
qualifying Track Geometry
Measurement System (TGMS) shall be
operated over the intended route within
30 calendar days prior to the start of the
qualification testing program to verify
compliance with the track geometry
limits specified in § 299.311.
(f) Qualification testing results. The
railroad shall submit a report to FRA
detailing all the results of the
qualification program in accordance
with § 299.613. The report shall be
submitted at least 60 days prior to the
intended operation of the equipment in
revenue service over the route.
(g) Cant deficiency. Based on the test
results and all other required
submissions, FRA will approve a
maximum trainset speed and value of
cant deficiency for revenue service,
normally within 45 days of receipt of all
the required information. FRA may
impose conditions necessary for safely
operating at the maximum approved
trainset speed and cant deficiency.
(h) Vehicle/track interaction
regulatory limits. The following vehicle/
track interaction regulatory limits shall
not be exceeded during qualification
testing in accordance with this section.
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.008
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
14090
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14091
EP10MR20.009
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
14092
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
§ 299.611
Simulated revenue operations.
(a) The railroad shall conduct
simulated revenue operations for a
minimum period of two weeks prior to
revenue operations to verify overall
system performance, and provide
operating and maintenance experience.
(b) The railroad shall maintain a log
of tests conducted during the simulated
revenue operations period. This log of
tests shall identify any problems
encountered during testing, and actions
necessary to correct defects in
workmanship, materials, equipment,
design, or operating parameters.
(c) The railroad shall implement all
actions necessary to correct safety
defects, as identified by the log prior to
the initiation of revenue service.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.613
Verification of compliance.
(a) The railroad shall prepare a report
detailing the results of pre-operational
qualification, pre-revenue service
testing, and vehicle/track system
qualification tests required under
§§ 299.605, 299.607, and 299.609
respectively. The report shall identify
any problems encountered during
testing, and alternative actions
necessary to correct defects in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
workmanship, materials, equipment,
design, or operating parameters.
(b) The railroad shall implement all
actions necessary to correct defects, as
identified by the report.
(c) The railroad shall submit the
report(s) required by paragraph (a) of
this section to FRA prior to commencing
simulated revenue operations and at
least 60 days prior to the intended start
of full revenue service per § 299.609(f).
(d)(1) Prior to implementing a major
upgrade to any safety-critical system
component or sub-system, or prior to
introducing any new safety-critical
technology, the railroad shall submit for
FRA approval the detailed test
procedures and/or analysis in
accordance with § 299.603(d).
(2) The railroad shall prepare a report
detailing the results of pre-operational
qualification, pre-revenue service
testing, and vehicle/track system
qualification tests required under
§§ 299.605, 299.607, and 299.609
respectively pertaining to a major
upgrade to any safety-critical system
component or sub-system, or
introduction of any new safety-critical
technology. The report shall identify
any problems encountered during
testing, and alternative actions
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
necessary to correct defects in
workmanship, materials, equipment,
design, or operating parameters.
Subpart G—Inspection, Testing, and
Maintenance Program
§ 299.701
General requirements.
Under the procedures provided in
§ 299.713, the railroad shall obtain FRA
approval of a written inspection, testing,
and maintenance program. The program
shall provide detailed information,
consistent with the requirements set
forth in §§ 299.337 through 299.349, and
299.447(a), on the inspection, testing,
and maintenance procedures necessary
for the railroad to safely operate its
system. This information shall include a
detailed description of—
(a) Safety inspection procedures,
intervals, and criteria;
(b) Test procedures and intervals;
(c) Scheduled preventive maintenance
intervals;
(d) Maintenance procedures; and
(e) Special testing equipment or
measuring devices required to perform
safety inspections and tests.
§ 299.703
Compliance.
After the railroad’s inspection, testing,
and maintenance program is approved
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.010
BILLING CODE 4910–06–C
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
by FRA pursuant to the requirements
and procedures set forth in § 299.713,
the railroad shall adopt and comply
with the program, and shall perform—
(a) All inspections and tests described
in the program in accordance with the
procedures and criteria that the railroad
identified as safety-critical; and
(b) All maintenance tasks and
procedures described in the program in
accordance with the procedures and
intervals that the railroad identified as
safety-critical.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
§ 299.705 Standard procedures for safely
performing inspection, testing, and
maintenance, or repairs.
(a) The railroad shall establish written
standard procedures for performing all
safety-critical or potentially hazardous
inspection, testing, maintenance, and
repair tasks. These standard procedures
shall—
(1) Describe in detail each step
required to safely perform the task;
(2) Describe the knowledge necessary
to safely perform the task;
(3) Describe any precautions that shall
be taken to safely perform the task;
(4) Describe the use of any safety
equipment necessary to perform the
task;
(5) Be approved by the railroad’s
official responsible for safety;
(6) Be enforced by the railroad’s
supervisors responsible for
accomplishing the tasks; and
(7) Be reviewed annually by the
railroad. The railroad shall provide
written notice to FRA in accordance
with § 299.9 at least one month prior to
the annual review. If the Associate
Administrator or their designee
indicates a desire to be present, the
railroad shall provide a scheduled date
and location for the annual review. If
the Associate Administrator requests the
annual review be performed on another
date but the railroad and the Associate
Administrator are unable to agree on a
date for rescheduling, the annual review
may be performed as scheduled.
(b) The inspection, testing, and
maintenance program required by this
section is not intended to address and
should not include procedures to
address employee working conditions
that arise in the course of conducting
the inspections, tests, and maintenance
set forth in the program. When
reviewing the railroad’s program, FRA
does not intend to review or approve
any portion of the program that relates
to employee working conditions.
§ 299.707
Maintenance intervals.
(a) The initial scheduled maintenance
intervals shall be based on those in
effect on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system as required under § 299.13(c)(1).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
(b) The maintenance interval of
safety-critical components shall be
changed only when justified by
accumulated, verifiable operating data,
and approved by FRA under paragraph
§ 299.713.
§ 299.709
Quality control program.
The railroad shall establish an
inspection, testing, and maintenance
quality control program enforced by the
railroad or its contractor(s) to reasonably
ensure that inspections, testing, and
maintenance are performed in
accordance with inspection, testing, and
maintenance program established under
this subpart.
§ 299.711 Inspection, testing, and
maintenance program format.
The submission to FRA for each
identified subsystem shall consist of
two parts—
(a) The complete inspection, testing,
and maintenance program, in its
entirety, including all required
information prescribed in § 299.701, and
all information and procedures required
for the railroad and its personnel to
implement the program.
(b) A condensed version of the
program that contains only those items
identified as safety-critical, per
§ 299.703 submitted for approval by
FRA under § 299.713.
§ 299.713
Program approval procedure.
(a) Submission. Except as provided in
§ 299.445(a)(2), the railroad shall submit
for approval an inspection, testing, and
maintenance program as described in
§ 299.711(b) not less than 180 days prior
to pre-revenue service testing. The
program shall be submitted to FRA in
accordance with § 299.9. If the railroad
seeks to amend an approved program as
described in § 299.711(b), the railroad
shall file with FRA in accordance with
§ 299.9 for approval of such amendment
not less than 60 days prior to the
proposed effective date of the
amendment. A program responsive to
the requirements of this subpart or any
amendment to the program shall not be
implemented prior to FRA approval.
(b) Contents. Each program or
amendment shall contain:
(1) The information prescribed in
§ 299.701 for such program or
amendment;
(2) The name, title, address, and
telephone number of the primary person
to be contacted with regard to review of
the program, its content, or
amendments.
(c) Approval. (1) Within 90 days of
receipt of the initial inspection, testing,
and maintenance program, FRA will
review the program. The Associate
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
14093
Administrator will notify the primary
railroad contact person in writing
whether the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program is approved and,
if not approved, the specific points in
which the program is deficient.
Deficiencies identified shall be
addressed as directed by FRA prior to
implementing the program.
(2) FRA will review each proposed
amendment to the program that relaxes
an FRA-approved requirement within
45 days of receipt. The Associate
Administrator will then notify the
primary railroad contact person in
writing whether the proposed
amendment has been approved by FRA
and, if not approved, the specific points
in which the proposed amendment is
deficient. The railroad shall correct any
deficiencies as directed by FRA prior to
implementing the amendment. For
amendments proposing to make an
FRA-approved program requirement
more stringent, the railroad is permitted
to implement the amendment prior to
obtaining FRA approval.
(3) Following initial approval of a
program or amendment, FRA may
reopen consideration of the program or
amendment for cause stated.
(4) The railroad may, subject to FRA
review and approval under § 299.15,
implement inspection, testing,
maintenance procedures and criteria,
incorporating new or emerging
technology.
Appendix A to Part 299—Criteria for
Certification of Crashworthy Event
Recorder Memory Module
Section 299.439(c) requires that trainsets
be equipped with an event recorder that
includes a certified crashworthy event
recorder memory module. This appendix
prescribes the requirements for certifying an
event recorder memory module (ERMM) as
crashworthy, including the performance
criteria and test sequence for establishing the
crashworthiness of the ERMM as well as the
marking of the event recorder containing the
crashworthy ERMM.
A. General Requirements
(a) Each manufacturer that represents its
ERMM as crashworthy shall, by marking it as
specified in section B of this appendix,
certify that the ERMM meets the performance
criteria contained in this appendix and that
test verification data are available to the
railroad or to FRA upon request.
(b) The test verification data shall contain,
at a minimum, all pertinent original data logs
and documentation that the test sample
preparation, test set up, test measuring
devices and test procedures were performed
by designated, qualified individuals using
recognized and acceptable practices. Test
verification data shall be retained by the
manufacturer or its successor as long as the
specific model of ERMM remains in service
on any trainset.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
14094
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(c) A crashworthy ERMM shall be marked
by its manufacturer as specified in section B
of this appendix.
B. Marking Requirements
(a) The outer surface of the event recorder
containing a certified crashworthy ERMM
shall be colored international orange. In
addition, the outer surface shall be inscribed,
on the surface allowing the most visible area,
in black letters on an international orange
background, using the largest type size that
can be accommodated, with the words
‘‘CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY’’,
followed by the ERMM model number (or
other such designation), and the name of the
manufacturer of the event recorder. This
information may be displayed as follows:
Marking ‘‘CERTIFIED DOT
CRASHWORTHY’’ on an event recorder
designed for installation in the
railroad’s trainsets is the certification
that all performance criteria contained
in this appendix have been met and all
functions performed by, or on behalf of,
the manufacturer whose name appears
as part of the marking, conform to the
requirements specified in this appendix.
(b) Retro-reflective material shall be
applied to the edges of each visible
external surface of an event recorder
containing a certified crashworthy
ERMM.
C. Performance Criteria for the ERMM
An ERMM is crashworthy if it has
been successfully tested for survival
under conditions of fire, impact shock,
static crush, fluid immersion, and
CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY
Event Recorder Memory Module Model
Number
Manufacturer’s Name
hydro-static pressure contained in one
of the two tables shown in this section
of appendix B. (See Tables 1 and 2.)
Each ERMM must meet the individual
performance criteria in the sequence
established in section D of this
appendix. A performance criterion is
deemed to be met if, after undergoing a
test established in this appendix B for
that criterion, the ERMM has preserved
all of the data stored in it. The data set
stored in the ERMM to be tested shall
include all the recording elements
required by § 299.439(c). The following
tables describe alternative performance
criteria that may be used when testing
an ERMM’s crashworthiness. A
manufacturer may utilize either table
during its testing but may not combine
the criteria contained in the two tables.
TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A OF PART 299—ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA—OPTION A
Parameter
Value
Duration
Fire, High Temperature ..................
Fire, Low Temperature ..................
Impact Shock .................................
Static Crush ...................................
Fluid Immersion .............................
750 °C (1400 °F) ..........................
260 °C (500 °F) ............................
55g ................................................
110kN (25,000 lbf) ........................
#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt
Water, Lube Oil.
Fire Fighting Fluid .........................
60 minutes ....................................
10 hours ........................................
100 ms ..........................................
5 minutes ......................................
Any single fluid, 48 hours .............
Depth equivalent = 15 m. (50 ft.)
48 hours at nominal temperature
of 25 °C (77 °F).
Hydrostatic Pressure .....................
Remarks
10 minutes, following immersion
above.
Heat source: Oven.
⁄ sine crash pulse.
12
Immersion followed by 48 hours in
a dry location without further
disturbance.
TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A TO PART 299—ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA—OPTION B
Parameter
Value
Duration
Fire, High Temperature ..................
Fire, Low Temperature ..................
Impact Shock—Option 1 ................
Impact Shock—Option 2 ................
Static Crush ...................................
1000 °C (1832 °F) ........................
260 °C (500 °F) ............................
23gs ..............................................
55gs ..............................................
111.2kN (25,000 lbf) .....................
44.5kN (10,000 lbf) .......................
#1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Water, Salt
Water, Lube Oil, Fire Fighting
Fluid.
46.62 psig .....................................
(= 30.5 m. or 100 ft.) ....................
60 minutes ....................................
10 hours ........................................
250 ms ..........................................
100 ms ..........................................
5 minutes. .....................................
(single ‘‘squeeze’’) ........................
48 hours each ...............................
Fluid Immersion .............................
Hydrostatic Pressure .....................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
D. Testing Sequence
In order to reasonably duplicate the
conditions an event recorder may
encounter, the ERMM shall meet the
various performance criteria, described
in section C of this appendix, in a set
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Heat source: Open flame.
Heat source: Oven.
1⁄2 sine crash pulse.
Applied to 25% of surface of largest face.
48 hours at nominal temperature
of 25 °C (77 °F).
sequence. (See Figure 1). If all tests are
done in the set sequence (single branch
testing), the same ERMM must be
utilized throughout. If a manufacturer
opts for split branch testing, each
branch of the test must be conducted
using an ERMM of the same design type
PO 00000
Remarks
Sfmt 4702
as used for the other branch. Both
alternatives are deemed equivalent, and
the choice of single branch testing or
split branch testing may be determined
by the party representing that the
ERMM meets the standard.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
If a new model ERMM represents an
evolution or upgrade from an older
model ERMM that was previously tested
and certified as meeting the
performance criteria contained in
section C of this appendix, the new
model ERMM need only be tested for
compliance with those performance
criteria contained in section C of this
appendix that are potentially affected by
the upgrade or modification. FRA will
consider a performance criterion not to
be potentially affected if a preliminary
engineering analysis or other pertinent
data establishes that the modification or
upgrade will not change the
performance of the older model ERMM
against the performance criterion in
question. The manufacturer shall retain
and make available to FRA upon request
any analysis or data relied upon to
satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph to sustain an exception from
testing.
Appendix B to Part 299—Cab Noise
Test Protocol
This appendix prescribes the procedures
for the in-cab noise measurements for highspeed trainsets at speed. The purpose of the
cab noise testing is to ensure that the noise
levels within the cab of the trainset meet the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
I. Measurement Instrumentation
The instrumentation used shall conform to
the requirements prescribed in appendix H to
part 229 of this chapter.
II. Test Site Requirements
The test shall meet the following
requirements:
(a) The passenger trainset shall be tested
over a representative segment of the railroad
and shall not be tested in any site specifically
designed to artificially lower in-cab noise
levels.
(b) All windows, doors, cabinets, seals,
etc., must be installed in the trainset cab and
be closed.
(c) The heating, ventilation and air
conditioning (HVAC) system or a dedicated
heating or air conditioner system must be
operating on high, and the vents must be
open and unobstructed.
III. Procedures for Measurement
(a) LAeq,T is defined as the A-weighted,
equivalent sound level for a duration of T
seconds, and the sound level meter shall be
set for A-weighting with slow response.
(b) The sound level meter shall be
calibrated with the acoustic calibrator
immediately before and after the in-cab tests.
The calibration levels shall be recorded.
(c) Any change in the before and after
calibration level(s) shall be less than 0.5 dB.
(d) The sound level meter shall be located:
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Laterally as close as practicable to the
longitudinal centerline of the cab, adjacent to
the driver’s seat,
(2) Longitudinally at the center of the
driver’s nominal seating position, and
(3) At a height 1219 mm (48 inches) above
the floor.
(e) The sound measurements shall be taken
autonomously within the cab.
(f) The sound level shall be recorded at the
maximum approved trainset speed (0/-3 km/
h).
(g) After the passenger trainset speed has
become constant at the maximum test speed
and the in-cab noise is continuous, LAeq,T
shall be measured, either directly or using a
1 second sampling interval, for a minimum
duration of 30 seconds at the measurement
position (LAeq, 30s).
IV. Reporting
To demonstrate compliance, the railroad
shall prepare and submit a test report in
accordance with § 299.613. As a minimum
that report shall contain—
(a) Name(s) of person(s) conducting the
test, and the date of the test.
(b) Description of the passenger trainset
cab being tested, including: car number and
date of manufacture.
(c) Description of sound level meter and
calibrator, including: make, model, type,
serial number, and manufacturer’s calibration
date.
(d) The recorded measurement during
calibration and for the microphone location
during operating conditions.
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
EP10MR20.011
minimum requirements defined within
§ 299.437(l).
E. Testing Exception
14095
14096
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 / Proposed Rules
(e) The recorded measurements taken
during the conduct of the test.
(f) Other information as appropriate to
describe the testing conditions and
procedure.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Ronald L. Batory,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 2020–03521 Filed 3–9–20; 8:45 am]
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with PROPOSALS3
BILLING CODE 4910–06–P
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:04 Mar 09, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\10MRP3.SGM
10MRP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 47 (Tuesday, March 10, 2020)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 14036-14096]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2020-03521]
[[Page 14035]]
Vol. 85
Tuesday,
No. 47
March 10, 2020
Part III
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal Railroad Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
49 CFR 299
Texas Central Railroad High-Speed Rail Safety Standards; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 85 , No. 47 / Tuesday, March 10, 2020 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 14036]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
Federal Railroad Administration
49 CFR Part 299
[Docket No. FRA-2019-0068, Notice 1]
RIN 2130-AC84
Texas Central Railroad High-Speed Rail Safety Standards
AGENCY: Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of
Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking; rule of particular
applicability.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: FRA is proposing a rule of particular applicability (RPA) to
establish safety standards for the Texas Central Railroad (TCRR or the
railroad) high speed rail system. The proposed standards are not
intended for general application in the railroad industry, but would
apply only to the TCRR system planned for development in the State of
Texas. The proposed RPA takes a systemsapproach to safety, and so
includes standards that address all aspects of the TCRR high-speed
system, including signal and trainset control, track, rolling stock,
operating practices, system qualifications, and maintenance. The TCRR
system is planned to operate from Houston to Dallas, on dedicated
track, with no grade crossings, at speeds not to exceed 330 km/h (205
mph). The TCRR rolling stock, track, and core systems will replicate
the Central Japan Railway Company (JRC), Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed
rail system, and will be used exclusively for revenue passenger
service.
DATES: Written comments must be received by May 11, 2020. Comments
received after that date will be considered to the extent possible
without incurring additional expense or delay.
FRA anticipates holding three public hearings to receive oral
comment on this NPRM, and that proceedings will also be necessary under
49 U.S.C. 20306. FRA will publish a separate announcement in the
Federal Register to inform interested parties of the date, time, and
location of these hearings.
ADDRESSES: Comments: Comments related to Docket No. FRA-2019-0068,
Notice No. 1, may be submitted by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to https://www.regulations.gov and follow the online instructions for submitting
comments;
Fax: 202-493-2251;
Mail: Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, Washington, DC
20590; or
Hand Delivery: Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department
of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140 is located
on the ground level of the West Building, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.,
Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
Instructions: All submissions must include the agency name and
docket number or Regulatory Identification Number (RIN) for this
rulemaking (2130-AC84). Note that all comments received will be posted
without change to https://www.regulations.gov, including any personal
information provided. Please see the Privacy Act heading in the
Supplementary Information section of this document for Privacy Act
information related to any submitted comments or materials.
Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or
comments received, go to https://www.regulations.gov at any time or
visit the Docket Management Facility, U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140 on the Ground
level of the West Building, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday, except Federal holidays.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Frederick Mottley, Systems Engineer,
U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration,
Office of Railroad Safety, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC
20590 (telephone: (617) 494-3160); or Michael Hunter, Attorney Adviser,
U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration,
Office of Chief Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC
20590 (telephone: (202) 493-0368).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Statutory Authority
III. Regulatory Approach
IV. Project Background and Regulatory Development
A. History of Tokaido Shinkansen
B. RPA Development Process
C. The Proposed System
1. Rolling Stock
2. Automatic Train Control System
3. Track Safety Standards
4. Maintenance-of-Way Operations
5. System Qualification
6. Personnel Qualification
7. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
8. Operating Rules and Practices
D. Applicability of FRA's Current Regulations
E. Incorporation by Reference
F. Enforcement
V. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866 and 13771, and DOT Regulatory Policies
and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 13272;
Regulatory Flexibility Assessment
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Federalism Implications
E. International Trade Impact Assessment
F. Environmental Impact
G. Executive Order 12898 (Environmental Justice)
H. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal Consultation)
I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
J. Energy Impact
K. Privacy Act Statement
I. Executive Summary
On August 30, 2019, FRA granted TCRR's petition for rulemaking
(petition), which was submitted April 15, 2016. TCRR's petition
represented that the regulatory requirements offered by TCRR translate
the technological and operational aspects of the JRC Tokaido Shinkansen
system.
The Tokaido Shinkansen first went into service on October 1, 1964,
under the operation of the Japanese National Railways (JNR). On April
1, 1987, JNR was privatized and split into six passenger railroads and
a freight railroad. JRC was the company that took over operations of
the Tokaido Shinkansen system, and is still operating the system today.
In 50+ years of Tokaido Shinkansen system operations, JNR, and now JRC,
have optimized its operations to a very high level of performance.
Accordingly, the Shinkansen has moved over 6 billion passengers without
a passenger fatality or injury due to trainset accidents such as a
derailment or collision.
TCRR intends to implement a high-speed passenger rail system, based
upon the service-proven technology used on the Tokaido Shinkansen and
replicating the operational and maintenance practices and procedures
employed by JRC. TCRR plans to implement the latest, service-proven
derivative of the N700 trainset and other core systems currently in use
on the Tokaido Shinkansen line,\1\ which have been refined for high-
speed operations over the last 50+ years. TCRR plans to adapt the N700
series trainset and supporting systems in a manner that is appropriate
for the Texas environment and operate under a regulatory framework that
enables FRA to provide effective safety oversight.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Subsequent references to ``N700'' or ``N700 series
trainset'' are meant to refer to the N700 series trainset currently
in, or future variants approved for, use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additionally, FRA has prepared an analysis of the economic impact
of this
[[Page 14037]]
proposed rule under section V.A., below. FRA concluded that because the
NPRM generally includes only voluntary actions, or alternative action
that would be voluntary, the NPRM does not impart additional burdens on
TCRR.
II. Statutory Authority
Under the Federal railroad safety laws, FRA has jurisdiction over
all railroads, as defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102, except urban rapid
transit operations that are not connected to the general railroad
system of transportation. Moreover, FRA would consider a stand-alone
intercity railroad line to be part of the general system, even though
not physically connected to other railroads (as FRA has previously
stated with respect to the Alaska Railroad; see 49 CFR part 209,
appendix A). FRA considers the contemplated TCRR system as intercity
passenger rail, not urban rapid transit. Accordingly, the TCRR system
will be subject to FRA jurisdiction whether it is connected to the
general railroad system or not. Please see FRA's policy statement
discussing in greater detail FRA's jurisdiction over passenger
railroads, which includes discussion on how FRA's characterizes
passenger operations, contained at 49 CFR part 209, appendix A.
FRA has a regulatory program in place, pursuant to its statutory
authority, to address equipment, track, operating practices, and human
factors in the existing, conventional railroad environment. However,
significant operational and equipment differences exist between the
system proposed for Texas and existing passenger operations in the
United States. In many of the railroad safety disciplines, FRA's
existing regulations do not address the safety concerns and operational
peculiarities of the proposed TCRR system. Therefore, in order to allow
TCRR to operate with effective safety oversight, an alternative
regulatory approach is required.
III. Regulatory Approach
Consistent with its statement in the most recent Passenger
Equipment Safety Standards final rule, published November 21, 2018 (83
FR 59182), FRA proposes to regulate the TCRR system as a standalone
system under this enabling rule. FRA stated that a standalone system
regulation would have to bring together all aspects of railroad safety
(such as operating practices, signal and trainset control, and track)
that must be applied to the individual system. See 83 FR 59182, 59186.
Such an approach covers more than passenger equipment, and would likely
necessitate particular right-of-way intrusion protection and other
safety requirements not adequately addressed in FRA's regulations. FRA
continues to believe that addressing proposals for standalone high-
speed rail systems on a case-by-case basis and comprehensively (such as
through an RPA or other specific regulatory action(s)) is prudent
because of the small number of potential operations, and the potential
for significant and unique differences in their design. Entities
considering such operations voluntarily assume the higher costs of
building new infrastructure, knowing they cannot take advantage of the
cost savings from sharing existing infrastructure.
Alternatively, FRA could issue a comprehensive set of waivers from
FRA's existing regulations, to the extent permitted by law, under 49
U.S.C. 20103(b), in order to provide regulatory approval to the
operation. However, in this case, electing to develop and publish a
comprehensive regulation is a more efficient alternative. Such a
regulation, in addition to providing regulatory approval, institutes a
comprehensive regulatory framework, that provides TCRR clarity on the
minimum Federal safety standards that it must comply with through
technology-specific requirements, incorporating the service-proven
aspects of the Tokaido Shinkansen system. Additionally, it provides the
railroad a higher degree of regulatory certainty than would waivers, as
waivers are revocable, subject to changing conditions, and necessitate
renewal, generally every five years.
IV. Project Background and Regulatory Development
TCRR plans to construct and operate a high-speed rail system
running approximately 240 miles from Houston, TX, to Dallas, TX, with a
stop in Grimes County east of College Station, TX. The system's
trainset will travel on dedicated rail, with no public grade crossings,
in exclusive passenger service, at speeds not to exceed 330 km/h (205
mph). These operational characteristics, and the equipment that TCRR
plans to use, mark a significant technological advancement in regional,
high-speed, passenger rail service in the United States.
The system TCRR proposes to build in Texas will replicate the
service-proven Japanese Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed rail system, as
operated by JRC. TCRR is modeling its system on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system because of its reputation as being one of the safest and most
punctual train systems in the world over its 50-year history. TCRR
seeks to model its operation on JRC's operational and maintenance
practices and philosophies, and utilize the high-speed technology that
was developed and refined in Japan, known as the Shinkansen N700 series
(Shinkansen or N700). The Shinkansen series of high-speed trainsets has
been in service in Japan since 1964 and has safely carried over 6
billion passengers with no passenger fatalities or injuries due to
trainset accidents/incidents such as a derailment or collision in while
in revenue train operations. The N700 series was first introduced by
JRC in 2007.
This is a traditional rail system, in the sense that steel wheels
operate over steel rails, powered by electrical power that is carried
and transferred to the equipment through an overhead catenary system.
However, the Tokaido Shinkansen system is engineered to maximize the
advantage of its dedicated environment, resulting in rolling stock that
is much lighter than conventional rail vehicles; track conditions that
are tuned specifically to low-mass, high-speed operations; and advanced
aerodynamic technology that facilitates travel at very high speeds,
with minimal track and equipment degradation.
The lightweight design of the equipment permits exceptional
performance and safety for high-speed travel, but also lends itself to
inherent deficiencies if exposed to many of the risks presented by
conventional lines, such as a train-to-train collision or a grade
crossing accident, particularly where heavy freight or commercial
vehicles are present. To counter this aspect of the design, the Tokaido
Shinkansen system and N700 series of trainsets are operated with a
focus on collision avoidance, utilizing a systems-approach to safety to
mitigate or eliminate potential risks through the design of the entire
system as a whole, rather than focusing on individual aspects of an
operation (e.g., rolling stock crashworthiness). This approach to
eliminating or mitigating risks and hazards through design has an
inherent safety that has proven to be incredibly successful. (It is
also important to note that the Texas system will be prohibited, as
proposed in this NPRM, from allowing any freight traffic on its
system.) The Shinkansen is equipped with an advanced trainset control
system that is optimized for the high-speed operations. The Shinkansen
system has an exceedingly safe record, which is discussed in greater
detail below.
[[Page 14038]]
A. History of the Tokaido Shinkansen
The term ``Shinkansen'' is used to denote the Japanese high-speed
rail system, also known as the ``bullet train.'' The Japan National
Railway system was privatized into six passenger railways in 1986. The
name ``Tokaido Shinkansen'' is the initial high-speed trainset system
introduced in 1964. It is now owned and operated by JRC.
The Tokaido Shinkansen operates high-speed service between Tokyo
and Shin-Osaka, a route that is 515 km long, at a maximum operating
speed of 270 km/h (168 mph).\2\ With 17 passenger stations on the
system, the operation includes 368 daily departures. Although TCRR is
replicating the Tokaido Shinkansen system, FRA notes that some of the
N700 trainsets also travel over the Sanyo Shinkansen system between
Shin-Osaka and Hakata, a route that is 554 km in length, which is
operated by the West Japan Railway Company. The maximum operating speed
is 300 km/h on the Sanyo Shinkansen.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ In order to accurately replicate the JRC operation of the
Tokaido Shinkansen, and to minimize rounding and other errors
associated with converting units of measurement, the text of this
proposed rule uses the International System of Units (i.e., the
metric system), rather than the standard units of measurement more
commonly used in the U.S. rail environment, as these are the units
of measurement used by JRC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each 16-car trainset on the Tokaido Shinkansen is equipped with
1,323 seats. According to JRC, the annual ridership in 2017 was 170
million passengers, or 466,000 passengers per day. In over 50 years of
service, the Shinkansen has moved over 6 billion passengers and
traveled over 632 million rolling stock miles. The minimum headway
between high-speed trainsets is 3 minutes 15 seconds during peak travel
times. The average annual delay of trainsets is less than 1 minute.
B. RPA Petition Development Process
In March 2014, TCRR sought FRA's technical assistance in the
development of a rulemaking petition. In order to assist TCRR with its
effort, an RPA Working Group was established consisting of Core Team
members from both TCRR and FRA. For discipline-specific discussions,
the RPA Core Team was able to call upon the technical expertise of
subject matter experts to discuss the technical justifications for
departures from existing U.S. requirements or minor modifications to
the JRC practices as adapted for the smaller system \3\ proposed in
Texas. The RPA Working Group held 25 meetings from March 2014 to April
2016,4 5 to discuss specific topics to be covered by the
proposed RPA. The final work product of these meetings is the proposed
rule text and supporting documentation included in the rulemaking
docket.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ TCRR's contemplated system will be smaller than JRC's
Tokaido Shinkansen in almost every way, such as overall length of
system, number of station stops, and anticipated frequency of daily
trainset departures, to name a few aspects.
\4\ Exhibit E to TCRR's rulemaking petition contains all the
presentations that were discussed during the 25 meetings held
between TCRR and FRA. All the meeting presentations are in the
rulemaking docket, FRA-2019-0068.
\5\ Additional meetings were held after the petition was
submitted in April and August of 2019. Both were informational
technical meetings. Copies of the presentations discussed at these
meetings are included in the rulemaking docket, FRA-2019-0068.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On April 15, 2016, TCRR submitted to FRA its petition for an RPA to
address the safe operation of a high-speed rail system in Texas, based
on the Japanese Shinkansen technology. TCRR supplemented its petition
in August 2016, and again in September 2017. See FRA Docket No. FRA-
2019-0068.
TCRR's petition contained proposed regulatory text--along with
supporting technical data--providing a regulatory framework that
applies the holistic ``systems'' approach. Specifically, through its
petition, TCRR has translated and adapted the technology specific
aspects of the Tokaido Shinkansen system into a format that enables
effective regulatory oversight by FRA. The Tokaido Shinkansen operation
ensures safe operations through application of a systems approach to
safety and accident avoidance philosophy. Safety can only be ensured
through a holistic approach; attention to or focus on individual
aspects of the operation alone may not be sufficient. TCRR used in its
development of its rulemaking petition, a previous proposed RPA for the
Florida Overland eXpress (62 FR 65478), to help identify the regulatory
needs of the proposed high-speed system operations, which are not
currently covered by a consistent set of regulatory requirements.
FRA granted TCRR's rulemaking petition on August 30, 2019, stating
that it would undertake this rulemaking process.
C. The Proposed System
TCRR will replicate the Tokaido Shinkansen system and its essential
technologies in Texas. The TCRR system will be based on accident
avoidance principles to assure that collisions or other operational
risks and hazards are eliminated or reduced to the highest degree
possible, as is done in Japan. The system includes a dedicated, grade-
separated, and fully fenced right-of-way, equipped with intrusion
detection capabilities to detect the intrusion of unauthorized vehicles
into the right-of-way. It is designed to facilitate only high-speed
rail trainsets of a specific type on the right-of-way during revenue
operations, with a strict temporal separation of maintenance
activities. The system will have no at-grade crossings with any other
rail system or surface transportation modes, such as highway vehicles.
This approach ensures that the complete system mitigates any potential
risks and is consistent with the N700 series trainsets that have been
chosen as the service-proven rolling stock platform for TCRR.
This proposed rule requires the TCRR system to implement all the
service-proven, safety-critical aspects of the Japanese Shinkansen
system. It also provides for the FRA approval of the key system
elements as implemented in Texas. The proposed rule text incorporates
the structural characteristics of the N700 series trainset in a manner
that can be regulated and enforced by FRA, and requires the system to
be designed, operated, and maintained in a manner that effectively
mitigates any hazard that could compromise the integrity of the
trainset. Implementing the N700 series trainsets as they are currently
designed (with minor modifications that do not impact the safety
performance of the trainset, as further discussed below), along with
the accident mitigation measures required by a systems approach and
defined in the proposed rule text, will allow TCRR to replicate the
service-proven system and operations of the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
FRA makes clear that this rule proposes to codify standards and
practices unique to JRC's operations that are inherent to the safe
operation of this proposed service in Texas, which must be maintained
and protected in order to ensure that the safety record of the Tokaido
Shinkansen can be effectively transferred.
1. Rolling Stock
The basis of the TCRR operation is the adoption of the Tokaido
Shinkansen system with the N700 series trainset, and its variants, as
the rolling stock, adapted for service in Texas. JRC's N700 series
trainsets, have been in service since 2007 on the Tokaido Shinkansen
line and operate up to speeds of 300 km/h on the adjacent Sanyo
Shinkansen line. The N700 trainset is an electric multiple unit (EMU)
trainset design based upon an accident avoidance
[[Page 14039]]
philosophy to ensure safe, reliable, and efficient service. The current
design has been continuously refined with these principals in mind,
building on over 50 years of experience that JRC has developed,
together with its rolling stock manufacturers, in the design,
operation, and maintenance of integrated high-speed trainsets. This
proposed rule maintains the service-proven safety and operational
history of this trainset, while adapting it to the conditions unique to
TCRR's operating environment.
At the time of TCRR's petition, FRA was developing its rule (now
final) governing the next generation of interoperable high-speed
trainsets, known as Tier III. See 83 FR 59182. A primary goal of this
rule was to provide more performance-based safety standards to allow
U.S. operations to benefit from the service-proven high-speed trainset
designs operating throughout the world, in a manner that allows for
continuous technological innovation. Because the Tier III rule
considered designs and operational practices such as those used on the
Tokiado Shinkansen in its development, TCRR was able to take advantage
of a paradigm shift in FRA's regulatory approach to high-speed
passenger rail as established by the November 2018 Passenger Equipment
Safety Standards final rule. As such, the rolling stock requirements of
this proposed rule, contained in proposed subpart D, focus largely on
those elements that differ from the Tier III standards, either because
a risk that exists on the general system has been eliminated or highly
mitigated (e.g., grade crossings), or because the strict adherence to a
requirement might otherwise effect the safety proven aspect of the
design (e.g., suspension design). A brief explanation of substantive
deviations or essential areas of note are articulated in further detail
below.
Trainset Structure
As previously stated, the central philosophy behind the safety
approach of the Tokiado Shinkansen is collision avoidance and accident
prevention. By eliminating and mitigating common risks and hazards to
high-speed rail operations through design and technology, the need to
provide occupant protection to mitigate certain accident scenarios
through carbody structural requirements can be greatly reduced. By
prohibiting other types of equipment (i.e., conventional passenger and
freight equipment) from operating over the same track, eliminating at-
grade crossings with motor vehicles (particularly commercial
equipment), temporally separating maintenance-of-way operations, and
providing enhanced train control and intrusion protection technology, a
higher level of safety can be attained rather than just relying on
occupant protection standards after an accident occurs. This allows for
the trainset design to focus on reducing mass and aerodynamic
inefficiencies, which not only provides improved economic and
environmental performance, but also provides for additional safety
through improved braking characteristics, better stability, and reduced
wear on running gear and tracks.
Furthermore, since the general system requirements often drive the
carbody design, FRA believes requiring them, without cause, would
result in significant changes, negating the service-proven design of
the N700 series trainset. This could potentially have a negative effect
with respect to braking, trainset stability, and wear on the track
structure and running gear.
FRA is not proposing TCRR comply with the more robust conventional
U.S. crashworthiness and occupant protection requirements applicable to
equipment operating over the general system, which are driven largely
by train-to-train collisions and grade crossing conflicts, as these
risks have been heavily mitigated through the design of the system
(i.e., prohibition of both comingling with heavy freight equipment and
grade crossings). However, FRA does propose to retain the
crashworthiness and occupant requirements established by JRC to address
potential residual risks to the operation and to ensure the trainset
can handle the expected operational loads experienced in the intended
service environment. Specifically, FRA proposes that TCRR demonstrate
that the trainsets used in Texas have the same occupied volume
integrity as those used on the Tokaido Shinkansen, verified through
quasi-static compression and dynamic collision scenario testing.
Additionally, FRA is proposing that TCRR also verify the trainset's
resistance to override, should a collision occur. Further, FRA is
proposing that TCRR demonstrate its trainsets meet the same roof and
side structure integrity requirements, and truck-to-carbody attachment
strength requirements, as the N700 series trainset operated by JRC.
The proposed rule requires trainset interior fittings to be
securely attached and designed to operate without failure under
conditions and loads to be expected in TCRR's proposed operating
environment. The rule does not adopt the conventional attachment
loading, as doing so would jeopardize other safety critical designs of
the service-proven N700 series trainset (e.g., the suspension system).
In addition, all interior surfaces should be free of corners and sharp
edges that could pose a hazard to occupants under sudden deceleration
or braking events.
The proposed rule will require cab end-facing glazing to comply
with Tier III requirements: Large object impact test in accordance with
EN15152 and the ballistic impact resistance requirements under appendix
A of 49 CFR part 223. Side-facing glazing are proposed to meet FRA's
current Type II requirements, unless an alternative standard is
approved, which is also what Tier III equipment must comply with. FRA
welcomes comments on whether international standards exist for side-
facing glazing that may be better suited for very high-speed
operations, particularly those operating in dedicated and protected ROW
environments as the rule proposes.
FRA believes these baseline trainset carbody requirements, to
include interior fittings and glazing, will ensure that the trainset
remains stable and safe for the high-speed environment it is intended
to operate in, while protecting against the very low residual potential
derailment and foreign object collision risks.
Braking System Requirements
This rule proposes requirements for the brake system based upon
FRA's November 2018 Passenger Equipment Safety Standards final rule,
with modifications where appropriate for technology specific to the
N700 series trainset. The brake commands are transmitted through the
trainset-borne network system, as well as through the trainline for
redundancy. Unlike typical North American brake systems, the N700
series trainset uses a loop circuit for the urgent brake control and
does not have brake pipes. The brake system of a motorized car on a
N700 series trainset has a blended brake system, consisting of an
electronically controlled pneumatic brake and a regenerative brake. A
non-motorized car on a N700 series trainset has an electronically
controlled pneumatic brake. The brake system on the N700 series
trainset also has a state-of-the-art wheel slide control system.
Consistent with proper railway engineering practice, the proposed
rule would require the railroad to demonstrate the maximum safe
operating speed for the trainsets without thermal damage to equipment
or infrastructure during normal operation of the brake system. The
brake system
[[Page 14040]]
must be capable of stopping the trainset from its maximum operating
speed within the signal spacing on the track under the realistic worst-
case adhesion conditions expected. As proposed, tests on trainsets to
verify the brake system performs as expected will be conducted during
the pre-revenue service qualification testing proposed under subpart F.
Additionally, operational restrictions based on degraded braking system
performance are to be addressed by the railroad under the proposed
requirements for movement of defective equipment.
The N700 series trainset braking system utilizes an ``urgent''
brake as defined in the proposed Sec. 299.5. An urgent brake is
equivalent to the emergency brake in the U.S. in that it produces an
irretrievable stop, with maximum braking effort. The N700 series
trainset has an urgent brake switch for use by the trainset crew from
the controlling cab and the conductor's room(s). The use of the urgent
brake by the conductor is usually within stations to assure passenger
safety when boarding and alighting from the trainset. The proposed rule
requires that an urgent brake application be available at any time, and
shall be initiated by an unintentional parting of the trainset or
action by the trainset crew. Further, the station platform will be
equipped with trainset protection switches on the station platform so
that both station personnel and conductors can activate the urgent
brake on the trainset in the event that they observe an unsafe
condition during boarding/alighting of trainsets.
The proposed rule requires a means to initiate a passenger brake
alarm at two locations in each unit of a trainset, consistent with the
requirements developed for Tier III trainsets. The proposed rule does
not incorporate the exception provision for length of individual cars
as it is applicable to shorter designs than the N700 series trainset.
Additionally, the N700 series trainset braking system utilizes an
``emergency'' brake as defined in the proposed Sec. 299.5. The
emergency brake on the N700 series trainset is equivalent to the North
American full-service brake.
Requirements for the main reservoir system are based on the
requirements included in the November 2018 Tier III final rule, but
modified to accommodate the specific design standards used for the N700
series trainset. The proposed rule requires the brake system main
reservoirs in a trainset to be designed and tested to meet the pressure
vessel standards in Japanese Industrial Standard JIS B 8265,
``Construction of pressure vessels-general principles.'' This is the
same pressure vessel standard the N700 series trainsets comply with to
operate in Japan. The JIS standard adequately ensures that the pressure
vessel (the main reservoir) is suitable for the service conditions
under which the brake system main reservoirs will operate, ensuring
that the system replicates the service-proven brake system used
currently on the N700, operated on the Tokaido Shinkansen. Requiring
adherence to conventional U.S. standards would not be prudent, as this
would jeopardize the service-proven aspect of the design.
Fire Safety
The proposed rule will require interior furnishings to be compliant
with current FRA flammability and smoke emission requirements under
appendix B to part 238 (see, generally, the discussion of FRA's
flammability and smoke emission requirements at 64 FR 25660, 67 FR
42909, and 83 FR 59182). Many of the elements affected by fire safety
standards are driven by business decisions made by the project (e.g.,
carpeting, seating fabric, etc.) and are not inherent to the safe
performance of the trainset as it related to its structure or stability
at speed. Therefore, it was determined by the project that it would be
appropriate to simply adopt and comply with the current U.S. standards
in lieu of justifying new ones.
Door Systems
The proposed requirements for the trainset door systems,
particularly as it relates to emergency functionality, largely follow
FRA's existing requirements and established North American practice.
The relevant requirements for operating; inspection, testing, and
maintenance (ITM); and training on door systems have been consolidated
under their respective subparts as proposed within this rule. The
proposed modifications focus mainly on how the requirements apply to
the Tokaido Shinkansen technology and the applicability of certain
elements of APTA SS-M-18-10. The proposal would retain the service-
proven door system on the N700 series trainset, and, though FRA is not
proposing to require it, TCRR is expected to adopt the coordination
between the trainset crew members and platform attendants, replicating
operations by JRC, rather than incorporating certain requirements that
were promulgated in December 2015 for conventional U.S. operations (see
80 FR 76118), which, if applied, would require alteration that could
have a significant negative impact on the service-proven door design of
the N700 series trainset.
Emergency Systems
The proposed rule defines typical North American requirements for
emergency lighting, emergency communications, emergency egress and
rescue access, and emergency marking requirements. A number of these
provisions will require minor changes to the current N700 series
trainset design, such as the emergency lighting system, public address
system, and interior signage and markings. However, compliance with
these proposed emergency systems requirements would not have a negative
impact on the service-proven design of the N700 series trainset as they
have no impact on the performance of the trainset or its integration
with other safety-critical systems. These changes will also provide
first-responders and the traveling public with a set of safety
communications and features that are consistent with other U.S. rail
operations.
Safety Appliances
Current FRA regulations for safety appliances are based on
longstanding statutory requirements for individual railroad cars used
in general service. These requirements are primarily intended to keep
railroad employees safe while performing their essential job functions.
Historically, these duties have revolved around the practice of
building trains by switching individual cars or groups of cars, and are
not directly applicable to how modern high-speed passenger equipment
are designed and operated. The application of such appliances would
require a significant redesign of high-speed rail equipment, and would
create aerodynamic problems particularly with respect to associated
noise emissions. FRA proposes to exempt TCRR from statutory
requirements that are not applicable or practical for inclusion on its
high-speed trainset technology, pursuant to the authority granted under
49 U.S.C. 20306.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ Utilization of this statutory authority necessitates a
public hearing. As stated above, under DATES, the time and place of
this public hearing will be announced by a separate announcement
published in the Federal Register.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rather than apply legacy requirements that are inappropriate for
the proposed equipment design and service environment, this proposed
rule focuses on how to provide a safe environment for crews as it
pertains to the N700 series trainset, and modern high-speed operations
throughout the world. In this respect, the proposed rule
[[Page 14041]]
would define specific safety appliance performance requirements
applicable to this semi-permanently coupled trainset. By focusing on
the job functions, rather than mandating specific legacy designs for
dissimilar equipment, the proposed approach will arguably improve
safety for crews and railroad employees, but provide flexibility for
superior designs based on modern ergonomics, and eliminate appliances
that might otherwise encourage their use even though their
functionality is moot (e.g., riding on side sills despite an inability
to couple/decouple cars). FRA believes it is appropriate to consider
relief under the discretionary process established under 49 U.S.C.
20306 and proposes to adopt these requirements under its statutory
authority as part of this rulemaking.
Image and Audio Recording Devices
On July 24, 2019, FRA published an NPRM regarding locomotive
mounted image and audio recording devices for passenger trains. 84 FR
35712. In that NPRM, FRA proposed to require the installation of
inward- and outward-facing image recording devices on all lead
locomotives in passenger trains, and that these devices would record
while a lead locomotive is in motion and retain the data in a
crashworthy memory module. FRA also proposed to treat these recording
devices as safety devices under existing FRA regulations to prohibit
tampering with or disabling them.
Although the proposal for image and audio recording devices is not
yet final, FRA anticipates that any final requirements for image and
audio recording devices would also apply to TCRR. Currently, FRA
proposes to place the image and audio recording device requirements
under 49 CFR part 229. Under this proposed rule, it is stated that 49
CFR part 229 will not be applicable to the railroad's high-speed
trainsets. However, FRA makes clear here that it proposes to make
applicable the requirements for the image and audio recording devices
to TCRR's high-speed trainsets, while leaving the remainder of part 229
inapplicable to the high-speed trainsets, and would anticipate that
once the July 2019 NPRM becomes final, FRA would make appropriate
conforming changes to the requirements outlined in this NPRM.
FRA acknowledges that this was not a requirement contained in
TCRR's rulemaking petition, and that this is not a requirement for the
Tokaido Shinkansen system as operated in Japan. However, FRA does not
anticipate this requirement having a detrimental effect on the service-
proven nature of the N700 series trainset design.
2. Automatic Train Control System
As an intercity passenger railroad, TCRR must comply with all
applicable requirements under 49 U.S.C. 20157, including, but not
limited to, the statutory requirement to fully implement an FRA-
certified positive train control (PTC) system on its main lines over
which intercity or commuter rail passenger transportation is regularly
provided. The rule proposes to require TCRR to use the signal system
based upon the service-proven Tokaido Shinkansen Automatic Train
Control (ATC) system, which has demonstrated an outstanding safety
record during its 55 years of operations. This system is a standalone
digital ATC system, and as such, does not rely on an underlying
conventional signaling system.
This proposed rule, under subpart B, outlines the requirements for
signal and trainset control systems governing the operation of TCRR,
based on the fundamental statutory requirements of 49 U.S.C. 20157 and
49 CFR part 236, subpart I, but is tailored for a standalone and
service-proven trainset control system intended for high-speed
passenger service. TCRR is proposing to implement a PTC-compliant
trainset control system throughout its entire network, to include
trainset maintenance facilities and depots (shop facilities), in
addition to main line operation. While TCRR, in its petition for
rulemaking, initially intended to comply with all elements under 49 CFR
part 236, subpart I, FRA proposes to tailor the requirements to only
those elements of subpart I that would apply to a standalone trainset
control system intended for high-speed passenger service.
FRA notes that many of the requirements in 49 CFR part 236, subpart
I were written to establish the process by which existing railroads
would develop and implement PTC systems as overlays on conventional
signaling systems. As TCRR is a new system, and will utilize service-
proven technology that does not need to be integrated with a legacy
signal system or be interoperable with other PTC systems, the
requirements proposed in this rule have been streamlined to focus on
the core requirements and documentation necessary to validate and
certify a PTC system of its design and application. This proposal also
acknowledges that if any changes are made to the service-proven,
safety-critical software utilized on the Tokaido Shinkansen signaling
system (such as changes to the fundamental architecture or safety
critical functions), those changes must be developed and validated in
accordance with the procedures proposed under subpart B. This rule
balances the service-proven history of the Tokaido Shinkansen ATC
system with the fundamental fail-safe principles encompassed in FRA's
regulations governing advanced trainset control technology, to ensure
TCRR's system is implemented and maintained safely, in a manner
consistent with U.S. law, while holding true to the collision avoidance
principles on which the Tokaido Shinkansen is based.
3. Track Safety Standards
All high-speed track safety standards are based on the principle
that the interaction of the vehicles, and the track over which they
operate, must be considered as a system. This systems approach ensures
that the capabilities and limitations of both the rolling stock and the
physical infrastructure (i.e., track) are considered when developing
safety metrics and provides for specific limits for vehicle response to
track perturbation(s).
FRA's Track Safety Standards, under 49 CFR part 213, and its
Passenger Equipment Safety Standards, under 49 CFR part 238, promote
the safe interaction of rail vehicles with the track over which they
operate. These safety standards were developed with industry
stakeholder participation, and are applicable to all high-speed and
high cant deficiency train operations in the United States. Last
amended in March 2013 (78 FR 16052), subpart G of part 213,
consolidated repetitive guidance found in part 238, and revised
existing minimum safety limits for vehicle response to track
perturbations and also added new limits. FRA's rules are not applicable
to one vehicle type, but account for a range of vehicle types (like
vehicles with variations in their physical properties, such as
suspension, mass, interior arrangements, and dimensions that do not
result in significant changes to their dynamic characteristics) that
are currently used and may likely be used on future high-speed or high
cant deficiency rail operations, or both. FRA's high speed/high cant
deficiency regulations are based on the results of simulation studies
designed to identify track geometry irregularities associated with
unsafe wheel/rail forces and accelerations, thorough reviews of vehicle
qualification and revenue service test data, and consideration of
international practices.
[[Page 14042]]
Track Classes
FRA differentiates track classes by speed. Existing regulations
contain requirements for track classes 1-5, for speeds not exceeding 90
mph, and track classes 6-9 for operations up to 220 mph. In the 2013
final rule, FRA stated that the Class 9 standards would remain as
benchmark standards with the understanding that the final suitability
of track safety standards for operations above 150 mph would be
determined by FRA after examination of the entire operating system,
including the subject equipment, track structure, and other system
attributes. FRA explained that direct FRA approval is required for any
such high-speed rail operation, whether through an RPA such as this or
another regulatory proceeding.
The basis of the TCRR operation and this proposed rule, however, is
adoption of the Tokaido Shinkansen system, using the series N700 series
trainset, and its variants, as the only rolling stock for a fully
dedicated, grade-separated, high-speed rail service between Dallas and
Houston, TX. JRC's N700 series trainsets have been in service since
2007 and operate at the speed of 285 km/h on the Tokaido Shinkansen and
300 km/h on the Sanyo Shinkansen. As stated previously, the N700 series
trainset is a service-proven EMU trainset design that has been
continuously refined, and highly optimized by JRC for over 50 years.
JRC's track safety standards have evolved concurrently with these
N700 Shinkansen EMU trainsets, allowing for a high degree of
optimization of the trainset interacting with the track structure. TCRR
plans to replicate the Tokaido Shinkansen system to bring the same
safety and performance of the Shinkansen system to this Dallas-Houston
operation. This rule proposes to adopt the same JRC-derived track
safety standards to ensure that this optimized vehicle-track
interaction is achieved between Dallas and Houston in its entirety.
Therefore, this proposal would require the railroad to follow the JRC
approach for the definition of track classes, track geometry limits,
carbody acceleration criteria, and track inspection intervals for both
automated and visual inspection on all TCRR track Classes at all speeds
up to and including the maximum track speed of 330 km/h.
JRC defines track and the speed range by function (i.e., main
track, etc.), and not by a track class designation. However, in this
proposed rule, the JRC practice has been translated into eight classes
of track from track Classes H0 to H7. As stated, the maximum authorized
speed from track class is based on current JRC practice with the
addition of track Class H7, which covers operating speeds up to 305 km/
h. It is notable that in this proposal, track Class H0 will be
dedicated to maintenance-of-way equipment, with a maximum allowable
operating speed of 20 km/h (12 mph), which is consistent with JRC
practice. As is done in Japan, this proposal would prohibit high-speed
trainsets from operating on the proposed track Class H0. Below is a
table outlining the proposed classes of track, the associated maximum
operating speed for that class, and where that class of track is
proposed to be used within the system. The table is not meant to
dictate that these are the only locations for the various classes of
track to be located within the TCRR system, but meant to represent
FRA's general understanding of how TCRR will use the various track
classes.
Track Classes--Maximum Speed
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H0 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
km/h................ 20 30 70 120 170 230 285 330
mph................. 12 19 43 75 106 143 177 205
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Track type
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance-of-way Trainset Maintenance Terminals, stations, Main line track, and Main line track.
yards. Facilities (TMF). sidings, TMF track connecting the
marshaling tracks. main line with TMF.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Track Geometry
The proposed track safety standards for TCRR are under subpart C of
this proposed rule. Within that proposed subpart, FRA has included
certain track geometry requirements for the TCRR system. The geometry
limits proposed by FRA are based on JRC practice. Likewise, FRA
proposes to adopt the JRC practice for remedial action for instances
when optimal track geometry limits and car body accelerations are
exceeded, and trainset operations would require speed and/or
operational restrictions, with speed restrictions enforced by the ATC
system.
The highly effective JRC track measurement system is based on
monitoring track geometry and vehicle performance, and represents a
hybrid approach consisting of physical measurements directly on the
track, in combination with performance-based track geometry as defined
by vehicle response. TCRR will adopt this approach which is based on a
10 m mid chord offset (MCO) measurement to effectively control short
wavelength track geometry irregularities and the measurement of car
body accelerations to control long wavelength anomalies.
TCRR is adapting and implementing the same track geometry limits
and car body accelerations utilized by JRC to ensure the continued
success of this vehicle-track system and the optimized performance of
the N700 series trainset. The JRC approach is very different from FRA,
and is based on measuring track gauge, cross-level, and twist over 2.5
m, and alignment/surface on a 10 m MCO, with long wavelength defects
controlled by monitoring car body acceleration. The JRC track
measurement system adequately controls track geometry for short and
longer wavelengths (20 and 40 m) such that wheel/rail forces are well
within acceptable limits. TCRR is using JCR's geometry limits for the
10 m MCO and car body acceleration limits, both of which will be
enforced by FRA, thereby ensuring the trainset's track/vehicle system
meets FRA's safety criteria (wheel/rail forces) for track maintained to
those geometry and acceleration limits.
Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance for Track
Inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements for the track and
right-of-way are found generally in the proposed regulatory text, and
in greater detail within the FRA-approved ITM program. The proposed
track maintenance requirements are based on JRC practice, which is
grounded in significant testing and many years of proven JRC operation.
The JRC approach for the high-speed track layout and structure is
optimized for the safe and efficient operation of the N700s trainset
utilized.
[[Page 14043]]
As mentioned throughout this NPRM, TCRR will implement a track
maintenance program based on these successful and well respected JRC
practices.
JRC uses a dedicated, multi-purpose, vehicle-based, inspection
system to inspect track geometry. Track geometry measurements and car
body accelerations are made during revenue operations at revenue
operating speeds. This proposal reflects U.S. and JRC practice with
respect to track geometry measurements. FRA proposes to require a track
geometry measurement system (TGMS) and a track acceleration measurement
system (TAMS) to be operated over the system route on track Classes H3
and above.
Regarding restoration or renewal of track under operating
conditions, this proposed rule will prohibit the railroad from
performing maintenance-of-way operations during revenue service, other
than in MOW yards and trainset maintenance facilities, as further
discussed below. Restoration or renewal of track by TCRR on track Class
H2 in trainset maintenance facilities, will be limited to the
replacement of worn, broken, or missing components or fastenings that
do not affect the safe passage of trainsets. This will reflect the JRC
practice and is more restrictive than existing FRA track safety
standards as it permits such restoration and renewal under traffic
conditions only in yards and trainset maintenance facilities and not
the mainline.
Vehicle/Track Interaction
The approach to vehicle/track interaction (VTI) system safety in
this rule proposes to follow JRC's approach that is service-proven to
provide safe operation and optimum VTI performance. JRC places
considerable emphasis on maintaining track infrastructure, as the
Tokaido Shinkansen N700 series trainset suspension design is optimized
for high-speed performance on well-maintained track. Track geometry
irregularities are held to tighter tolerances than those allowed under
U.S. practice.
The VTI requirements FRA proposes are similar to those contained in
current FRA regulations under 49 CFR part 213, and will require the
trainsets to comply with the same wheel/rail force limits. However, as
noted earlier, JCR requires more stringent peak-to-peak car body
acceleration limits than currently permitted under FRA regulations.
Accordingly, FRA proposes that instrumented wheelset tests be required
for vehicle/track system qualification.
Unique to the Tokaido Shinkansen system, and as mentioned earlier,
JRC sets track geometry limits based on a 10 m MCO and controls long
wavelength perturbations using stringent vertical and lateral car body
accelerations, rather than the 3-chord (31, 62, and 124 ft) method used
in current FRA regulations. Vehicle dynamic simulations have been
conducted and validated by JRC specialists to demonstrate the 10m MCO
and car body accelerations, as used by JRC, are sufficient to safely
control short, long wavelength, and repeated perturbations; and to
validate the proposed track geometry limits contained in the proposed
rule.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ Exhibit F to TCRR's rulemaking petition explains how JRC
helped develop and validated the track geometry limits proposed in
this NPRM, and provides some explanation of the vehicle dynamic
simulations conducted. Although the Tokaido Shinkansen operates at a
maximum speed of 270 km/h, the vehicle dynamic tests used to
validate the track geometry limits proposed in this NPRM were
conducted at simulated speeds up to 340 km/h (330 km/h + 10 km/h).
FRA notes, though, that the maximum safe operating speed for the
system will be determined only after TCRR conducts full scale
analysis and validated dynamic testing, as proposed under subpart F.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Continuous Welded Rail
TCRR is proposing to use continuously welded rail (CWR) and
moveable point frogs to eliminate gaps at turnouts and crossings.
Consistent with current FRA practice for CWR, FRA proposes to require
the railroad develop and comply with its own CWR plan, which will have
procedures addressing the installation, adjustment, maintenance, and
inspection of CWR and CWR joints. However, as the FRA CWR requirements
under 49 CFR part 213 are inconsistent with JRC technology and
practices, FRA proposes a set of CWR requirements that reflects JRC's
service-proven practice. Under this rule as proposed, TCRR will be
required submit a CWR plan that includes procedures for maintaining a
desired rail installation temperature range when cutting CWR, and with
adjustments made to tight track or a track buckle.
In addition to the proposed requirements discussed above, FRA is
also proposing to require TCRR's CWR plan to contain procedures that
control trainset speed on CWR track when the difference between the
rail temperature and the rail neutral temperature is in a range that
causes buckling-prone conditions to be present at a specific location.
This proposed requirement is consistent with JRC practice, which uses
``instantaneous'' temperature, a more stringent requirement, instead of
``average'' temperature. When the temperature exceeds a specified
limit, operational restrictions are enforced over the entire segment.
JRC uses the same temperature limits on all segments.
FRA is also proposing that the railroad's CWR plan include
procedures that address track inspections under extreme temperature
conditions, consistent with JRC practice. As stated previously, there
is continuous monitoring of rail temperature on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system and a speed restriction of 70 km/h is enforced when CWR
temperature is between 60 [deg]C and 64 [deg]C. JRC suspends revenue
operations and conducts visual inspections on foot when the CWR
temperatures reach 64 [deg]C or above.
4. Maintenance-of-Way Operations
Strict adherence to complete temporal separation of the scheduled
right-of-way maintenance work will be required by the proposed rule.
This rule proposes to adopt JRC's long-established maintenance-of-way
operational practices to ensure roadway worker safety. To accomplish
this, the rule proposes requirements for strict adherence to temporal
separation of maintenance-of-way operations and revenue trainsets, as
well as removal of overhead power from the section(s) of ROW where
maintenance-of-way work is being performed. Additionally, this rule
proposes prohibiting the railroad from conducting any scheduled
maintenance on a section of the right-of-way prior to that section of
the right-of-way being cleared after revenue service. Further, the
railroad will also be prohibited from conducting revenue service on a
section of the right-of-way before completion of the maintenance
activities and clearance by a sweeper vehicle. As proposed by this
rule, the ATC system must also enforce the temporal separation or
otherwise protect maintenance-of-way employees performing on-track
duties (to include unscheduled and emergency inspections or repairs).
TCRR will use maintenance-of-way equipment that is designed to be
compatible with the track safety standards under proposed subpart C.
Subject to certain exceptions, as proposed under Sec. 299.3(c)(24),
the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment will be subject to FRA's
existing regulations that address the safety of conventional locomotive
and freight equipment (i.e., 49 CFR parts 215, 223, 229, 231, and 232).
Although there is a general prohibition that freight equipment cannot
operate on the railroad's right-of-way, the freight equipment being
considered here is
[[Page 14044]]
strictly for non-revenue, right-of-way maintenance operations.
The railroad's proposed maintenance-of-way fleet will include a
sweeper vehicle. As part of this rule, FRA is also proposing that
sweeper vehicles run on both tracks along the full length of the
railroad right-of-way every day prior to the start of revenue service,
in order to ensure that there are no obstacles on the tracks within the
lower construction clearance envelope, consistent with the practice of
JRC. The sweeper vehicle is designed to detect the presence of any
small obstacles, such as tools left out from a roadway worker gang.
Additionally, the qualified individuals operating the sweeper vehicle
will be required to be trained to conduct visual inspections of both
tracks to ensure the integrity of the right-of-way, including the
condition of fencing and other railroad infrastructure. Strict
adherence to this temporal separation, protection of maintenance-of-way
work by use of the ATC system, and the daily requirement for sweeper
vehicle use will help ensure that there are no maintenance-of-way
equipment, no heavy maintenance tools, and no obstruction hazards on
the tracks when the revenue service starts every day.
5. System Qualification
Responsibility for Verification Demonstrations and Tests
Under proposed subpart F, FRA proposes a set of pre-revenue
qualification testing requirements that the railroad must complete
before commencing passenger service. Successful completion of the
proposed testing program will provide the railroad assurance that the
system, as designed, constructed, and integrated, will meet the minimum
safety requirements established, so that the risk to passengers is
minimized when operations begin. This proposed subpart F is organized
such that the approach to system qualification generally requires the
preparation of a system-wide qualification test plan, pre-operational
qualification testing of individual components and sub-systems, and
then pre-revenue service testing that verifies the compatibility of the
various sub-systems. Finally, a period of simulated revenue operations
is proposed that would replicate revenue operations without passengers.
This would provide final verification that the systems operate as
intended, all safety-critical personnel are adequately trained, and
operating rules or practices and the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program are appropriate.
Preparation of System-Wide Qualification Test Plan
As proposed, prior to execution of any system qualification tests,
the railroad will develop a system-wide qualification test plan that
identifies the tests necessary to demonstrate the operability of all
system elements, including: Track and infrastructure, signal,
communications, rolling stock, software, operating practices, and the
system as a whole. The system-wide qualification plan will include
procedures for functional and performance qualification testing, pre-
revenue service systems integration testing, vehicle/track system
qualification, and simulated revenue operations, all discussed further
below.
The proposed provisions include FRA's review timeframe (180 days
prior to testing) and expected FRA response time (45 days after receipt
of the submission) and actions. FRA will identify in the notification
any test procedures requiring approval by FRA. The system-wide
qualification test plan is generally consistent with current FRA
practice under 49 CFR part 238 for passenger equipment, but addresses
the system holistically. Under this proposal, TCRR will be required to
develop a list of all tests to be conducted to qualify all aspects of
the system including rolling stock, track, vehicle-track interaction,
and signaling. FRA makes clear that, as proposed, FRA's approval of the
system-wide test plan will be limited to approving that the test plan
addresses all required tests, providing procedures for such tests;
however, FRA is not approving the specific procedures adopted by the
railroad to conduct each required test.
Functional and Performance Qualification Tests
Also proposed in this NPRM is a requirement that the railroad will
conduct functional and performance qualification tests, prior to
commencing revenue operations, to verify that all safety-critical
components meet all functional and all performance specifications. The
railroad will be required to submit a list of all tests to be
conducted, along with the test procedures, as part of its system-wide
qualification test plan, as discussed above.
Pre-Revenue Service Systems Integration Testing
The pre-revenue service testing of systems proposed in this NPRM
will be used to verify the compatibility of the various sub-systems.
The pre-revenue service testing will include such things as: Vehicle
clearances to structures along the right-of-way; mechanical performance
of the overhead catenary system; and the integrated performance of the
track, signal, power supply, vehicle, software, and communications.
Also, the railroad will be required to demonstrate safe system
performance during normal and degraded operating conditions. These
tests will be used to verify: Catenary and pantograph interaction;
incremental increases in trainset speed; braking rates; and vehicle-
track interaction.
Vehicle/Track System Qualification
As discussed above, under the proposed track safety standards, the
approach to VTI system safety in this rule proposes to follow JRC's
approach that is service-proven to provide safe operation and optimum
VTI performance. As part of the system wide test plan, FRA proposes to
require the railroad to qualify its high-speed trainset for the maximum
operating speed and cant deficiency contemplated. The format proposed
largely follows current FRA practice, with the qualification criteria
based on JRC requirements for the N700 series trainset currently
operating on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Simulated Revenue Operations
FRA is also adopting TCRR's proposal that the railroad conduct a
period of simulated revenue operations, replicating most, if not all,
aspects of revenue operations, but without passengers. This will
provide the final verification that the system, and all sub-systems,
operate as intended, together with all properly trained, safety-
critical personnel. Further, the proposed simulated revenue operations
will give valuable operational experience to the railroad and its
employees prior to carrying passengers.
The proposed provision will assure that all issues found during
simulated revenue operations are properly addressed and corrected prior
to the start of revenue service. It is not anticipated that issues
found during simulated revenue operations would extend the period for
testing if the specific deficiencies found were adequately rectified
during that period; however, FRA would expect the start of revenue
operations to be postponed, if necessary, to properly and thoroughly
correct any such deficiencies.
Verification of Compliance
Under this proposed subpart F, FRA proposes to require the railroad
to prepare a report detailing the results of all functional and
performance
[[Page 14045]]
qualification testing, pre-revenue service systems integration testing,
and vehicle/track system qualification tests. The report will also
require the railroad to outline the remedial measures necessary to
correct any deficiencies discovered during the testing. In addition,
FRA also proposes that the railroad be required to implement the
improvement measures discussed in the report. With the exception of
reports related to vehicle/track system qualification, verification of
braking rates, and field testing data related to the ATC system, FRA
proposes that the railroad submit the report prior to commencement of
simulated revenue operations. For the reports regarding vehicle/track
system qualification and verification of braking rates, FRA proposes
they be submitted for review and approval at least 60 days prior to the
start of revenue service. Certification of the railroad's PTC system
must also be achieved prior to the start of revenue service.
FRA also proposes to require the railroad to obtain FRA approval of
the test procedures used for the verification of any major upgrades to
safety-critical system component(s) or sub-systems, or prior to
introducing new safety-critical technology.
6. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
General Requirements
This NPRM proposes general requirements for inspection, testing,
and maintenance under subpart G. The program will provide detailed
information, consistent with the requirements set forth in Sec. Sec.
299.337 through 299.349, 299.447(a), and 299.207. The conceptual basis
for the proposed requirements under subpart G stems from FRA's practice
regarding the inspection, testing, and maintenance of high-speed
trainsets, originally set forth in subpart F of 49 CFR part 238. The
underlying premise for this proposed approach is to tailor the
performance-based requirements of the ITM program to the specific needs
of the equipment or infrastructure, rather than specifying static
maintenance intervals with explicit requirements. This approach has
proven successful since it was first adopted for Tier II high-speed
equipment, and therefore, FRA proposes to expand the practice for other
critical areas requiring a similar performance-based approach to ITM.
The general requirements within proposed subpart G specify that the
railroad will develop an inspection, testing, and maintenance program
to address all aspects of the operation--track, rolling stock, and
signal and trainset control.
The NPRM proposes that submittal of the initial inspection,
testing, and maintenance requirements associated with the bogie
inspection and general overhaul can be at a later date. However, the
proposal requires that the railroad submit the requirements to FRA no
later than 180 days prior to the first scheduled bogie inspection or
general overhaul, so that FRA has time to review and approve the
associated inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.
FRA proposes the initial inspection intervals for safety-critical
items, including those covered in the bogie inspection and general
overhaul, are covered by Sec. Sec. 299.13(c)(1) and 299.907(a), to be
based upon JRC's service inspection, testing, and maintenance practice
to ensure the integrity and safe operation of the entire system, as
required in Sec. 299.13(c)(2). Additionally, the inspection, testing,
and maintenance program for safety-critical items is subject to FRA
approval under Sec. 299.913.
ITM Program Format
As discussed above, FRA proposes to limit the scope of its approval
to only those items deemed safety-critical to the operation of the
system. However, FRA does propose to require the railroad submit the
entire ITM program for review to make sure all safety-critical items
have been properly identified and accounted for by the railroad.
Accordingly, FRA proposes that the procedures for safely performing the
necessary inspections, testing, and maintenance or repairs submitted to
FRA for approval should only be those designated as safety-critical or
potentially hazardous tasks as required by Sec. 299.911(b).
Additionally, FRA proposes that the railroad review the inspection,
testing, and maintenance procedures annually to enable the railroad to
review any pertinent operational changes or conditions that may result
in modifications to the safety-critical aspects of the inspection,
testing, and maintenance program. Under this proposal, FRA can
participate in the annual review. The annual review would be conducted
to identify necessary modifications to procedures or intervals. While
FRA may determine it is not necessary to participate in the annual
review in a particular year, any amendment to the safety-critical
portions of the ITM will need FRA approval prior to implementation.
7. Operating Rules and Practices
Under proposed subpart E, this NPRM proposes that the railroad
develop, maintain, adopt, and comply with a code of operating rules,
timetables, and timetable special instructions, along with procedures
for instruction and testing of all employees involved with the movement
of rail vehicles prior to commencing revenue operations.
FRA also proposes to require that the railroad's initial code of
operating rules, timetable, and timetable special instructions be based
on the service-proven practices and procedures used by JRC on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system. FRA acknowledges that as the project
matures, changes to the code of operating rules, timetable, and
timetable special instructions that deviate from JRC practice may
become necessary due to the uniqueness of the individual operation.
However, FRA still expects that whatever changes are made to the code
of operating rules, timetable, and timetable special instructions, they
will remain consistent with JRC practice, and provide the same level of
safety and performance.
It is important to note that, unlike what was included in the
railroad's rulemaking petition, FRA does not propose to expressly
approve the railroad's code of operating rules, timetable, and
timetable special instructions. Rather, FRA proposes to remain
consistent with current U.S. practice, with respect to the approval.
FRA does, however, propose to retain the ability to disapprove the code
of operating rules, timetable, and timetable special instructions in
whole or in part, for cause stated, and at any time.
8. Personnel Qualification
This proposal follows FRA's current practice of requiring employees
who perform safety related duties to be qualified to perform those
duties under a training program developed by the railroad. The railroad
will be responsible for developing the curriculum for the program and
ensuring that specific training requirements outlined in relevant
sections of this NPRM, or applicable FRA regulations of general
applicability, are properly included. Based on the railroad's
rulemaking petition, the qualification training program will be modeled
on JRC's training program in Japan.
Although a separate subpart addressing personnel qualifications was
proposed in TCRR's petition for rulemaking, FRA has decided that
proposing a separate subpart is unnecessary. The proposed subpart, as
drafted by TCRR, required compliance with 49 CFR part 243 and contained
additional, specific training requirements for track inspectors. As 49
[[Page 14046]]
CFR part 243 is proposed as applicable to the railroad under Sec.
299.3(c), there is no need for a separate subpart to so state.
Additionally, since the additional training requirements were specific
to track inspectors, FRA has moved those provisions under proposed
subpart C, which addresses track safety, thus fully obviating the need
for the subpart.
D. Applicability of FRA's Current Regulations
The proposed rule holds the railroad ultimately responsible for
compliance with all aspects of the proposal, along with certain
existing FRA regulations. In its petition, TCRR proposed to comply with
the pertinent existing FRA regulations contained generally in 49 CFR
parts 200-299, as listed in Sec. 299.3(c), that are speed and
technology neutral. After further review of those rules, there are
certain additional provisions that are not appropriate for this system.
Those individual sections are specifically excluded under Sec.
299.3(c).
FRA also notes that there are many sectional cross-references
within applicable FRA regulations to other FRA regulations that are not
applicable to this project, such as 49 CFR parts 213, 217, subpart I of
236, and 238. Without specifically addressing each instance, FRA makes
clear that where such a cross-reference exists in the applicable
regulations enumerated under Sec. 299.3(c)(1) through (23), the
railroad will instead comply with the equivalent requirements proposed
in this NPRM. For example, where there is a cross-reference to a
section under 49 CFR part 213, which deals with track safety standards,
or 49 CFR part 217, which deals with railroad operating rules and
practices, the railroad would instead refer to, and comply with,
subpart C for the applicable track safety requirements, or subpart E
for the applicable requirements addressing operating rules and
practices.
E. Incorporation by Reference
FRA proposes to incorporate by reference six Japanese Industrial
Standards (JIS) and three ASTM International (ASTM) standards. As
required by 1 CFR 51.5, FRA has summarized the standards it proposes to
incorporate by reference and has shown the reasonable availability of
those standards here. The Japanese Industrial Standards are reasonably
available to all interested parties online at www.jsa.or.jp (Japanese
site), or www.jsa.or.jp/en (English site). Additionally, the ASTM
standards are reasonably available to all interested parties online at
www.astm.org. Further, FRA will maintain a copy of these standards
available for review at the Federal Railroad Administration, Docket
Clerk, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
Under Sec. 299.13(d)(4) and (5), FRA proposes to incorporate by
reference three versions of JIS E 1101, ``Flat bottom railway rails and
special rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel.'' JIS E
1101:2001 addresses the manufacturing of the steel rail. It specifies
the quality and the tests for flat bottom railway rails of non-treated
steel with a calculated mass of 30 kg/m or more and special rails for
those railway switches and crossings. JIS E 1101:2006 and JIS E
1101:2012 amend JIS E 1101:2001 by updating references to other cited
standards (e.g., updating the title to the cited reference), updating
references to specific clauses within a cited standard, or by deleting
a reference to a cited standard. By incorporating these standards by
reference, FRA will make certain that the rail side of the wheel-rail
interface remains identical to that used on the service proven high-
speed lines of JRC, by ensuring that the rail is manufactured to the
same specifications as the rail used on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Under Sec. 299.403(b), FRA proposes to incorporate by reference
two versions of JIS E 7105 ``Rolling Stock--Test methods of static load
for body structures.'' JIS E 7105:2006 addresses test methods for
trainset carbodies. It specifies the test methods of static load for
confirming strength, rigidity and the like of body structures for
passenger stock such as electric railcars, internal-combustion railcars
and passenger cars principally. JIS E 7105:2011 amends JIS E 7105:20006
by updating references to other cited standards (e.g., updating the
title to the cited reference), updating references to specific clauses
within a cited standard, or by updating specifications from the 2006
version. By incorporating these standards by reference, FRA will
maintain the same strength and rigidity of TCRR's trainset carbody
structure. This will help preserve the occupied volume from premature
degradation due to typical in-service loads and vibration.
Under Sec. 299.409(g), FRA proposes to incorporate by reference
JIS B 8265 ``Construction of pressure vessels-general principles,''
published December 27, 2010. JIS B 8265 addresses manufacturing of
pressure vessels and specifies certain requirements for the
construction and fixtures of pressure vessels with the design pressure
of less than 30 MPa. By incorporating this standard by reference, FRA
will ensure that the pressurized air reservoirs used in TCRR's trainset
are designed and constructed to the same service-proven standard as
used in the N700 trainsets currently operated on the Tokaido Shinkansen
system.
Under Sec. 299.423(e)(1), FRA proposes to incorporate by reference
ASTM D 4956-07 [epsiv]1 ``Standard Specification for
Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control,'' approved March 15,
2007. ASTM D 4956-07 [epsiv]1 covers flexible, non-exposed
glass bead lens and microprismatic, retroreflective sheeting designed
for use on traffic control signs, delineators, barricades, and other
devices.
Under Sec. 299.423(e)(1) and (f)(3), FRA proposes to incorporate
by reference ASTM E 810-03 ``Standard Test Method for Coefficient of
Retroreflection of Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the Coplanar
Geometry,'' approved February 10, 2003. Test method ASTM E 810-03
describes an instrument measurement of the retroreflective performance
of retroreflective sheeting.
Under Sec. 299.423(e)(2), FRA proposes to incorporate by reference
ASTM E 2073-07 ``Standard Test Method for Photopic Luminance of
Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) Markings,'' approved July 1, 2007.
FRA is also proposing to incorporate by reference Section 5.2 of ASTM E
2073-07 under Sec. 299.423(e)(2)(ii). Test method ASTM E 2073-07
covers a procedure for determining the photopic luminance of
photoluminescent (phosphorescent) markings. It does not cover scotopic
or mesopic measurements.
Incorporation of the three ASTM standards by reference is to ensure
that the materials used for interior and exterior emergency markings
can provide adequate photoluminescence or retroreflectivity. As the
markings utilizing these materials will be relied on during emergencies
(either for passenger to egress or first responders to gain access), it
is important that the marking can be easily identified and followed
should the emergency occur during hours of limited visibility with
possible degradation or complete loss of interior lighting. The
standards either provide performance specifications for design and
manufacture, or provide the testing methods.
F. Enforcement
FRA may impose civil penalties on any person, including the
railroad or an independent contractor providing goods or services to
the railroad, that violates any requirement of this rule. These penalty
provisions parallel the civil penalty provisions for numerous other
[[Page 14047]]
railroad safety regulations, and are authorized by 49 U.S.C. 21301,
21302, 21303, and 21304. Any person who violates a requirement of this
rule may be subject to civil penalties between the minimum and maximum
amounts authorized by statute and adjusted for inflation per
violation.\8\ Individuals may be subject to penalties for willful
violations only. Where a pattern of repeated violations, or a grossly
negligent violation creates an imminent hazard of death or injury, or
causes death or injury, an aggravated maximum penalty may be
assessed.\9\ In addition, each day a violation continues constitutes a
separate offense. Finally, a person may be subject to criminal
penalties under 49 U.S.C. 21311 for knowingly and willfully falsifying
reports required by these regulations. FRA believes that inclusion of
the penalty provisions is important in ensuring that compliance is
achieved. See 49 CFR part 209, appendix A for a detailed statement of
the Agency's enforcement policy.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ DOT publishes notices in the Federal Register announcing
when it adjusts the minimum and maximum civil penalties. When
adjustments are made, FRA publishes such adjustments on its website.
Please visit FRA's website for the current minimum and maximum civil
penalty amounts at https://railroads.dot.gov/.
\9\ Please visit FRA's website for the current aggravated
maximum penalty amount at https://railroads.dot.gov/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consistent with FRA's final rule regarding the removal of civil
penalty schedules from the CFR, please see 84 FR 23730 (May 23, 2019),
FRA will not publish a civil penalty schedule for this rule in the CFR,
but plans to publish a civil penalty schedule on its website. Because
such penalty schedules are statements of agency policy, notice and
comment are not required prior to their issuance, nor are they required
to be published in the CFR. See 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(A). Nevertheless,
commenters are invited to submit suggestions to FRA describing the
types of actions or omissions under each regulatory section that would
subject a person to the assessment of a civil penalty. Commenters are
also invited to recommend what penalty amounts may be appropriate,
based upon the relative seriousness of each type of violation.
V. Regulatory Impact and Notices
A. Executive Orders 12866, 13771, and DOT Regulatory Policies and
Procedures
The TCRR high-speed system is modeled on the Tokaido Shinkansen
high-speed system, which does not meet many of the current requirements
under the Passenger Equipment Safety Standards final rule, published
November 21, 2018 (83 FR 59182). TCRR desires to maintain the safety
record of the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system, so it is imperative
that the system approach to safety and philosophy of the JRC system be
implemented as it is in Japan. As such, TCRR is requesting, through the
proposed RPA, that they comply with regulations that are more stringent
than the current Tier III standards.
FRA has a regulatory program that addresses equipment, track,
operating practices, and human factors in the existing, conventional
railroad environment. However, significant operational and equipment
differences exist between the system proposed by TCR and existing
passenger operations in the United States. In many of the railroad
safety disciplines, FRA's existing regulations do not address the
operational characteristics of the proposed TCRR system. Therefore, to
ensure that this new system will operate safely, minimum Federal safety
standards must be in place when TCRR commences operations.
FRA is proposing to regulate the TCRR system as a standalone
system. FRA stated in the Tier III final rule that a standalone system
would have to combine all aspects of railroad safety (such as operating
practices, signal and train control, and track) that must be applied to
the individual system. Such an approach covers more than passenger
equipment and would likely necessitate particular right-of-way
intrusion protection and other safety requirements not adequately
addressed in FRA's regulations. FRA continues to believe that
addressing proposals for standalone high-speed rail systems on a case-
by-case basis and comprehensively (such as through an RPA or other
specific regulatory action(s)), is prudent because of the small number
of potential operations and the possibility of significant differences
in their designs.
Without the proposed RPA, TCRR would not be allowed to implement
their proposed system as it does not meet the requirements outlined
under the Tier III rule. The proposed regulation, as a rule of
particular applicability, was not subject to review under Executive
Order (E.O.) 12866.
FRA concluded that because the NPRM generally includes only
voluntary actions or alternative action that would be voluntary, the
NPRM does not impart additional burdens on regulated entities. This
proposed rule is expected to be an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action.
Details on the estimate cost savings of this proposed rule can be found
below.
1. Costs
Since TCRR, in its rulemaking petition, requests regulatory
requirements that may exceed those currently imposed upon other
railroads, there are no assumed new costs associated with the NPRM, as
any additional burdens placed onto TCRR are voluntarily assumed. TCRR
is assuming this burden to ensure that the Tokaido Shinkansen system
can be fully implemented, as it is currently used by JRC. Both TCRR and
FRA believe that a complete system approach to safety is needed to
maintain the over 50-year exemplary safety record that the Tokaido
Shinkansen system has experienced in Japan. As such, TCRR is willing to
assume the additional burden by voluntarily requesting regulatory
requirements that exceed what is currently imposed on other railroads.
2. Benefits
TCRR will replicate the Tokaido Shinkansen system, adapting the
system and its essential technologies to the geographic and
environmental conditions in Texas. The TCRR system is based on accident
avoidance principles to assure collisions and other operational risks
and hazards are eliminated or reduced to the highest possible degree.
The system includes a dedicated, grade-separated, and fully fenced
right-of-way with intrusion detection capabilities. It will be designed
only for high-speed trainsets of a specific type on the right-of-way
during revenue operations, and implements a strict temporal separation
of maintenance activities (i.e., maintenance will be done at night when
there are no passenger train operations).
The safety features of the TCRR system will be unique in this
country and do not exist in combination on any other existing North
American railroad. The proposed rule will require the TCRR system to
implement all service-proven, safety-critical aspects of JRC's Tokaido
Shinkansen system. Additionally, the proposed rule incorporates the
structural characteristics of JRC's N700 series trainset in a manner
that can be regulated and enforced by FRA. The NPRM also requires the
system to be designed, operated, and maintained in a manner that
effectively mitigates any hazard that could compromise the integrity of
the trainset. Implementing the Tokaido Shinkansen N700 series trainsets
as they are currently designed, along with the accident mitigation
measures required by a systems approach, and defined in the proposed
rule, will allow TCRR to replicate the
[[Page 14048]]
service-proven system and operations of the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
The replication of the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system by TCRR
will allow TCRR to achieve a degree of safety that is at least as great
or greater than would be achieved while complying with existing FRA
safety standards and regulations.
This proposed rule would facilitate the creation of a new high-
speed passenger railroad operating between Dallas and Houston, Texas,
utilizing the existing Tokaido Shinkansen technology that is currently
in service in Japan. Without the proposed rulemaking, TCRR would incur
potentially significant costs (and potentially lower system
performance) to comply with existing FRA regulations, or would need to
seek waivers of those regulations that would not provide long term
regulatory certainty. In either event, such costs and uncertainty could
potentially leave the project financially infeasible. If that were the
case, potential users of the new high-speed rail service between Dallas
and Houston would lose the consumer surplus gains that they would
otherwise enjoy, and any external societal benefits associated with
modal shift for passenger travel between the two cities would be lost
as well.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Note that FRA has not made any determination regarding the
potential financial viability of the TCRR proposal, even under the
terms of this NPRM.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system is a service-proven
system, FRA believes that the proposed rulemaking is the best course of
action to ensure that the public is provided with the highest level of
safety, while still providing regulatory clarity to TCRR.
3. Alternatives
FRA provides two alternatives to the proposed RPA: The ``No
Action'' alternative where, without the proposed rule, TCRR could
decide to not pursue the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system and
instead pursue a system that could be built using the current Tier III
standards, or where TCRR could elect to comply with FRA's existing
regulations where the TCRR equipment and procedures may conflict,
necessitating a comprehensive set of waivers from existing FRA
standards.
``No Build'' Alternative
Under one of the potential baseline alternatives, the ``No Build''
alternative, without the proposed RPA TCRR could decide not to pursue
the construction of its Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system and
instead could pursue to build a high-speed system that complies with
the current Tier III standards.
JRC would most likely not allow TCRR to use the Tokaido Shinkansen
high-speed system if it was modified it to adhere to the current Tier
III standards. In this event, TCRR would need to design and develop a
brand new high-speed system. In addition to the high costs of designing
and developing a new high-speed system, there would be high levels of
uncertainty associated with the overall safety performance of the
system, especially when compared to the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed
system. Any new system that TCRR creates would lack the proven safety
record of the Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed system. FRA believes it is
unlikely that TRR would build this system under this alternative.
Waivers of Compliance
As an alternative to redesigning the Tokaido Shinkansen system to
comply with FRA's existing regulations, TCRR could apply for waivers of
compliance. The continual renewal of waivers would impose a large
paperwork burden on TCRR as it would need a waiver for a large portion
of its operations, since the proposed system differs greatly from the
Tier III standards.\11\ Furthermore, waivers are revocable, and provide
approval that can be subject to change and conditions.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ On average, waivers would need to be renewed every 5 years;
however, given the complexity of the TCRR system it is unknown if
those waivers would need to be renewed more often.
\12\ Waivers are designed to provide relief from a specific
regulatory provision and not to provide regulatory oversight for an
entire railroad system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This uncertainty of the longevity of waiver approval could hinder
the financing and implementation of the TCRR system. In addition to
investor uncertainty, if waivers are revoked in the future, there is
the potential that the TCRR system would need to stop revenue service,
which could have a large impact on passengers who desire to use the
high-speed rail system.
FRA also believes that not regulating the system holistically could
impose burdens on the Tokaido Shinkansen system and operations that
could be detrimental to the overall safety of the system. The Tokaido
Shinkansen system has a proven safety record with over 50 years of
service without a single passenger-related injury or fatality. Both
TCRR and FRA believe that the integration of the whole Tokaido
Shinkansen system is needed to ensure the historical safety record is
maintained on TCRR. For example, if TCRR allowed MOW workers to perform
maintenance during revenue service, there is a potential that the MOW
workers could be injured or killed. By not allowing the MOW workers to
perform maintenance during revenue service, JRC removed the risk
potential entirely. Any deviation from the Tokaido Shinkansen system,
as it is implemented in Japan, could result in a decrease in the
overall safety of the system.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 13272
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) and
Executive Order 13272 (67 FR 53461, Aug. 16, 2002) require agency
review of proposed and final rules to assess their impacts on small
entities. An agency must prepare an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) unless it determines and certifies that a rule, if
promulgated, would not have a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities. As discussed below, FRA does not
believe this proposed rule would have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities. However, FRA is requesting
comments on whether the proposed rule would impact small entities.
Therefore, FRA is publishing this IRFA to aid the public in commenting
on the potential small business impacts of the requirements in this
NPRM. FRA invites all interested parties to submit data and information
regarding the potential economic impact on small entities that would
result from the adoption of the proposals in this NPRM. FRA will
consider all information, including comments received in the public
comment process, to determine whether the rule will have a significant
economic impact on small entities.
1. Reasons FRA Is Considering the Proposed Rule
The proposed rule takes a systems-approach to safety, and so
includes standards that address all aspects of the TCRR high-speed
system, including signal and trainset control, track safety, rolling
stock, operating rules and practices, system qualification tests, and
personnel qualifications. In addition, the proposed rule would make
applicable certain FRA regulations that apply to all railroads, which
are appropriate for application to TCRR, such as alcohol and drug
standards, hours of service requirements, and locomotive engineer and
conductor certification. Consistent with its statement in the most
recent Passenger Equipment Safety Standards final rule, published
November 21, 2018 (83 FR 59182), FRA proposes to regulate the TCRR
system as a standalone system.
[[Page 14049]]
2. Objectives and the Legal Basis for the Proposed Rule
The Federal railroad statutes apply to all railroads, as defined in
49 U.S.C. 20102, including the TCRR system proposed to be built in
Texas.
3. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities Affected
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.)
requires a review of proposed and final rules to assess their impact on
small entities, unless the Secretary certifies that the rule would not
have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small
entities. ``Small entity'' is defined in 5 U.S.C. 601 as a small
business concern that is independently owned and operated, and is not
dominant in its field of operation. The U.S. Small Business
Administration (SBA) has authority to regulate issues related to small
businesses, and stipulates in its size standards that a ``small
entity'' in the railroad industry is a for profit ``line-haul
railroad'' that has fewer than 1,500 employees, a ``short line
railroad'' with fewer than 500 employees, or a ``commuter rail system''
with annual receipts of less than seven million dollars. See ``Size
Eligibility Provisions and Standards,'' 13 CFR part 121, subpart A.
Additionally, section 601(5) of the Small Business Act defines ``small
entities'' as governments of cities, counties, towns, townships,
villages, school districts, or special districts with populations less
than 50,000 that operate railroads.
Federal agencies may adopt their own size standards for small
entities in consultation with SBA and in conjunction with public
comment. Thus, in consultation with SBA, FRA has published a final
statement of agency policy that formally establishes ``small entities''
or ``small businesses'' as railroads, contractors and shippers that
meet the revenue requirements of a Class III railroad \13\--$20 million
or less in inflation-adjusted annual revenue--and commuter railroads or
small government jurisdictions that serve populations of 50,000 or
less.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ See 49 CFR 1201.1
\14\ See 68 FR 24891 (May 9, 2003) (codified at appendix C to 49
CFR part 209).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ``universe'' of entities this NPRM would affect includes only
those small entities that can reasonably be expected to be directly
affected by the provisions of this rule. In this case, the ``universe''
consists of a single railroad, TCRR. For the purposes of this analysis,
TCRR is not considered a small entity, as it is considered to be a
passenger railroad, and therefore doesn't meet any of the above
definitions of a ``small entity'' or a ``small business.''
FRA requests comments about the impact that the proposed regulation
would have on TCRR.
4. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements Including
Differences in Cost, if Any, for Different Groups of Small Entities
As TCRR is not considered a small entity and, furthermore, is the
only entity being regulated through the proposed regulation, there are
no compliance requirements that would impact any small entities.
5. Identification of Relevant Federal Rules That May Duplicate,
Overlap, or Conflict With the Proposed Rule
The proposed rule takes a systems-approach, and so includes
standards that address all aspects of the TCRR high-speed system signal
and trainset control, track safety, rolling stock, operating rules and
practices, system qualification tests, and personnel qualifications. In
addition, the proposed rule would make applicable certain existing FRA
regulations that apply to all railroads, which are appropriate for
application to TCRR, such as alcohol and drug standards, hours of
service requirements, and locomotive engineer and conductor
certification. No new regulations are being created with the proposed
rule but rather, the thresholds of specific general rules of
applicability that apply to all railroads are being modified to
accommodate the unique Tokaido Shinkansen high-speed rail system.
As no new regulations are being created with the proposed rule, FRA
doesn't believe there is any overlap or conflict with any rules and
regulations. FRA requests comments regarding any overlap or conflict
with other rules and regulations that might result from the proposed
rule.
6. Significant Regulatory Alternatives
FRA has a regulatory program in place, pursuant to its statutory
authority, to address equipment, track, operating practices, and human
factors in the existing, conventional railroad environment. However,
significant operational and equipment differences exist between the
system proposed for Texas and existing passenger operations in the
United States. In many of the railroad safety disciplines, FRA's
current regulations do not adequately address the safety concerns and
operational characteristics of the proposed TCRR system. Therefore, to
assure the public that this new system will operate safely, minimum
Federal safety standards must be in place when TCRR commences
operations.
Furthermore, as TCRR is not considered a small entity and is the
only entity being regulated through the proposed rule, there is no
economic impact to a small entity for which an alternative regulatory
approach is needed in order to minimize the potential impact to small
entities.
FRA invites all interested parties to submit data and information
regarding the potential economic impact that would result from adoption
of the proposals in this NPRM. FRA will consider all comments received
in the public comment process when making a determination.
C. Paperwork Reduction Act
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C
3501-3520, and its implementing regulations, 5 CFR part 1320, when
information collection requirements pertain to nine or fewer entities,
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the collection
requirements is not required. This regulation pertains to one railroad,
and therefore, OMB approval of the paperwork collection requirements in
this proposed rule is not required.
D. Federalism Implications
E.O. 13132, ``Federalism'' (64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999), requires
FRA to develop an accountable process to ensure ``meaningful and timely
input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory
policies that have federalism implications.'' ``Policies that have
federalism implications'' are defined in the Executive Order to include
regulations that have ``substantial direct effects on the States, on
the relationship between the national government and the States, or on
the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels
of government.'' Under E.O. 13132, the agency may not issue a
regulation with federalism implications that imposes substantial direct
compliance costs and that is not required by statute, unless the
Federal Government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct
compliance costs incurred by State and local governments, or the agency
consults with State and local government officials early in the process
of developing the regulation. Where a regulation has federalism
implications and preempts State law, the agency seeks to consult with
State and local officials in the process of developing the regulation.
This proposed rule has been analyzed under the principles and
criteria
[[Page 14050]]
contained in E.O. 13132. This proposed rule will not have a substantial
effect on the States or their political subdivisions, and it will not
affect the relationships between the Federal Government and the States
or their political subdivisions, or the distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various levels of government. In addition,
FRA has determined that this regulatory action will not impose
substantial direct compliance costs on the States or their political
subdivisions. Therefore, the consultation and funding requirements of
E.O. 13132 do not apply.
However, the final rule arising from this rulemaking could have
preemptive effect by operation of law under certain provisions of the
Federal railroad safety statutes, specifically the former Federal
Railroad Safety Act of 1970, repealed and recodified at 49 U.S.C.
20106, and the former Locomotive Boiler Inspection Act (LIA) at 45
U.S.C. 22-34, repealed and re-codified at 49 U.S.C. 20701-20703.
Section 20106 provides that States may not adopt or continue in effect
any law, regulation, or order related to railroad safety or security
that covers the subject matter of a regulation prescribed or order
issued by the Secretary of Transportation (with respect to railroad
safety matters) or the Secretary of Homeland Security (with respect to
railroad security matters), except when the State law, regulation, or
order qualifies under the ``essentially local safety or security
hazard'' exception to section 20106. Moreover, the former LIA has been
interpreted by the Supreme Court as preempting the field concerning
locomotive safety. See Napier v. Atlantic Coast Line R.R., 272 U.S. 605
(1926).
E. International Trade Impact Assessment
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39, 19 U.S.C. 2501 et
seq.) prohibits Federal agencies from engaging in any standards or
related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign
commerce of the United States. Legitimate domestic objectives, such as
safety, are not considered unnecessary obstacles. The statute also
requires consideration of international standards and, where
appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards.
FRA has assessed the potential effect of this proposed rulemaking
on foreign commerce and believes that its proposed requirements are
consistent with the Trade Agreements Act. The requirements are safety
standards, which, as noted, are not considered unnecessary obstacles to
trade.
F. Environmental Impact
FRA is evaluating the potential environmental impacts that may
result from this proposed rule in accordance with the National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), other
environmental statutes, related regulatory requirements, and its
``Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts'' (FRA's Procedures)
(64 FR 28545, May 26, 1999). FRA released a draft environmental impact
statement (EIS) for public comment on December 22, 2017. The public
comment period on the draft EIS closed on March 9, 2018. FRA is
addressing public comments received on the draft EIS and conducting
additional environmental analysis as needed to inform its preparation
of the final EIS. FRA must issue the final EIS and its record of
decision before issuing the final rule establishing an alternative
regulatory framework for safety oversight of the system proposed by
TCRR. The draft EIS is available on FRA's website at https://www.fra.dot.gov/Page/P0700. FRA will provide notice of publication of
the final EIS to the public in the Federal Register, through the
Environmental Protection Agency's weekly Notice of Availability, and on
its website at the above web address.
G. Executive Order 12898 (Environmental Justice)
E.O. 12898, ``Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations,'' and DOT Order
5610.2(a) (91 FR 27534, May 10, 2012) require DOT agencies to achieve
environmental justice as part of their mission by identifying and
addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human
health or environmental effects, including interrelated social and
economic effects, of their programs, policies, and activities on
minority populations and low-income populations. The DOT Order
instructs DOT agencies to address compliance with E.O. 12898 and
requirements within the DOT Order in rulemaking activities, as
appropriate. FRA has evaluated this proposed rule under E.O. 12898 and
the DOT Order and has determined that it will not cause
disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental
effects on minority populations or low-income populations.
H. Executive Order 13175 (Tribal Consultation)
FRA has evaluated this proposed rule in accordance with the
principles and criteria contained in E.O. 13175, ``Consultation and
Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,'' dated November 6, 2000.
This proposed rule will not have a substantial direct effect on one or
more Indian tribes, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs
on Indian tribal governments, and will not preempt tribal laws.
Therefore, the funding and consultation requirements of E.O. 13175 do
not apply, and a tribal summary impact statement is not required.
I. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Under section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub.
L. 104-4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal agency ``shall, unless otherwise
prohibited by law, assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on
State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector (other
than to the extent that such regulations incorporate requirements
specifically set forth in law).'' Section 202 of the Act (2 U.S.C.
1532) further requires that ``before promulgating any general notice of
proposed rulemaking that is likely to result in the promulgation of any
rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in expenditure
by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the
private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for
inflation) in any 1 year, and before promulgating any final rule for
which a general notice of proposed rulemaking was published, the agency
shall prepare a written statement'' detailing the effect on State,
local, and tribal governments and the private sector. This proposed
rule will not result in the expenditure, in the aggregate, of
$100,000,000 or more (as adjusted annually for inflation) in any one
year, and thus preparation of such a statement is not required.
J. Energy Impact
E.O. 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly
Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' requires Federal agencies
to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any ``significant energy
action.'' See 66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. FRA has evaluated this
proposed rule in accordance with E.O. 13211 and determined that this
regulatory action is not a ``significant energy action'' within the
meaning of the E.O.
E.O. 13783, ``Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth,''
requires Federal agencies to review regulations to determine whether
they potentially burden the development or use of domestically produced
energy
[[Page 14051]]
resources, with particular attention to oil, natural gas, coal, and
nuclear energy resources. See 82 FR 16093, March 31, 2017. FRA has
determined this regulatory action will not burden the development or
use of domestically produced energy resources.
K. Privacy Act Statement
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the
public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these
comments, without edit, to www.regulations.gov, as described in the
system of records notice, DOT/ALL-14 FDMS, accessible through
www.dot.gov/privacy. To facilitate comment tracking and response, we
encourage commenters to provide their name, or the name of their
organization; however, submission of names is completely optional.
Whether commenters identify themselves, all timely comments will be
fully considered. If you wish to provide comments containing
proprietary or confidential information, please contact the agency for
alternate submission instructions.
List of Subjects
High-speed rail, Incorporation by reference, Railroad safety,
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rule of particular
applicability, Tokaido Shinkansen.
The Proposed Rule
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, FRA proposes to add part
299 to chapter II, subtitle B of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations
as follows:
1. Part 299 is added to read as follows:
PART 299--TEXAS CENTRAL RAILROAD HIGH-SPEED RAIL SAFETY STANDARDS
Subpart A--General Requirements
Sec.
299.1 Purpose and scope.
299.3 Applicability.
299.5 Definitions.
299.7 Responsibility for compliance.
299.9 Notifications and filings.
299.11 Electronic recordkeeping.
299.13 System description.
299.15 Special approvals.
299.17 Incorporation by reference.
Subpart B--Signal and Trainset Control System
299.201 Technical PTC system requirements.
299.203 PTC system required.
299.205 PTC System Certification.
299.207 PTC Safety Plan content requirements.
299.209 PTC system use and failures.
299.211 Communications and security requirements.
299.213 Records retention.
299.215 Operations and Maintenance Manual.
Subpart C--Track Safety Standards
299.301 Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions.
299.303 Measuring track not under load.
299.305 Drainage.
299.307 Vegetation.
299.309 Classes of track: operating speed limits.
299.311 Track geometry; general.
299.313 Track geometry; performance based.
299.315 Curves; elevations and speed limitations.
299.317 Track strength.
299.319 Track fixation and support.
299.321 Defective rails.
299.323 Continuous welded rail (CWR) plan.
299.325 Continuous welded rail (CWR); general.
299.327 Rail end mismatch.
299.329 Rail joints and torch cut rails.
299.331 Turnouts and crossings generally.
299.333 Frog guard rails and guard faces; gauge.
299.335 Derails.
299.337 Automated vehicle-based inspection systems.
299.339 Daily sweeper inspection.
299.341 Inspection of rail in service.
299.343 Initial inspection of new rail and welds.
299.345 Visual inspections; right-of-way.
299.347 Special inspections.
299.349 Inspection records.
299.351 Qualifications for track maintenance and inspection
personnel.
299.353 Personnel qualified to supervise track restoration and
renewal.
299.355 Personnel qualified to inspect track.
299.357 Personnel qualified to inspect and restore continuous welded
rail.
Subpart D--Rolling Stock
299.401 Clearance requirements.
299.403 Trainset structure.
299.405 Trainset interiors.
299.407 Glazing.
299.409 Brake system.
299.411 Bogies and suspension system.
299.413 Fire safety.
299.415 Doors.
299.417 Emergency lighting.
299.419 Emergency communication.
299.421 Emergency roof access.
299.423 Markings and instructions for emergency egress and rescue
access.
299.425 Low-location emergency exit path marking.
299.427 Emergency egress windows.
299.429 Rescue access windows.
299.431 Driver's controls and cab layout.
299.433 Exterior lights.
299.435 Electrical system design.
299.437 Automated monitoring.
299.439 Event recorders.
299.441 Trainset electronic hardware and software safety.
299.443 Safety appliances.
299.445 Trainset inspection, testing, and maintenance requirements.
299.447 Movement of defective equipment.
Subpart E--Operating Rules
299.501 Purpose.
299.503 Operating rules; filing and recordkeeping.
299.505 Programs of operational tests and inspections;
recordkeeping.
299.507 Program of instruction on operating rules; recordkeeping.
Subpart F--System Qualification Tests
299.601 Responsibility for verification demonstrations and tests.
299.603 Preparation of system-wide qualification test plan.
299.605 Functional and performance qualification tests.
299.607 Pre-revenue service systems integration testing.
299.609 Vehicle/track system qualification.
299.611 Simulated revenue operations.
299.613 Verification of compliance.
Subpart G--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Program
299.701 General requirements.
299.703 Compliance.
299.705 Standard procedures for safely performing inspection,
testing, and maintenance, or repairs.
299.707 Maintenance intervals.
299.709 Quality control program.
299.711 Inspection, testing, and maintenance program format.
299.713 Program approval procedures.
Appendix A to Part 299--Criteria for Certification of Crashworthy Event
Recorder Memory Module
Appendix B to Part 299--Cab Noise Test Protocol
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 20103, 20107, 20133, 20141, 20302-20303,
20306, 20701-20702, 21301-21302, 21304; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49
CFR 1.89.
Subpart A--General Requirements
Sec. 299.1 Purpose and scope.
This part prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the high-
speed transportation system described in detail in Sec. 299.13, known
as Texas Central Railroad, LLC and hereinafter referred to as the
``railroad.'' The purpose of this part is to prevent accidents,
casualties, and property damage which could result from operation of
this system.
Sec. 299.3 Applicability.
(a) This part applies only to the railroad, as described in Sec.
299.13.
(b) Except as stated in paragraph (c) of this section, this part,
rather than the generally applicable Federal railroad safety
regulations, shall apply to the railroad.
(c) The following Federal railroad safety regulations found in
Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and any amendments are
applicable to the railroad.
(1) Part 207, Railroad Police Officers;
[[Page 14052]]
(2) Part 209, Railroad Safety Enforcement Procedures;
(3) Part 210, Railroad Noise Emission Compliance Regulations;
(4) Part 211, Rules of Practice;
(5) Part 212, State Safety Participation Regulations;
(6) Part 214, Railroad Workplace Safety, except Sec. 214.339;
(7) Part 216, Special Notice and Emergency Order Procedures;
(8) Part 218, Railroad Operating Practices;
(9) Part 219, Control of Alcohol and Drug Use;
(10) Part 220, Radio Standards and Procedures;
(11) Part 225, Railroad Accidents/Incidents: Reports,
Classification, and Investigations;
(12) Part 227, Occupational Noise Exposure except Sec.
227.119(c)(10) and (11) with respect to the railroad's high-speed
trainsets only, which shall comply with 299.431(k) and (l);
(13) Part 228, Hours of Service of Railroad Employees;
(14) Part 233, Signal Systems Reporting Requirements;
(15) Part 235, Instructions Governing Applications for Approval of
a Discontinuance or Material Modification of a Signal System or Relief
from the Requirements of Part 236, except Sec. 235.7;
(16) Part 236, Installation, Inspection, Maintenance and Repair of
Signal and Train Control System, Devices, and Appliances, subparts A
through G, as excepted by the railroad's PTC Safety Plan (PTCSP) under
Sec. 299.201(d);
(17) Part 237, Railroad Bridge Safety Standards;
(18) Part 239, Passenger Train Emergency Preparedness;
(19) Part 240, Qualification and Certification of Locomotive
Engineers;
(20) Part 242, Qualification and Certification of Train Conductors;
(21) Part 243, Training, Qualification, and Oversight for Safety-
Related Railroad Employees;
(22) Part 270, System Safety Program
(23) Part 272, Critical Incident Stress Plans; and
(24) The following parts shall apply to the railroad's maintenance-
of-way equipment as it is used in work trains, rescue operations, yard
movements, and other non-passenger functions:
(i) Part 215, Railroad Freight Car Safety Standards;
(ii) Part 223 Glazing Standards;
(iii) Part 229, Railroad Locomotive Safety Standards, except--
(A) Section 229.71. Instead, the railroad's maintenance-of-way
equipment shall comply with Sec. 299.401(b), except for the sweeper
vehicle, which shall have a clearance above top of rail no less than 35
mm (1.77 inches).
(B) Section 229.73. Instead, the railroad's maintenance-of-way
equipment shall be designed so as to be compatible with the railroad's
track structure under subpart C of this part.
(iv) Part 231, Railroad Safety Appliance Standards; and,
(v) Part 232, Railroad Power Brakes and Drawbars.
(d) The Federal railroad safety statutes apply to all railroads, as
defined in 49 U.S.C. 20102. The railroad covered by this part is a
railroad under that definition. Therefore, the Federal railroad safety
statutes, Subtitle V of Title 49 of the United States Code, apply
directly to the railroad. However, pursuant to authority granted under
49 U.S.C. 20306, FRA has exempted the railroad from certain
requirements of 49 U.S.C. ch. 203.
Sec. 299.5 Definitions.
As used in this part--
Absolute block means a block of track circuits in which no trainset
is permitted to enter while occupied by another trainset.
Adjusting/de-stressing means the procedure by which a rail's
neutral temperature is readjusted to the desired value. It typically
consists of cutting the rail and removing rail anchoring devices, which
provides for the necessary expansion and contraction, and then re-
assembling the track.
Administrator means the Administrator of the FRA or the
Administrator's delegate.
Associate Administrator means FRA's Associate Administrator for
Safety and Chief Safety Officer, or that person's delegate.
Automatic train control (ATC) means the signaling system, composed
of ground and on-board equipment. The on-board equipment continually
receives a signal from the ground equipment. ATC on-board equipment
controls the trainset speed to prevent train-to-train collisions and
overspeed derailments.
ATC cut-out mode means the mode of ATC on-board equipment used for
emergency operations to disable the ATC on-board equipment on the
trainset.
ATC main line mode means the mode of ATC on-board equipment which
controls trainset speed on mainlines.
ATC overrun protection means an overlay of the ATC shunting mode to
prevent overrun at the end of a track.
ATC shunting mode means the mode of ATC on-board equipment which
restricts the trainsets maximum speed to 30 km/h (19 mph).
Brake, air means a combination of devices operated by compressed
air, arranged in a system and controlled electrically or pneumatically,
by means of which the motion of a train or trainset is retarded or
arrested.
Brake, disc means a retardation system used on the passenger
trainsets that utilizes flat discs as the braking surface.
Brake, electric means a trainset braking system in which the
kinetic energy of a moving trainset is used to generate electric
current at the traction motors, which is then returned into the
catenary system.
Brake, emergency application means a brake application initiated by
a de-energized brake command and is retrievable when there is no
malfunction that initiates an automatic emergency brake application. An
emergency brake application can be initiated by the driver or
automatically by ATC. An emergency brake application, as defined here,
is equivalent to a full-service brake application in the U.S.
Brake, urgent application means an irretrievable brake application
designed to minimize the braking distance. An urgent brake application,
as defined here, is the equivalent of an emergency brake application in
the U.S.
Bogie means an assembly that supports the weight of the carbody and
which incorporates the suspension, wheels and axles, traction motors
and friction brake components. Each unit of a trainset is equipped with
two bogies. In the U.S. a bogie is commonly referred to as a truck.
Broken rail means a partial or complete separation of an otherwise
continuous section of running rail, excluding rail joints, expansion
joints, and insulated joints.
Buckling incident/buckling rail means the formation of a lateral
misalignment caused by high longitudinal compressive forces in a rail
sufficient in magnitude to exceed the track geometry alignment safety
limits defined in Sec. 299.309.
Buckling-prone condition means a track condition that can result in
the track being laterally displaced due to high compressive forces
caused by critical rail temperature combined with insufficient track
strength and/or train dynamics.
Cab means the compartment or space within a trainset that is
designed to be occupied by a driver and contain an operating console
for exercising control over the trainset.
Cab car means a rail vehicle at the leading or trailing end, or
both, of a trainset which has a driver's cab and is
[[Page 14053]]
intended to carry passengers, baggage, or mail. A cab car may or may
not have propelling motors.
Cab end structure means the main support projecting upward from the
underframe at the cab end of a trainset.
Cab signal means a signal located in the driver's compartment or
cab, indicating a condition affecting the movement of a trainset.
Calendar day means a time period running from one midnight to the
next midnight on a given date.
Cant deficiency means the additional height, which if added to the
outer rail in a curve, at the designated vehicle speed, would provide a
single resultant force, due to the combined effects of weight and
centrifugal force on the vehicle, having a direction perpendicular to
the plane of the track.
Continuous welded rail (CWR) means rail that has been welded
together into lengths exceeding 122 m (400 feet). Rail installed as CWR
remains CWR, regardless of whether a joint is installed into the rail
at a later time.
Consist, fixed means a semi-permanently coupled trainset that is
arranged with each unit in a specific location and orientation within
the trainset.
Core system, high-speed means the safety-critical systems, sub-
systems, and procedures required for a high-speed system operation that
assures a safe operation as required within this part.
Crewmember means a railroad employee called to perform service
covered by 49 U.S.C. 21103.
Critical buckling stress means the minimum stress necessary to
initiate buckling of a structural member.
Desired rail installation temperature range means the rail
temperature range in a specific geographical area, at which forces in
CWR installed in that temperature range should not cause a track buckle
in extreme heat, or a pull-apart during extreme cold weather.
Disturbed track means the disturbance of the roadbed or ballast
section, as a result of track maintenance or any other event, which
reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track, or both.
Driver means any person who controls the movement of a trainset(s)
from the cab, and is required to be certified under 49 CFR part 240. A
driver, as used in this part, is equivalent to a locomotive engineer.
Employee or railroad employee means an individual who is engaged or
compensated by the railroad or by a contractor to the railroad to
perform any of the duties defined in this part.
Event recorder means a device, designed to resist tampering, that
monitors and records data, as detailed in Sec. Sec. 299.439 and
236.1005(d) of this chapter, over the most recent 48 hours of operation
of the trainset.
Expansion joint means a piece of special trackwork designed to
absorb heat-induced expansion and contraction of the rails.
General control center means the location where the general control
center staff work.
General control center staff means qualified individuals located in
the general control center who are responsible for the safe operation
of the railroad's high-speed passenger rail system. The duties of
individuals who work at the general control center include: Trainset
movement control, crew logistic management, signaling, passenger
services, rolling stock logistic management, and right-of-way
maintenance management.
Glazing, end-facing means any exterior glazing installed in a
trainset cab located where a line perpendicular to the exterior surface
glazing material makes horizontal angle of 50 degrees or less with the
longitudinal center line of the rail vehicle in which the panel is
installed. A glazing panel that curves so as to meet the definition for
both side-facing and end-facing glazing is end-facing glazing.
Glazing, exterior means a glazing panel that is an integral part of
the exterior skin of a rail vehicle with a surface exposed to the
outside environment.
Glazing, side-facing means any glazing located where a line
perpendicular to the exterior surface of the panel makes an angle of
more than 50 degrees with the longitudinal center line of the rail
vehicle in which the panel is installed.
High voltage means an electrical potential of more than 150 volts.
In passenger service/in revenue service means a trainset that is
carrying, or available to carry, passengers. Passengers need not have
paid a fare in order for the trainset to be considered in passenger or
in revenue service.
In service means, when used in connection with trainset, a trainset
subject to this part that is in revenue service, unless the equipment--
(1) Is being handled in accordance with Sec. 299.447, as
applicable;
(2) Is in a repair shop or on a repair track; or
(3) Is on a storage track and is not carrying passengers.
Insulated joint, glued means a rail joint located at the end of a
track circuit designed to insulate electrical current from the signal
system in the rail.
Interior fitting means any component in the passenger compartment
which is mounted to the floor, ceiling, sidewalls, or end walls and
projects into the passenger compartment more than 25 mm (1 in.) from
the surface or surfaces to which it is mounted. Interior fittings do
not include side and end walls, floors, door pockets, or ceiling lining
materials, for example.
Intermediate car means a passenger car or unit of a trainset
located between cab cars which may or may not have propelling motors.
L/V ratio means the ratio of the lateral force that any wheel
exerts on an individual rail to the vertical force exerted by the same
wheel on the rail.
Lateral means the horizontal direction perpendicular to the
direction of travel.
Locomotive means a piece of on-track rail equipment, other than hi-
rail, specialized maintenance, or other similar equipment, which may
consist of one or more units operated from a single control stand with
one or more propelling motors designed for moving other passenger
equipment; with one or more propelling motors designed to transport
freight or passenger traffic, or both; or without propelling motors but
with one or more control stands.
Longitudinal means in a direction parallel to the direction of
travel of a rail vehicle.
Marking/delineator means a visible notice, sign, symbol, line or
trace.
N700 means the N700 series trainset currently in, or future
variants approved for, use on JRC's Tokaido Shinkansen system.
Occupied volume means the volume of a passenger car or a unit in a
trainset where passengers or crewmembers are normally located during
service operation, such as the cab and passenger seating areas. The
entire width of a vehicle's end compartment that contains a control
stand is an occupied volume. A vestibule is typically not considered
occupied.
On-board attendant means a qualified individual on a trainset that
is responsible for coordination with a station platform attendant to
assure safety during passenger boarding and alighting within a station.
An on-board attendant, as used in this part, is equivalent to a
passenger conductor.
Override means to climb over the normal coupling or side buffers
and linking mechanism and impact the end of the adjoining rail vehicle
or unit above the underframe.
Overrun protection coil means track circuit cables placed short of
turnouts, or crossovers within stations and trainset maintenance
facilities to prevent unauthorized route access.
[[Page 14054]]
Passenger car means a unit of a trainset intended to provide
transportation for members of the general public. A cab car and an
intermediate car are considered passenger cars.
Passenger compartment means an area of a passenger car that
consists of a seating area and any vestibule that is connected to the
seating area by and open passageway.
Passenger equipment means the N700 series trainset currently in, or
future variants approved for, use on the on JRC's Tokaido Shinkansen
system, or any unit thereof.
Permanent deformation means the undergoing of a permanent change in
shape of a structural member of a rail vehicle.
PTC means positive train control as further described in Sec.
299.201.
Qualified individual means a person that has successfully completed
all instruction, training, and examination programs required by both
the employer and this part, and that the person, therefore, may
reasonably be expected to proficiently perform his or her duties in
compliance with all Federal railroad safety laws, regulations, and
orders.
Rail neutral temperature is the temperature at which the rail is
neither in compression nor tension.
Rail temperature means the temperature of the rail, measured with a
rail thermometer.
Rail vehicle means railroad rolling stock, including, but not
limited to passenger and maintenance vehicles.
Railroad equipment means all trains, trainsets, rail cars,
locomotives, and on-track maintenance vehicles owned or used by the
railroad.
Railroad, the means the company, also known as the Texas Central
Railroad, LLC, which is the entity that will operate and maintain the
high-speed rail system initially connecting Dallas to Houston, Texas,
and is responsible for compliance with all aspects of this rule.
Repair point means a location designated by the railroad where
repairs of the type necessary occur on a regular basis. A repair point
has, or should have, the facilities, tools, and personnel qualified to
make the necessary repairs. A repair point need not be staffed
continuously.
Representative car/area means a car/area that shares the relevant
characteristics as the car(s)/area(s) it represents (i.e., same
signage/marking layout, and charging light system for passive systems
or light fixtures and power system for electrically powered systems).
Rollover strength means the strength provided to protect the
structural integrity of a rail vehicle in the event the vehicle leaves
the track and impacts the ground on its side or roof.
Safety appliance means an appliance, required under 49 U.S.C. ch.
203, excluding power brakes. The term includes automatic couplers,
handbrakes, crew steps, handholds, handrails, or ladder treads made of
steel or a material of equal or greater mechanical strength used by the
traveling public or railroad employees that provides a means for safe
coupling, uncoupling, or ascending or descending passenger equipment.
Safety-critical means a component, system, software, or task that,
if not available, defective, not functioning, not functioning
correctly, not performed, or not performed correctly, increases the
risk of damage to railroad equipment or injury to a passenger, railroad
employee, or other person.
Search, valid means a continuous inspection for internal rail
defects where the equipment performs as intended and equipment
responses are interpreted by a qualified individual as defined in
subpart C.
Semi-permanently coupled means coupled by means of a drawbar or
other coupling mechanism that requires tools to perform the coupling or
uncoupling operation. Coupling and uncoupling of each semi-permanently
coupled unit in a trainset can be performed safely only while at a
trainset maintenance facility where personnel can safely get under a
unit or between units, or other location under the protections of
subpart B of part 218 of this chapter.
Side sill means that portion of the underframe or side at the
bottom of the rail vehicle side wall.
Shinkansen, Tokaido means the high-speed rail system operated by
the Central Japan Railway Company between Tokyo and Shin-Osaka, Japan,
that is fully dedicated and grade separated.
Slab track means railroad track structure in which the rails are
attached to and supported by a bed or slab, usually of concrete (or
asphalt), which acts to transfer the load and provide track stability.
Spall, glazing means small pieces of glazing that fly off the back
surface of the glazing when an object strikes the front surface.
Speed, maximum approved means the maximum trainset speed approved
by FRA based upon the qualification tests conducted under Sec.
299.609(g).
Speed, maximum authorized means the speed at which trainsets are
permitted to travel safely, as determined by all operating conditions
and signal indications.
Speed, maximum safe operating means the highest speed at which
trainset braking may occur without thermal damage to the discs.
Station platform attendant means a qualified individual positioned
on the station platform in close proximity to the train protection
switches while a trainset is approaching and departing a station, and
is responsible for coordination with an on-board attendant to assure
safety during passenger boarding and alighting within a station.
Superelevation means the actual elevation of the outside rail above
the inside rail.
Sweeper vehicle means a rail vehicle whose function is to detect
obstacles within the static construction gauge prior to the start of
daily revenue service.
Tight track means CWR which is in a considerable amount of
compression.
Track acceleration measurement system (TAMS) means an on-track,
vehicle-borne technology used to measure lateral and vertical carbody
accelerations.
Track geometry measurement system (TGMS) means an on-track,
vehicle-borne technology used to measure track surface, twist,
crosslevel, alignment, and gauge.
Track lateral resistance means the resistance provided to the rail/
crosstie structure against lateral displacement.
Track longitudinal resistance means the resistance provided by the
rail anchors/rail fasteners and the ballast section to the rail/
crosstie structure against longitudinal displacement.
Track, non-ballasted means a track structure not supported by
ballast in which the rails are directly supported by concrete or steel
structures. Non-ballasted track can include slab track and track
structures where the rails are directly fixed to steel bridges or to
servicing pits within trainset maintenance facilities.
Train means a trainset, or locomotive or locomotive units coupled
with or without cars.
Train-induced forces means the vertical, longitudinal, and lateral
dynamic forces which are generated during train movement and which can
contribute to the buckling potential of the rail.
Train protection switch means a safety device located on station
platforms and on safe walkways along the right-of-way. The train
protection switch is tied directly into the ATC system and is used in
the event that trainsets in the immediate area must be stopped.
[[Page 14055]]
Trainset means a passenger train including the cab cars and
intermediate cars that are semi-permanently coupled to operate as a
single consist. The individual units of a trainset are uncoupled only
for emergencies or maintenance conducted in repair facilities.
Trainset maintenance facility means a location equipped with the
special tools, equipment, and qualified individuals capable of
conducting pre-service inspections and regular inspections on the
trainsets in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and
maintenance program. Trainset maintenance facilities are also
considered repair points.
Transponder means a wayside component of the ATC system used to
provide trainset position correction on the mainline or to provide an
overlay of overrun protection within a trainset maintenance facility.
Underframe means the lower horizontal support structure of a rail
vehicle.
Unit, trainset means a cab car or intermediate car of a trainset.
Vestibule means an area of a passenger car that normally does not
contain seating, is located adjacent to a side exit door, and is used
in passing from a seating area to a side exit door.
Yard means a system of tracks within defined limits and outside of
the territory controlled by signals, which can be used for the making
up of non-passenger trains or the storing of maintenance-of-way
equipment.
Yield strength means the ability of a structural member to resist a
change in length caused by a applied load. Exceeding the yield strength
will cause permanent deformation of the member.
Sec. 299.7 Responsibility for compliance.
(a) The railroad shall not--
(1) Use, haul, or permit to be used or hauled on its line(s) any
trainset--
(i) With one or more defects not in compliance with this part; or
(ii) That has not been inspected and tested as required by a
provision of this part.
(2) Operate over any track, except as provided in paragraph (e) of
this section, with one or more conditions not in compliance this part,
if the railroad has actual knowledge of the facts giving rise to the
violation, or a reasonable person acting in the circumstances and
exercising reasonable care would have that knowledge.
(3) Violate any other provision of this part or any provision of
the applicable FRA regulations listed under Sec. 299.3(c).
(b) For purposes of this rule, a trainset shall be considered in
use prior to the trainset's departure as soon as it has received, or
should have received the inspection required under this part for
movement and is ready for service.
(c) Although many of the requirements of this part are stated in
terms of the duties of the railroad, when any person (including, but
not limited to, a contractor performing safety-related tasks under
contract to the railroad subject to this part) performs any function
required by this part, that person (whether or not the railroad) is
required to perform that function in accordance with this part.
(d) For purposes of this part, the railroad shall be responsible
for compliance with all track safety provisions set forth in subpart C
of this part. When the railroad and/or its assignee have actual
knowledge of the facts giving rise to a violation, or a reasonable
person acting in the circumstances and exercising reasonable care would
have knowledge that the track does not comply with the requirements of
this part, it shall--
(1) Bring the track into compliance;
(2) Halt operations over that track; or
(3) Continue operations over the segment of non-complying track in
accordance with the provisions of Sec. 299.309(b) or (c).
(e) The FRA Administrator may hold the railroad, the railroad's
contractor, or both responsible for compliance with the requirements of
this part and subject to civil penalties.
Sec. 299.9 Notification and filings.
All notifications and filings to the FRA required by this part
shall be submitted to the Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety
and Chief Safety Officer, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC
20590, unless otherwise specified.
Sec. 299.11 Electronic recordkeeping.
The railroad's electronic recordkeeping shall be retained such
that--
(a) The railroad maintains an information technology security
program adequate to ensure the integrity of the electronic data storage
system, including the prevention of unauthorized access to the program
logic or individual records;
(b) The program and data storage system must be protected by a
security system that utilizes an employee identification number and
password, or a comparable method, to establish appropriate levels of
program access meeting all of the following standards:
(1) No two individuals have the same electronic identity; and
(2) A record cannot be deleted or altered by any individual after
the record is certified by the employee who created the record.
(c) Any amendment to a record is either--
(1) Electronically stored apart from the record that it amends; or
(2) Electronically attached to the record as information without
changing the original record;
(d) Each amendment to a record uniquely identifies the person
making the amendment;
(e) The system employed by the railroad for data storage permits
reasonable access and retrieval; and
(f) Information retrieved from the system can be easily produced in
a printed format which can be readily provided to FRA representatives
in a timely manner and authenticated by a designated representative of
the railroad as a true and accurate copy of the railroad's records if
requested to do so by FRA representatives.
Sec. 299.13 System description.
(a) General. This section describes the components, operations,
equipment, and systems of the railroad's high-speed rail system. The
railroad shall adhere to the following general requirements:
(1) The railroad shall not exceed the maximum trainset speed
approved by FRA under Sec. 299.609(g) while in revenue service, up to
a maximum speed of 330 km/h (205 mph).
(2) The railroad shall not transport or permit to be transported in
revenue service any product that has been established to be a hazardous
material pursuant to 49 CFR part 172, as amended.
(3) The railroad shall not conduct scheduled right-of-way
maintenance on a section of the right-of-way prior to that section of
the right-of-way being cleared of all revenue service trainsets
(including any trainset repositioning moves), and proper action is
taken by the general control center staff to protect incursion into
established maintenance zones by revenue trainsets. Additionally, the
railroad shall not commence revenue service prior to completion of the
maintenance activities, that section of the right-of-way being cleared
of all maintenance-of-way equipment. Further, the railroad is
prohibited from commencing revenue operations until after conclusion of
the daily sweeper inspection, under Sec. 299.339, and the general
control center returning the signal and trainset control system to the
state required to protect revenue operations.
(b) Right-of-way. (1) The railroad shall operate on a completely
dedicated right-of-way and shall not operate or conduct joint
operations with any other freight
[[Page 14056]]
equipment, other than the railroad's maintenance-of-way equipment, or
passenger rail equipment. Only the railroad's high-speed trainsets
approved for revenue operations under this part, and any equipment
required for construction, maintenance, and rescue purposes may be
operated over the railroad's right-of-way.
(2) There shall be no public highway-rail grade crossings. Animal
and non-railroad equipment crossings shall be accomplished by means of
an underpass or overpass. Private at-grade crossings shall be for the
exclusive use by the railroad and shall be limited to track Classes H0
and H1.
(3) The railroad shall develop and comply with a right-of-way
barrier plan. The right-of-way barrier plan shall be maintained at the
system headquarters and will be made available to FRA upon request. At
a minimum, the plan will contain provisions in areas of demonstrated
need for the prevention of--
(i) Vandalism;
(ii) Launching of objects from overhead bridges or structures onto
the path of trainsets;
(iii) Intrusion of vehicles from adjacent rights-of-way; and
(iv) Unauthorized access to the right-of-way.
(4) The entire perimeter of the system's right-of-way, except for
elevated structures such as bridges and viaducts shall be permanently
fenced. Elevated structures shall be equipped with walkways and safety
railing.
(5) The railroad shall install intrusion detectors in accordance
with the requirements set forth in subpart C of this part.
(6) The railroad shall install rain, flood, and wind detectors in
locations identified by the railroad, based on relevant criteria used
by JRC to provide adequate warning of when operational restrictions are
required due to adverse weather conditions. Operating restrictions
shall be defined in the railroad's operating rules.
(7) Access to the right-of-way for maintenance-of-way staff shall
be provided on both sides of the right-of-way in accordance with the
inspection, testing, and maintenance program. This access shall be
protected against entry by unauthorized persons.
(8) Provision shall be made to permit emergency personnel to access
the right-of-way in accordance with the Emergency Preparedness Plan
pursuant to part 239 of this chapter. This access shall be protected
against entry by unauthorized persons.
(9) Throughout the length of the right-of-way, the railroad shall
install walkways located at a safe distance from the tracks at a
minimum distance of 2.0 m (6.56 feet) from the field side of the
outside rail for a design speed of 330 km/h (205 mph). The walkways
shall be used primarily for track and right-of-way inspection, but may
be used for emergency evacuation or rescue access.
(10) Access to the right-of-way by maintenance-of-way personnel
shall not be allowed during revenue operations unless the access is
outside the minimum safe distance defined in Sec. 299.13(b)(9). In the
event of unscheduled maintenance or repair, emergency access will be
provided under specific circumstances allowed under the railroad's
operating rules and the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
(11) The railroad shall record all difficulties and special
situations regarding geology, hydrology, settlement, landslide,
concrete, and quality criteria that arise during construction of the
right-of-way. After construction, the railroad shall monitor the
stability and quality standards of structures such as bridges,
viaducts, and earth structures.
(12) The railroad shall make available for review by the FRA the
track layout drawings which show, at a minimum, the following
information:
(i) Length of straight sections, spirals and curves, curve radius,
superelevation, superelevation variations, gradients, and vertical
curve radii;
(ii) Turnouts and crossover location, technology, and geometry;
(iii) Maximum operating speed and allowable cant deficiencies;
(iv) Signal boxes, Go/No-Go signals, and communication devices;
(v) Details and arrangement of track circuitry;
(vi) Power feeding equipment including sectionalization, and return
routing;
(vii) Location of accesses to the right-of-way; and
(viii) The railroad shall also submit the specifications for the
track layout, permissible track forces, components such as rail,
ballast, ties, rail fasteners, and switches.
(13) Protection devices shall be installed on all highway bridge
overpasses in accordance with the right-of-way plan in paragraph (b)(3)
of this section.
(14) There shall be no movable bridges in the railroad's system.
Stationary rail bridges located over highways or navigable waterways
shall have their foundations, piers, or other support structure
appropriately protected against the impact of road vehicles or water-
borne vessels.
(15) Train protection switches shall be installed at regular
intervals on both sides of the right-of-way at intervals defined by the
railroad and at intervals not to exceed 60 m (197 feet) on platforms
within stations. These devices shall act directly on the ATC system.
(16) The railroad shall use the design wheel and rail profiles,
service-proven on the Tokaido Shinkansen system, or alternate wheel and
rail profiles approved by FRA.
(c) Railroad system safety--(1) Inspection, testing, and
maintenance procedures and criteria. The railroad shall develop,
implement, and use a system of inspection, testing, maintenance
procedures and criteria, under subpart G of this part, which are
initially based on the Japanese Tokaido Shinkansen system service-
proven procedures and criteria, to ensure the integrity and safe
operation of the railroad's rolling stock, infrastructure, and signal
and trainset control system. The railroad may, subject to FRA review
and approval, implement inspection, testing, maintenance procedures and
criteria, incorporating new or emerging technology, under Sec.
299.713(d)(4).
(2) Operating practices. The railroad shall develop, implement, and
use operating rules, which meet the standards set forth in subpart E of
this part and which are based on practices and procedures proven on the
Tokaido Shinkansen system to ensure the integrity and safe operation of
the railroad's system. The railroad shall have station platform
attendants on the platform in close proximity to the train protection
switches required by paragraph (b)(15) of this section, while trainsets
are approaching and departing the station. The railroad's operating
rules shall require coordination between on-board crew and station
platform attendants to assure safety during passenger boarding and
alighting from trainsets at stations.
(3) Personnel qualification requirements. The railroad shall
develop, implement, and use a training and testing program, which meets
the requirements set forth in this part and part 243 of this chapter,
to ensure that all personnel, including railroad employees and
employees of railroad contractors, possess the skills and knowledge
necessary to effectively perform their duties.
(4) System qualification tests. The railroad shall develop,
implement, and use a series of operational and design tests, which meet
the standards set forth in subpart F of this part, to demonstrate
[[Page 14057]]
the safe operation of system components, and the system as a whole.
(d) Track and infrastructure. (1) The railroad shall construct its
track and infrastructure to meet all material and operational design
criteria, within normal acceptable construction tolerances, and to meet
the requirements set forth in subpart C of this part.
(2) The railroad shall operate on nominal standard gauge, 1,435 mm
(56.5 inches), track.
(3) The railroad shall install and operate on double track
throughout the mainlines, with a minimum nominal distance between track
centerlines of 4 m (13.1 feet) for operating speeds up to 170 km/h (106
mph) (track Classes up to H4) and 4.2 m (13.8 feet) for operating
speeds greater than 170 km/h (106 mph) (track Classes H5 and above).
Generally, each track will be used for a single direction of traffic,
and trainset will not overtake each other on mainline tracks (except at
non-terminal station locations). The railroad may install crossover
connections between the double track at each station, and at regular
intervals along the line to permit flexibility in trainset operations,
maintenance, and emergency rescue.
(4) The railroad's main track (track Classes H4 and above) shall
consist of continuous welded rail. Once installed, the rail shall be
field-welded to form one continuous track segment except rail expansion
joints and where glued-insulated joints are necessary for signaling
purposes. The rail shall be JIS E 1101 60 kg rail, as specified in JIS
E 1101:2011 as amended by JIS E 1101:2012, and JIS E 1101:2016 (all
incorporated by reference, see Sec. 299.17).
(5) In yards and maintenance facilities, where operations will be
at lower speeds, the railroad shall install either JIS E 1101 50kgN
rail or JIS E 1101 60 kg rail as specified in JIS E 1101:2011 as
amended by JIS E 1101:2012, and JIS E 1101:2016 (all incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 299.17).
(6) The railroad shall use either ballasted or non-ballasted track
to support the track structure, as appropriate for the intended high-
speed system.
(i) Except as noted in paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section, for
ballasted mainline track structure, the railroad shall install pre-
stressed concrete ties.
(ii) For special track work such as turnouts and expansion joints,
and at transitions to bridges, and for non-ballasted track, the
railroad shall install either pre-stressed, composite ties, or use
direct fixation. Detailed requirements are included in subpart C of
this part.
(7) Turnouts, expansion joints and glued-insulated joints shall be
of the proven design as used on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
(8) The trainsets and stations shall be designed to permit level
platform boarding for passengers and crew at all side entrance doors.
Provisions for high level boarding shall be made at all locations in
trainset maintenance facilities where crew and maintenance personnel
are normally required to access or disembark trainsets.
(e) Signal and trainset control systems. (1) The railroad's signal
and trainset control systems, shall be based upon the service-proven
system utilized on the Tokaido Shinkansen system and shall include an
automatic train control (ATC) system, interlocking equipment, and
wayside equipment, including: Track circuits, transponders, and Go/No-
Go signals in stations and trainset maintenance facilities.
(2) The railroad's signaling system shall extend beyond the
mainline into trainset maintenance facilities and be designed to
prevent collisions at all speeds.
(3) The ATC system shall be designed with a redundant architecture
utilizing a intrinsic fail-safe design concept.
(4) The trainset braking curves shall be determined by the on-board
equipment based on the ATC signal from the ground facility and on-board
database that includes the alignment and rolling stock performance
data. The on-board equipment shall generate the braking command based
upon the trainset location, speed, and braking curves.
(5) The ATC on-board equipment shall have three modes: Mainline,
shunting, and cut-out.
(i) Mainline mode shall be used for operations on mainlines and for
entering into the trainset maintenance facilities. The mainline mode of
ATC on-board equipment shall provide the following functions:
(A) Prevent train-to-train collisions; and
(B) Prevent overspeed derailments.
(ii) Shunting mode shall be used to protect movements within
trainset maintenance facilities and for emergency operations as
required by the operating rules. When operating in shunting mode, the
trainset shall be restricted to a maximum speed of 30 km/h.
(iii) Cut-out mode shall be used for emergency operations and/or in
the event of an ATC system failure as required by the operating rules.
(6) Interlocking equipment shall prevent the movement of trainsets
through a switch in an improper position and command switch-and-lock
movements on mainlines and within trainset maintenance facilities.
(7) Track circuits shall be used to provide broken rail detection.
(8) Overrun protection coils shall be used at mainline turnouts,
crossovers within stations and trainset maintenance facilities to
prevent unauthorized route access.
(9) Transponders shall be used on the mainline to provide trainset
position correction. Transponders may be used to provide an overlay of
overrun protection within a trainset maintenance facility.
(10) Go/No-Go signals shall be used in stations for shunting and
emergency operations and in trainset maintenance facilities to provide
trainset movement authority.
(11) The railroad shall include an intrusion detection system as
required by paragraph (b)(3) and (5) of this section that shall
interface with the ATC system and have the capability to stop the
trainset under specified intrusion scenarios.
(f) Communications. (1) The railroad shall install a dedicated
communication system along the right-of-way to transmit data,
telephone, and/or radio communications that is completely isolated and
independent of the signal and trainset system. To ensure transmission
reliability, the system shall include back-up transmission routes.
(2) For trainset operation and maintenance, the railroad shall
install--
(i) A portable radio system for maintenance and service use; and
(ii) A trainset radio, which shall facilitate communication between
each trainset and the general control center.
(g) Rolling stock. (1) The railroad's rolling stock shall be
designed, operated, and maintained in accordance with the requirements
set forth in subparts D, E, and H of this part.
(2) The railroad shall utilize bi-directional, fixed-consist,
electric multiple unit (EMU), high-speed trainsets based on the N700.
(3) Each trainset shall be equipped with wheel slide control.
(4) Each trainset shall be equipped with two electrically connected
pantographs. The position of the pantographs (up or down) shall be
displayed in the driver's cab.
(5) The driver's cab shall be a full width and dedicated cab and
shall be arranged to enhance safety of operation, range of vision,
visibility and readability of controls and indicators, accessibility of
controls, and climate control.
(6) The railroad's passenger equipment brake system shall be based
[[Page 14058]]
on the N700's design and shall meet the following standards:
(i) Each trainset shall be equipped with an electronically
controlled brake system that shall ensure that each unit in the
trainset responds independently to a brake command. The brake command
shall be transmitted through the on-board internal trainset control
network, as well as through the trainline for redundancy.
(A) Motorized cars shall be equipped with regenerative and
electronically controlled pneumatic brakes. The system shall be
designed to maximize the use of regenerative brakes.
(B) Non-motorized cars shall be equipped with electronically
controlled pneumatic brakes.
(C) The friction brakes on each bogie shall be cheek mounted disc
brakes.
(D) Each car shall be equipped with an electronic and pneumatic
brake control unit and a main reservoir. The system shall be designed
that in the event of a failure of an electronic control unit in a car,
brake control shall be provided by the electronic control unit on the
adjacent car. Each car in the trainset shall be equipped with a backup
wheel slide protection controller that will provide wheel slide
protection in the event of a wheel slide protection controller failure.
(ii) The braking system shall be designed with the following brake
controls: Service, emergency, urgent, and rescue brake.
(iii) The service and emergency brake shall be applied
automatically by ATC or manually by the driver.
(iv) The urgent brake control shall be independent of the service
and emergency brake control and shall be automatically applied if the
trainset is parted. Application of the urgent brake shall produce an
irretrievable stop. The urgent brake force shall be designed to vary
according to speed in order to minimize the braking distance and avoid
excessive demand of adhesion at higher speeds.
(v) A disabled trainset shall be capable of having its brake system
controlled electronically by a rescue trainset.
(vi) Independent of the driver's brake handle in the cab, each
trainset shall be equipped with two urgent brake switches in each cab
car, accessible only to the crew; located adjacent to the door control
station and that can initiate an urgent brake application. If door
control stations are provided in intermediate cars that are accessible
only to crew members, then the urgent brake switches must also be
included adjacent to the door control stations.
(vii) The railroad shall establish a maximum safe operating speed
to address brake failures that occur in revenue service as required by
Sec. 299.409(f)(4). In the event of any friction brake failure on a
trainset, the speed shall be limited by ATC on-board equipment in
accordance with the brake failure switch position selected by the
driver and as required by Sec. 299.447.
Sec. 299.15 Special approvals.
(a) General. The following procedures govern consideration and
action upon requests for special approval of alternative standards to
this part.
(b) Petitions for special approval of alternative standard. Each
petition for special approval of an alternative standard shall
contain--
(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary
person to be contacted with regard to review of the petition;
(2) The alternative proposed, in detail, to be substituted for the
particular requirements of this part; and
(3) Appropriate data or analysis, or both, establishing that the
alternative will provide at least an equivalent level of safety.
(c) Petitions for special approval of alternative compliance. Each
petition for special approval of alternative compliance shall contain--
(1) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary
person to be contacted with regard to the petition;
(2) High-speed core systems and system components of special design
shall be deemed to comply with this part, if the FRA Associate
Administrator determines under paragraph (d) of this section that the
core system or system components provide at least an equivalent level
of safety in the environment defined within Sec. 299.13 with respect
to the protection of railroad employees and the public. In making a
determination under paragraph (d) of this section the Associate
Administrator shall consider, as a whole, all of those elements of
casualty prevention or mitigation relevant to the integrity of the core
system or components that are addressed by the requirements of this
part.
(d) Petition contents. The Associate Administrator may only make a
finding of equivalent safety and compliance with this part, based upon
a submission of data and analysis sufficient to support that
determination. The petition shall include--
(1) The information required by Sec. 299.15(b) or (c), as
appropriate; Information, including detailed drawings and materials
specifications, sufficient to describe the actual construction and
function of the core systems or system components of special design;
(2) A quantitative risk assessment, incorporating the design
information and engineering analysis described in this paragraph,
demonstrating that the core systems or system components, as utilized
in the service environment defined in Sec. 299.13, presents no greater
hazard of serious personal injury than existing core system or system
components that conform to the specific requirements of this part.
(e) Federal Register notice. FRA will publish a notice in the
Federal Register concerning each petition under paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section.
(f) Comment. Not later than 30 days from the date of publication of
the notice in the Federal Register concerning a petition under
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, any person may comment on the
petition.
(1) Each comment shall set forth specifically the basis upon which
it is made, and contain a concise statement of the interest of the
commenter in the proceeding.
(2) Each comment shall be submitted to the U.S. Department of
Transportation, Docket Operations (M-30), West Building Ground Floor,
Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, and
shall contain the assigned docket number for that proceeding. The form
of such submission may be in written or electronic form consistent with
the standards and requirements established by the Federal Docket
Management System and posted on its website at https://www.regulations.gov.
(g) Disposition of petitions. (1) FRA will conduct a hearing on a
petition in accordance with the procedures provided in Sec. 211.25 of
this chapter.
(2) If FRA finds that the petition complies with the requirements
of this section or that the proposed plan is acceptable the petition
will be granted, normally within 90 days of its receipt. If the
petition is neither granted nor denied within 90 days, the petition
remains pending for decision. FRA may attach special conditions to the
approval of the petition. Following the approval of a petition, FRA may
reopen consideration of the petition for cause stated.
(3) If FRA finds that the petition does not comply with the
requirements of this section, or that the proposed plan is not
acceptable or that the proposed changes are not justified, or both, the
petition will be denied, normally within 90 days of its receipt.
[[Page 14059]]
(4) When FRA grants or denies a petition, or reopens consideration
of the petition, written notice is sent to the petitioner and other
interested parties.
Sec. 299.17 Incorporation by reference.
Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with
the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for
inspection at Federal Railroad Administration, Docket Clerk, 1200 New
Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: 202-493-6052);
email: [email protected] and is available from the sources indicated in
this section. It is also available for inspection at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, email [email protected] or
go to www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.
(a) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, www.astm.org.
(1) ASTM D 4956-07 [epsiv]1, Standard Specification for
Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, approved March 15, 2007;
into Sec. 299.423.
(2) ASTM E 810-03, Standard Test Method for Coefficient of
Retroreflection of Retroreflective Sheeting Utilizing the Coplanar
Geometry, approved February 10, 2003; into Sec. 299.423.
(3) ASTM E 2073-07, Standard Test Method for Photopic Luminance of
Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) Markings, approved July 1, 2007; into
Sec. 299.423.
(b) Japanese Standards Association 4-1-24, Akasaka, Minato-ku,
Tokyo, 107-8440 Japan, www.jsa.or.jp (Japanese site), or www.jsa.or.jp/en (English site).
(1) JIS E 7105:2006(E), ``Rolling Stock--Test methods of static
load for body structures,'' Published February 20, 2006; into Sec.
299.403.
(2) JIS E 7105:2011(E), ``Rolling Stock--Test methods of static
load for body structures,'' (Amendment 1) Published September 7, 2011;
into Sec. 299.403.
(3) JIS E 1101:2001(E), ``Flat bottom railway rails and special
rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,'' Published June
30, 2001; into Sec. 299.13.
(4) JIS E 1101:2006(E) ``Flat bottom railway rails and special
rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,'' (Amendment 1),
Published March 25, 2006; into Sec. 299.13.
(5) JIS E 1101:2012(E) ``Flat bottom railway rails and special
rails for switches and crossings of non-treated steel,'' (Amendment 2),
Published February 20, 2012; into Sec. 299.13.
(6) JIS B 8265 ``Construction of pressure vessels-general
principles,'' Published December 27, 2010; into Sec. 299.409.
Subpart B--Signal and Trainset Control System
Sec. 299.201 Technical PTC system requirements.
(a) The railroad shall comply with all applicable requirements
under 49 U.S.C. 20157, including, but not limited to, the statutory
requirement to fully implement an FRA-certified PTC system prior to
commencing revenue service.
(b) The railroad's PTC system shall be designed to reliably and
functionally prevent train-to-train collisions, over-speed derailments,
incursions into established work zone limits, and movements of trainset
through switches left in the wrong position, in accordance with Sec.
236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this chapter.
(c) The railroad is authorized to conduct field testing of its PTC
system on its system, prior to obtaining PTC System Certification from
FRA, in accordance with its system-wide qualification plan under Sec.
299.603. During any field testing of its uncertified PTC system and
regression testing of its FRA-certified PTC system, FRA may oversee the
railroad's testing, audit any applicable test plans and procedures, and
impose additional testing conditions that FRA believes may be necessary
for the safety of trainset operations.
(d) The railroad is not exempted from compliance with any
requirement of subparts A through G of 49 CFR part 236, or parts 233,
and 235 of this chapter, unless the railroad's FRA-approved PTCSP
provides for such an exception.
(e)(1) All materials filed in accordance with this subpart must be
in the English language, or have been translated into English and
attested as true and correct.
(2) Each filing referenced in this subpart may include a request
for full or partial confidentiality in accordance with Sec. 209.11 of
this chapter. If confidentiality is requested as to a portion of any
applicable document, then in addition to the filing requirements under
Sec. 209.11 of this chapter, the person filing the document shall also
file a copy of the original unredacted document, marked to indicate
which portions are redacted in the document's confidential version
without obscuring the original document's contents.
Sec. 299.203 PTC system required.
The railroad shall not commence revenue service prior to installing
and making operative its FRA-certified PTC system.
Sec. 299.205 PTC System Certification.
(a) Prior to operating its PTC system in revenue service, the
railroad must first obtain a PTC System Certification from FRA by
submitting an acceptable PTCSP and obtaining FRA's approval of its
PTCSP.
(b) Each PTCSP requirement under this subpart shall be supported by
information and analysis sufficient to establish that the PTC system
meets the requirements of Sec. 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this
chapter.
(c) If the Associate Administrator finds that the PTCSP and its
supporting documentation support a finding that the PTC system complies
with Sec. Sec. 236.1005(a) and (c) through (f) of this chapter, and
299.211, the Associate Administrator shall approve the PTCSP. If the
Associate Administrator approves the PTCSP, the railroad shall receive
PTC System Certification for its PTC system and shall implement the PTC
system according to the PTCSP.
(d) Issuance of a PTC System Certification is contingent upon FRA's
confidence in the implementation and operation of the subject PTC
system. This confidence may be based on FRA-monitored field testing or
an independent assessment performed in accordance with Sec. 236.1017
of this chapter.
(e)(1) As necessary to ensure safety, FRA may attach special
conditions to its certification of the railroad's PTC System.
(2) After granting a PTC System Certification, FRA may reconsider
the PTC System Certification upon revelation of any of the following
factors concerning the contents of the PTCSP:
(i) Potential error or fraud;
(ii) Potentially invalidated assumptions determined as a result of
in-service experience or one or more unsafe events calling into
question the safety analysis supporting the approval.
(3) During FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph,
the PTC system may remain in use if otherwise consistent with the
applicable law and regulations, and FRA may impose special conditions
for use of the PTC system.
(4) After FRA's reconsideration in accordance with this paragraph,
FRA may:
(i) Dismiss its reconsideration and continue to recognize the
existing PTC System Certification;
[[Page 14060]]
(ii) Allow continued operations under such conditions the Associate
Administrator deems necessary to ensure safety; or
(iii) Revoke the PTC System Certification and direct the railroad
to cease operations.
(f) FRA shall be afforded reasonable access to monitor, test, and
inspect processes, procedures, facilities, documents, records, design
and testing materials, artifacts, training materials and programs, and
any other information used in the design, development, manufacture,
test, implementation, and operation of the system, as well as interview
any personnel.
(g) Information that has been certified under the auspices of a
foreign regulatory entity recognized by the Associate Administrator
may, at the Associate Administrator's sole discretion, be accepted as
independently verified and validated and used to support the railroad's
PTCSP.
(h) The railroad shall file its PTCSP in FRA's Secure Information
Repository at https://sir.fra.dot.gov, consistent with Sec.
299.201(e).
Sec. 299.207 PTC Safety Plan content requirements.
(a) The railroad's PTCSP shall contain the following elements:
(1) A hazard log consisting of a comprehensive description of all
safety-relevant hazards of the PTC system, specific to implementation
on the railroad, including maximum threshold limits for each hazard
(for unidentified hazards, the threshold shall be exceeded at one
occurrence);
(2) A description of the safety assurance concepts that are to be
used for system development, including an explanation of the design
principles and assumptions;
(3) A risk assessment of the as-built PTC system;
(4) A hazard mitigation analysis, including a complete and
comprehensive description of each hazard and the mitigation techniques
used;
(5) A complete description of the safety assessment and
Verification and Validation processes applied to the PTC system, their
results, and whether these processes address the safety principles
described in appendix C to part 236 of this chapter directly, using
other safety criteria, or not at all;
(6) A complete description of the railroad's training plan for
railroad and contractor employees and supervisors necessary to ensure
safe and proper installation, implementation, operation, maintenance,
repair, inspection, testing, and modification of the PTC system;
(7) A complete description of the specific procedures and test
equipment necessary to ensure the safe and proper installation,
implementation, operation, maintenance, repair, inspection, testing,
and modification of the PTC system on the railroad and establish
safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated. These procedures,
including calibration requirements, shall be consistent with or explain
deviations from the equipment manufacturer's recommendations;
(8) A complete description of the configuration or revision control
measures designed to ensure that the railroad or its contractor does
not adversely affect the safety-functional requirements and that
safety-critical hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a
result of any such change;
(9) A complete description of all initial implementation testing
procedures necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements
are met and safety-critical hazards are appropriately mitigated;
(10) A complete description of all post-implementation testing
(validation) and monitoring procedures, including the intervals
necessary to establish that safety-functional requirements, safety-
critical hazard mitigation processes, and safety-critical tolerances
are not compromised over time, through use, or after maintenance
(adjustment, repair, or replacement) is performed;
(11) A complete description of each record necessary to ensure the
safety of the system that is associated with periodic maintenance,
inspections, tests, adjustments, repairs, or replacements, and the
system's resulting conditions, including records of component failures
resulting in safety-relevant hazards (see Sec. 299.213);
(12) A safety analysis to determine whether, when the system is in
operation, any risk remains of an unintended incursion into a roadway
work zone due to human error. If the analysis reveals any such risk,
the PTCSP shall describe how that risk will be mitigated;
(13) A complete description of how the PTC system will enforce
authorities and signal indications;
(14) A complete description of how the PTC system will
appropriately and timely enforce all integrated hazard detectors in
accordance with Sec. 236.1005 of this chapter;
(15) The documents and information required under Sec. 299.211;
(16) A summary of the process for the product supplier or vendor to
promptly and thoroughly report any safety-relevant failures or
previously unidentified hazards to the railroad, including when another
user of the product experiences a safety-relevant failure or discovers
a previously unidentified hazard;
(17) Documentation establishing--by design, data, or other
analysis--that the PTC system meets the fail-safe operation criteria
under paragraph (b)(4)(v) of appendix C to part 236 of this chapter;
and,
(18) An analysis establishing that the PTC system will be operated
at a level of safety comparable to that achieved over the 5-year period
prior to the submission of the railroad's PTCSP by other train control
systems that perform PTC functions, and which have been utilized on
high-speed rail systems with similar technical and operational
characteristics in the United States or in foreign service.
(b) As the railroad's PTC system may be considered a stand-alone
system pursuant to Sec. 236.1015(e)(3) of this chapter, the following
requirements apply:
(1) The PTC system shall reliably execute the functions required by
Sec. 236.1005 of this chapter and be demonstrated to do so to FRA's
satisfaction; and
(2) The railroad's PTCSP shall establish, with a high degree of
confidence, that the system will not introduce any hazards that have
not been sufficiently mitigated.
(c) When determining whether the PTCSP fulfills the requirements
under this section, the Associate Administrator may consider all
available evidence concerning the reliability of the proposed system.
(d) When reviewing the issue of the potential data errors (for
example, errors arising from data supplied from other business systems
needed to execute the braking algorithm, survey data needed for
location determination, or mandatory directives issued through the
computer-aided dispatching system), the PTCSP must include a careful
identification of each of the risks and a discussion of each applicable
mitigation. In an appropriate case, such as a case in which the
residual risk after mitigation is substantial, the Associate
Administrator may require submission of a quantitative risk assessment
addressing these potential errors.
(e) The railroad must comply with the applicable requirements under
Sec. 236.1021 of this chapter prior to modifying a safety-critical
element of an FRA-certified PTC system.
(f) If a PTCSP applies to a PTC system designed to replace an
existing certified
[[Page 14061]]
PTC system, the PTCSP will be approved provided that the PTCSP
establishes with a high degree of confidence that the new PTC system
will provide a level of safety not less than the level of safety
provided by the system to be replaced.
Sec. 299.209 PTC system use and failures.
(a) When any safety-critical PTC system component fails to perform
its intended function, the cause must be determined and the faulty
component adjusted, repaired, or replaced without undue delay. Until
repair of such essential components is completed, the railroad shall
take appropriate action as specified in its PTCSP.
(b) Where a trainset that is operating in, or is to be operated
within, a PTC-equipped track segment experiences a PTC system failure
or the PTC system is otherwise cut out while en route (i.e., after the
trainset has departed its initial terminal), the trainset may only
continue in accordance with all of the following:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, when no
absolute block protection is established, the trainset may proceed at a
speed not to exceed restricted speed.
(2) When absolute block protection can be established in advance of
the trainset, the trainset may proceed at a speed not to exceed 120 km/
h (75 mph), and the trainset shall not exceed restricted speed until
the absolute block in advance of the trainset is established.
(3) A report of the failure or cut-out must be made to a designated
railroad officer of the railroad as soon as safe and practicable.
(4) Where the PTC system is the exclusive method of delivering
mandatory directives, an absolute block must be established in advance
of the trainset as soon as safe and practicable, and the trainset shall
not exceed restricted speed until the absolute block in advance of the
trainset is established.
(5) Where the failure or cut-out is a result of a defective onboard
PTC apparatus, the trainset may be moved in passenger service only to
the next forward location where the necessary repairs can be made;
however, if the next forward location where the necessary repairs can
be made does not have the facilities to handle the safe unloading of
passengers, the trainset may be moved past the repair location in
service only to the next forward passenger station in order to
facilitate the unloading of passengers. When the passengers have been
safely unloaded, the defective trainset shall be moved to the nearest
location where the onboard PTC apparatus can be repaired or exchanged.
(c) The railroad shall comply with all provisions in its PTCSP for
each PTC system it uses and shall operate within the scope of initial
operational assumptions and predefined changes identified.
(d) The normal functioning of any safety-critical PTC system must
not be interfered with in testing or otherwise without first taking
measures to provide for the safe movement of trainsets that depend on
the normal functioning of the system.
(e) Annually, by April 16 of each year following the commencement
of the railroad's revenue service, the railroad shall provide FRA with
a report of the number of PTC failures that occurred during the
previous calendar year. The report shall identify failures by category,
including but not limited to locomotive, wayside, communications, and
back office system failures.
(f) The railroad and the PTC system vendors and/or suppliers must
comply with each applicable requirement under Sec. 236.1023 of this
chapter.
Sec. 299.211 Communications and security requirements.
(a) All wireless communications between the office, wayside, and
onboard components in a PTC system shall provide cryptographic message
integrity and authentication.
(b) Cryptographic keys required under this section shall--
(1) Use an algorithm approved by the National Institute of
Standards or a similarly recognized and FRA-approved standards body;
(2) Be distributed using manual or automated methods, or a
combination of both; and
(3) Be revoked--
(i) If compromised by unauthorized disclosure of the cleartext key;
or
(ii) When the key algorithm reaches its lifespan as defined by the
standards body responsible for approval of the algorithm.
(c) The cleartext form of the cryptographic keys shall be protected
from unauthorized disclosure, modification, or substitution, except
during key entry when the cleartext keys and key components may be
temporarily displayed to allow visual verification. When encrypted keys
or key components are entered, the cryptographically protected
cleartext key or key components shall not be displayed.
(d) Access to cleartext keys shall be protected by a tamper-
resistant mechanism.
(e) If the railroad elects to also provide cryptographic message
confidentiality, it shall:
(1) Comply with the same requirements for message integrity and
authentication under this section; and
(2) Only use keys meeting or exceeding the security strength
required to protect the data as defined in the railroad's PTCSP.
(f) The railroad, or its vendor or supplier, shall have a
prioritized service restoration and mitigation plan for scheduled and
unscheduled interruptions of service. This plan shall be made available
to FRA upon request, without undue delay, for restoration of
communication services that support PTC system services.
Sec. 299.213 Records retention.
(a) The railroad shall maintain at a designated office on the
railroad--
(1) A current copy of each FRA-approved PTCSP that it holds;
(2) Adequate documentation to demonstrate that the PTCSP meets the
safety requirements of this RPA, including the risk assessment;
(3) An Operations and Maintenance Manual, pursuant to Sec.
299.215; and
(4) Training and testing records pursuant to Sec. 236.1043(b) of
this chapter.
(b) Results of inspections and tests specified in the PTCSP must be
recorded pursuant to Sec. 236.110 of this chapter.
(c) Each contractor providing services relating to the testing,
maintenance, or operation of the railroad's PTC system shall maintain
at a designated office training records required under Sec. Sec.
236.1043(b) of this chapter, and 299.207(a)(6).
(d) After the PTC system is placed in service, the railroad shall
maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards as set forth in its
PTCSP and those that had not been previously identified in its PTCSP.
If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards exceeds the threshold
set forth in its PTCSP, then the railroad shall--
(1) Report the inconsistency in writing to FRA's Secure Information
Repository at https://sir.fra.dot.gov, within 15 days of discovery;
(2) Take prompt countermeasures to reduce the frequency of each
safety-relevant hazard to below the threshold set forth in its PTCSP;
and
(3) Provide a final report when the inconsistency is resolved to
FRA's Secure Information Repository at https://sir.fra.dot.gov, on the
results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to reduce the
frequency of the safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set
forth in its PTCSP.
[[Page 14062]]
Sec. 299.215 Operations and Maintenance Manual.
(a) The railroad shall catalog and maintain all documents as
specified in its PTCSP for the operation, installation, maintenance,
repair, modification, inspection, and testing of the PTC system and
have them in one Operations and Maintenance Manual, readily available
to persons required to perform such tasks and for inspection by FRA and
FRA-certified state inspectors.
(b) Plans required for proper maintenance, repair, inspection, and
testing of safety-critical PTC systems must be adequate in detail and
must be made available for inspection by FRA and FRA-certified state
inspectors where such PTC systems are deployed or maintained. They must
identify all software versions, revisions, and revision dates. Plans
must be legible and correct.
(c) Hardware, software, and firmware revisions must be documented
in the Operations and Maintenance Manual according to the railroad's
configuration management control plan and any additional configuration/
revision control measures specified in its PTCSP.
(d) Safety-critical components, including spare equipment, must be
positively identified, handled, replaced, and repaired in accordance
with the procedures specified in the railroad's PTCSP.
(e) The railroad shall designate in its Operations and Maintenance
Manual an appropriate railroad officer responsible for issues relating
to scheduled interruptions of service.
Subpart C--Track Safety Standards
Sec. 299.301 Restoration or renewal of track under traffic
conditions.
(a) Restoration or renewal of track, other than in yards and
trainset maintenance facilities, under traffic conditions is
prohibited.
(b) Restoration or renewal of track under traffic conditions on
track Class H2 in yards and trainset maintenance facilities is limited
to the replacement of worn, broken, or missing components or fastenings
that do not affect the safe passage of trainset.
(c) The following activities are expressly prohibited on track
Class H2 trainset maintenance facilities under traffic conditions:
(1) Any work that interrupts rail continuity, e.g., as in joint bar
replacement or rail replacement;
(2) Any work that adversely affects the lateral or vertical
stability of the track with the exception of spot tamping an isolated
condition where not more than 4.5 m (15 feet) of track are involved at
any one time and the ambient air temperature is not above 35 C (95 F);
and
(3) Removal and replacement of the rail fastenings on more than one
tie at a time within 4.5 m (15 feet).
Sec. 299.303 Measuring track not under load.
When unloaded track is measured to determine compliance with
requirements of this part, evidence of rail movement, if any, that
occurs while the track is loaded shall be added to the measurements of
the unloaded track.
Sec. 299.305 Drainage.
Each drainage or other water carrying facility under or immediately
adjacent to the roadbed shall be maintained and kept free of
obstruction, to accommodate expected water flow for the area concerned.
Sec. 299.307 Vegetation.
Vegetation on railroad property which is on or immediately adjacent
to roadbed shall be controlled so that it does not--
(a) Become a fire hazard to track-carrying structures;
(b) Obstruct visibility of railroad signs and signals along the
right-of-way;
(c) Interfere with railroad employees performing normal trackside
duties;
(d) Prevent proper functioning of signal and communication lines.
(e) Prevent railroad employees from visually inspecting moving
equipment from their normal duty stations.
Sec. 299.309 Classes of track: operating speed limits.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and as
otherwise provided in this part, the following maximum allowable
operating speeds apply--
Table 1 to Paragraph (a)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over track that meets all of the The maximum allowable
requirements prescribed in this part for-- operating speed in km/h
(mph)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class H0 track............................ 20 (12)
Class H1 track............................ 30 (19)
Class H2 track............................ 70 (44)
Class H3 track............................ 120 (75)
Class H4 track............................ 170 (106)
Class H5 track............................ 230 (143)
Class H6 track............................ 285 (177)
Class H7 track............................ 330 (205)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, if a
segment of track does not meet all of the requirements for its intended
Class, it is to be reclassified to the next lower track Class for which
it does meet all of the requirements of this part. However, if the
segment of track does not at least meet the requirements for track
Class H1 track, operations may continue at Class H1 speeds for a period
of not more than 30 days without bringing the track into compliance,
under the authority of an individual designated under Sec. 299.353,
after that individual determines that operations may safely continue
and subject to any limiting conditions specified by such individual.
(c) If a segment of track designated as track Class H0 does not
meet all of the requirements for its intended class, operations may
continue at Class H0 speeds for a period of not more than 30 days
without bringing the track into compliance, under the authority of an
individual designated under Sec. 299.353, after that individual
determines that operations may safely continue and subject to any
limiting conditions specified by such individual.
(d) No high-speed passenger trainset shall operate over track Class
H0.
Sec. 299.311 Track geometry; general.
If the values listed in the following table are exceeded, the
railroad shall initiate remedial action. A reduction in operating speed
so that the condition complies with the limits listed for a lower speed
shall constitute bringing the track into compliance.
Table 1 to Sec. 299.311
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Track geometry parameter (mm) Track class H0 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gauge is measured between the heads of the Min............................... 1429 1429 1429 1429 1429 1429 1429 1429
rails at right angles to the rails in a Max............................... 1454 1454 1454 1454 1454 1454 1454 1454
plane 14 mm (0.55 inches) below the top of
the rail head and may not exceed--.
[[Page 14063]]
The deviation from uniformity \1\ of the mid- 10 m chord........................ 38 31 31 14 12 10 8 7
chord offset on either rail for a 10 m
chord (alignment) may not be more than--.
The deviation from uniform profile on either 10 m chord........................ 40 40 40 27 22 18 15 13
rail at the mid-ordinate of a 10 m chord
(surface) may not be more than--.
The deviation from uniform crosslevel at any .................................. 50 26 26 22 18 14 9 9
point on tangent and curved track may not
be more than--.
The difference in crosslevel between any two 2.5 m............................. 26 26 26 22 18 14 9 9
points 2.5 meters (8.2 feet) apart (twist)
may not be more than--.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Uniformity for alignment at any point along the track is established by averaging the measured mid-chord offset values for a 10 m (32.8 feet) chord
for nine consecutive points that are centered around that point and spaced at 2.5-meter (8.2 feet) intervals.
Sec. 299.313 Track geometry; performance based.
(a) For all track of Class H4 and above, vibration in the lateral
and vertical directions measured on the carbody of a vehicle
representative of the service fleet traveling at a speed no less than
10 km/h (6.2 mph) below the maximum speed permitted for the class of
track, shall not exceed the limits prescribed in the following table:
Table 1 to paragraph (A)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carbody acceleration limits \1\ \2\
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lateral vibration \3\ Vertical vibration \3\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
<=0.35 g peak-to-peak..................... <=0.45 g peak-to-peak.
1 sec window.............................. 1 sec window.
excluding peaks <50 msec.................. excluding peaks <50 msec.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Carbody accelerations in the vertical and lateral directions shall
be measured by accelerometers oriented and located in accordance with
Sec. 299.331(c)(3).
\2\ Acceleration measurements shall be processed through an LPF with a
minimum cut-off frequency of 10 Hz. The sample rate for acceleration
data shall be at least 200 samples per second.
\3\ Peak-to-peak accelerations shall be measured as the algebraic
difference between the two extreme values of measured acceleration in
any 1-second time period, excluding any peak lasting less than 50
milliseconds.
(b) If the carbody acceleration requirements are not met on a
segment of track, the segment of track is to be reclassified to the
next lower Class of track for which it does meet the requirements of
this part.
Sec. 299.315 Curves; elevation and speed limitations.
(a) The maximum elevation of the outside rail of a curve may not be
more than 200 mm (7\7/8\ inches). The outside rail of a curve may not
be lower than the inside rail by design, except when engineered to
address specific track or operating conditions; the limits in Sec.
299.311 apply in all cases.
(b) The maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed for each
curve is determined by the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.000
Where--
Vmax = Maximum allowable posted timetable operating speed
(km/h).
Ea = Actual elevation of the outside rail (mm). Actual
elevation, Ea, for each 50-meter track segment in the
body of the curve is determined by averaging the elevation for 11
points through the segment at 5-meter spacing. If the curve length
is less than 50-meters, average the points through the full length
of the body of the curve.
Eu = Qualified cant deficiency (mm) of the vehicle type.
R = Radius of curve (m). Radius of curve, R, is determined by
averaging the radius of the curve over the same track segment as the
elevation.
(c) All vehicles are considered qualified for operating on track
with a cant deficiency, Eu, not exceeding 75 mm (3 inches).
(d) Each vehicle type must be approved by FRA, under Sec. 299.609,
to operate on track with a qualified cant deficiency, Eu,
greater than 75 mm (3 inches). Each vehicle type must demonstrate in a
ready-for-service load condition, compliance with the requirements of
either paragraph (d)(1) or (2) of this section.
(1) When positioned on a track with a uniform superelevation equal
to the proposed cant deficiency:
(i) No wheel of the vehicle unloads to a value less than 60 percent
of its static value on perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the roll angle between the floor of the
equipment and the horizontal does not exceed 8.6 degrees; or
(2) When operating through a constant radius curve at a constant
speed corresponding to the proposed cant deficiency, and a test plan is
submitted and approved by FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.609(d)--
(i) The steady-state (average) load on any wheel, throughout the
body of the curve, is not less than 60 percent of its static value on
perfectly level track; and
(ii) For passenger cars, the steady-state (average) lateral
acceleration measured on the floor of the carbody does not exceed 0.15
g.
(e) The railroad shall transmit the results of the testing
specified in paragraph (d) of this section to FRA in accordance with
Sec. Sec. 299.9 and 299.613 requesting approval under Sec. 299.609(g)
for the vehicle type to operate at the desired curving speeds allowed
under the formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The request shall
be made in writing and shall contain, at a minimum, the following
information:
(1) A description of the vehicle type involved, including schematic
diagrams of the suspension system(s) and the estimated location of the
center of gravity above top of rail; and
(2) The test procedure, including the load condition under which
the testing was performed, and description of the instrumentation used
to qualify the vehicle type, as well as the maximum values for wheel
unloading and roll angles or accelerations that were observed during
testing.
Note 1 to paragraph (e)(2). The test procedure may be conducted
whereby all the wheels on one side (right or left) of the vehicle
are raised to the proposed cant deficiency and lowered, and then the
vertical wheel loads under each wheel are measured and a level is
used to record the angle through which the floor of the vehicle has
been rotated.
(f) Upon FRA approval of the request to approve the vehicle type to
operate at
[[Page 14064]]
the desired curving speeds allowed under the formula in paragraph (b)
of this section, the railroad shall notify FRA in accordance with Sec.
299.9 in writing no less than 30 calendar days prior to the proposed
implementation of the approved higher curving speeds allowed under the
formula in paragraph (b) of this section. The notification shall
contain, at a minimum, identification of the track segment(s) on which
the higher curving speeds are to be implemented.
(g) As used in this section, and Sec. Sec. 299.331 and 299.609,
vehicle type means like vehicles with variations in their physical
properties, such as suspension, mass, interior arrangements, and
dimensions that do not result in significant changes to their dynamic
characteristics.
Sec. 299.317 Track strength.
(a) Track shall have a sufficient vertical strength to withstand
the maximum vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible trainset
speeds, cant deficiencies and surface limitations. For purposes of this
section, vertical track strength is defined as the track capacity to
constrain vertical deformations so that the track shall, under maximum
load, remain in compliance with the track performance and geometry
requirements of this part.
(b) Track shall have sufficient lateral strength to withstand the
maximum thermal and vehicle loads generated at maximum permissible
trainset speeds, cant deficiencies and lateral alignment limitations.
For purposes of this section lateral track strength is defined as the
track capacity to constrain lateral deformations so that track shall,
under maximum load, remain in compliance with the track performance and
geometry requirements of this part.
Sec. 299.319 Track fixation and support.
(a) Crossties, if used shall be of concrete or composite
construction, unless otherwise approved by FRA under Sec. 299.15, for
all tracks over which trainsets run in revenue service.
(b) Each 25 m (82 feet) segment of track that contains crossties
shall have--
(1) A sufficient number of crossties to provide effective support
that will--
(i) Hold gauge within limits prescribed in Sec. 299.311;
(ii) Maintain surface within the limits prescribed in Sec.
299.311;
(iii) Maintain alignment within the limits prescribed in Sec.
299.311; and
(iv) Maintain longitudinal rail restraint.
(2) The minimum number and type of crossties specified in paragraph
(b)(4) of this section and described in paragraph (c) or (d) of this
section, as applicable, effectively distributed to support the entire
segment;
(3) At least one non-defective crosstie of the type specified in
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section that is located at a joint
location as specified in paragraph (e) of this section; and
(4) The minimum number of crossties as indicated in the following
table:
Table 1 to Paragraph (b)(4)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum number of non-defective crossties
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other than on non-ballasted Non-ballasted
Track class bridge & turnout bridge Turnout
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H0........................................... 20.............................. 26 24
H1........................................... 28.............................. 36 33
H2........................................... 31, unless inside a TMF, then 28 36 33
H3........................................... 35.............................. 40 37
H4-H7........................................ 39.............................. 45 41
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(c) Crossties, other than concrete, counted to satisfy the
requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not
be--
(1) Broken through;
(2) Split or otherwise impaired to the extent the crossties will
allow the ballast to work through, or will not hold spikes or rail
fasteners;
(3) Deteriorated so that the tie plate or base of rail can move
laterally 9.5 mm (38 inch) relative to the crossties;
(4) Cut by the tie plate through more than 40 percent of a
crosstie's thickness;
(5) Configured with less than 2 rail holding spikes or fasteners
per tie plate; or
(6) Unable, due to insufficient fastener toeload, to maintain
longitudinal restraint and maintain rail hold down and gauge.
(d) Concrete crossties counted to satisfy the requirements set
forth in paragraph (b)(4) of this section shall not be--
(1) Broken through or deteriorated to the extent that prestressing
material is visible;
(2) Deteriorated or broken off in the vicinity of the shoulder or
insert so that the fastener assembly can either pull out or move
laterally more than 9.5 mm (\3/8\ inch) relative to the crosstie;
(3) Deteriorated such that the base of either rail can move
laterally more than 9.5 mm (\3/8\ inch) relative to the crosstie;
(4) Deteriorated so that rail seat abrasion is sufficiently deep so
as to cause loss of rail fastener toeload;
(5) Deteriorated such that the crosstie's fastening or anchoring
system is unable to maintain longitudinal rail restraint, or maintain
rail hold down, or maintain gauge due to insufficient fastener toeload;
or
(6) Configured with less than two fasteners on the same rail.
(e) Classes H0 and H1 track shall have one crosstie whose
centerline is within 0.61 m (24 inches) of each rail joint (end)
location. Classes H2 and H3 track shall have one crosstie whose
centerline is within 0.46 m (18 inches) of each rail joint (end)
location. Classes H4-H7 track shall have one crosstie whose centerline
is within 0.32 m (12.6 inches) of each rail joint (end) location. The
relative position of these crossties is described in the following
three diagrams:
(1) Each rail joint in Classes H0 and H1 track shall be supported
by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this
section whose centerline is within 1.22 m (48 inches) as shown in
Figure 1 to this paragraph.
[[Page 14065]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.001
(2) Each rail joint in Classes H2 and H3 track shall be supported
by at least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this
section whose centerline is within 0.92 m (36.2 inches) as shown in
Figure 2 to this paragraph.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.002
(3) Each rail joint in Classes H4-H7 track shall be supported by at
least one crosstie specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section
whose centerline is within 0.64 m (25.2 inches) as shown in Figure 3 to
this paragraph.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.003
(f) In Class H3 track there shall be at least two non-defective
ties each side of a defective tie.
(g) In Classes H4 to H7 track and at any expansion joints there
shall be at least three non-defective ties each side of a defective
tie.
(h) Defective ties shall be replaced in accordance with the
railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
(i) Track shall be fastened by a system of components that
effectively maintains gauge within the limits prescribed in Sec.
299.311. Each component of each such system shall be evaluated to
determine whether gauge is effectively being maintained.
(j) For track constructed without crossties, such as slab track and
track connected directly to bridge structural components, track over
servicing pits, etc., the track structure shall be sufficient to
maintain the geometry limits specified in Sec. 299.311.
Sec. 299.321 Defective rails.
(a) The railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program
shall include a description of defective rails consistent with the
practice on the Tokaido Shinkansen system. The inspection, testing, and
maintenance program shall include identification of rail defect types,
definition of the inspection criteria, time required for verification
and the corresponding remedial action.
[[Page 14066]]
(b) When the railroad learns that a rail in that track contains any
of the defects listed in the railroad's inspection, testing, and
maintenance program, a person designated under Sec. 299.353 or 299.355
shall determine whether the track may continue in use. If the
designated person determines that the track may continue in use,
operation over the defective rail is not permitted until--
(1) The rail is replaced or repaired; or
(2) The remedial action prescribed in the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program is initiated.
Sec. 299.323 Continuous welded rail (CWR) plan.
(a) The railroad shall have in effect and comply with a plan that
contains written procedures which address: The installation,
adjustment, maintenance, and inspection of CWR; and inspection of CWR
joints.
(b) The railroad shall file its CWR plan with FRA pursuant to Sec.
299.9. The initial CWR plan shall be filed 60 days prior to
installation of any CWR track. The effective date of the plan is the
date the plan is filed with FRA.
(c) The railroad's existing plan shall remain in effect until the
railroad's new plan is developed and filed with FRA.
Sec. 299.325 Continuous welded rail (CWR); general.
The railroad shall comply with the contents of the CWR plan
developed under Sec. 299.323. The plan shall contain the following
elements--
(a) Procedures for the installation and adjustment of CWR which
include--
(1) Designation of a desired rail installation temperature range
for the geographic area in which the CWR is located;
(2) De-stressing procedures/methods which address proper attainment
of the desired rail installation temperature range when adjusting CWR;
and
(3) Glued insulated or expansion joint installation and maintenance
procedures.
(b) Rail anchoring, if used, or fastening requirements that will
provide sufficient restraint to limit longitudinal rail and crosstie
movement to the extent practical, and that specifically address CWR
rail anchoring or fastening patterns on bridges, bridge approaches, and
at other locations where possible longitudinal rail and crosstie
movement associated with normally expected trainset-induced forces--is
restricted.
(c) CWR joint installation and maintenance procedures.
(d) Procedures which specifically address maintaining a desired
rail installation temperature range when cutting CWR including rail
repairs, in-track welding, and in conjunction with adjustments made in
the area of tight track, a track buckle, or a pull-apart.
(e) Procedures which control trainset speed on CWR track when--
(1) Maintenance work, track rehabilitation, track construction, or
any other event occurs which disturbs the roadbed or ballast section
and reduces the lateral or longitudinal resistance of the track; and
(2) The difference between the rail temperature and the rail
neutral temperature is in a range that causes buckling-prone conditions
to be present at a specific location.
(f) Procedures which prescribe when and where physical track
inspections are to be performed under extreme temperature conditions.
(g) Scheduling and procedures for inspections to detect cracks and
other indications of potential failures in CWR joints.
(h) The railroad shall have in effect a comprehensive training
program for the application of these written CWR procedures, with
provisions for periodic retraining for those individuals designated as
qualified in accordance with this subpart to supervise the
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of CWR track and to perform
inspections of CWR track.
(i) The plan shall prescribe and require compliance with
recordkeeping requirements necessary to provide an adequate history of
track constructed with CWR. At a minimum, these records shall include--
(1) The rail laying temperature, location, and date of CWR
installations. Each record shall be retained until the rail neutral
temperature has been adjusted; and
(2) A record of any CWR installation or maintenance work that does
not conform to the written procedures. Such record must include the
location of the rail and be maintained until the CWR is brought into
conformance with such procedures.
Sec. 299.327 Rail end mismatch.
Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than that
prescribed by the following table:
Table 1 to Sec. 299.327
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any mismatch of rails at joints may not be more than the following:
Track class ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the tread of the rail ends On the gauge side of the rail ends
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H0................................. 6 mm 5 mm
H1-H2.............................. 4 mm 4 mm
H3-H7.............................. 2 mm 2 mm
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 299.329 Rail joints and torch cut rails.
(a) Each rail joint, insulated joint, expansion joint, and
compromise joint shall be of a structurally sound design and
appropriate dimensions for the rail on which it is applied.
(b) If a joint bar is cracked, broken, or permits excessive
vertical movement of either rail when all bolts are tight, it shall be
replaced.
(c) Except for glued-insulated joints, each joint bar shall be held
in position by track bolts tightened to allow the joint bar to firmly
support the abutting rail ends. For track Classes H0 to H3 track bolts
shall be tightened, as required, to allow longitudinal movement of the
rail in the joint to accommodate expansion and contraction due to
temperature variations.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, each rail
shall be bolted with at least two bolts at each joint.
(e) Clamped joint bars may be used for temporary repair during
emergency situations, and speed over that rail end and the time
required to replace the joint bar must not exceed the limits specified
in the inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
(f) No rail shall have a bolt hole which is torch cut or burned.
(g) No joint bar shall be reconfigured by torch cutting.
(h) No rail having a torch cut or flame cut end may be used.
Sec. 299.331 Turnouts and crossings generally.
(a) In turnouts and track crossings, the fastenings shall be intact
and
[[Page 14067]]
maintained to keep the components securely in place. Also, each switch,
frog, and guard rail shall be kept free of obstructions that may
interfere with the passage of wheels. Use of rigid rail crossings at
grade is limited to track Classes H0, H1, and H2.
(b) The track through and on each side of track crossings and
turnouts shall be designed to restrain rail movement affecting the
position of switch points and frogs.
(c) Each flangeway at turnouts shall be at least 39 mm (1.5 inches)
wide.
(d) For all turnouts and track crossings, the railroad shall
prepare inspection and maintenance requirements to be included in the
railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
Sec. 299.333 Frog guard rails and guard faces; gauge.
The guard check and guard face gauges in frogs shall be within the
limits prescribed in the following table:
Table 1 to Sec. 299.333
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guard check gauge
The distance between
the gauge line of a Guard face gauge The
frog to the guard distance between the
line \1\ of its guard guard lines,\1\
Track class rail or guarding measured across the
face, measured across track at right angles
the track at right to the gauge line,\2\
angles to the gauge may not be more than--
line,\2\ may not be
less than--
------------------------------------------------------------------------
H0-H7..................... 1393 mm 1358 mm
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ A line along that side of the flangeway which is nearer to the
center of the track and at the same elevation as the gauge line.
\2\ A line 14 mm (0.55 inches) below the top of the center line of the
head of the running rail, or corresponding location of the tread
portion of the track structure.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.004
Sec. 299.335 Derails.
(a) Derails shall be installed at locations where maintenance-of-
way equipment can access track other than Class H0, in a configuration
intended to derail the un-controlled equipment away from the mainline
and at a distance from the point of intersection with the mainline that
will not foul the dynamic envelope of the mainline.
(b) Each derail shall be clearly visible to railroad personnel
operating rail equipment on the affected track and to railroad
personnel working adjacent to the affected track. When in a locked
position, a derail shall be free of any lost motion that would allow it
to be operated without removal of the lock.
(c) Each derail shall be maintained and function as intended.
(d) Each derail shall be properly installed for the rail to which
it is applied.
(e) If a track is equipped with a derail it shall be in the
derailing position except as provided in the railroad's operating
rules, special instructions, or changed to permit movement.
Sec. 299.337 Automated vehicle-based inspection systems.
(a) A qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) and a
qualifying Track Acceleration Measurement System (TAMS) shall be
operated over the route at the following frequency:
[[Page 14068]]
(1) For track Class H3, at least twice per calendar year with not
less than 120 days between inspections; and
(2) For track Classes H4, H5, H6, and H7, at least twice within any
60-day period with not less than 12 days between inspections.
(b) The qualifying TGMS shall meet or exceed minimum design
requirements which specify that--
(1) Track geometry measurements shall be taken no more than 1 meter
(3.3 feet) away from the contact point of wheels carrying a vertical
load of no less than 4,500 kg (10,000 lb) per wheel;
(2) Track geometry measurements shall be taken and recorded on a
distance-based sampling interval not exceeding 0.60 m (2 feet),
preferably 0.30 m (1 foot);
(3) Calibration procedures and parameters are assigned to the
system which assures that measured and recorded values accurately
represent track conditions. Track geometry measurements recorded by the
system shall not differ on repeated runs at the same site at the same
speed more than 3 mm (\1/8\ inch); and
(4) The TGMS shall be capable of measuring and processing the
necessary track geometry parameters to determine compliance with
Sec. Sec. 299.311 and 299.315.
(5) A qualifying TAMS shall be on a vehicle having dynamic response
characteristics that are representative of other vehicles assigned to
the service and shall--
(i) Be operated at the revenue speed profile in accordance with
Sec. 299.309;
(ii) Be capable of measuring and processing carbody acceleration
parameters to determine compliance with Carbody Acceleration Limits per
Sec. 299.313; and
(iii) Monitor lateral and vertical accelerations of the carbody.
The accelerometers shall be attached to the carbody on or under the
floor of the vehicle, as near the center of a bogie as practicable.
(d) The qualifying TGMS and TAMS shall be capable of producing,
within 24 hours of the inspection, output reports that--
(1) Provide a continuous plot, on a constant-distance axis, of all
measured track geometry and carbody acceleration parameters required in
paragraph (b) and (c) of this section;
(2) Provide an exception report containing a systematic listing of
all track geometry and all acceleration conditions which constitute an
exception to the class of track over the segment surveyed.
(e) The output reports required under paragraph (d) of this section
shall contain sufficient location identification information which
enables field personnel to easily locate indicated exceptions.
(f) Following a track inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS or
TAMS, the railroad shall, institute remedial action for all exceptions
to the class of track in accordance with the railroad's inspection,
testing, and maintenance program.
(g) The railroad shall maintain for a period of one year following
an inspection performed by a qualifying TGMS and TAMS, a copy of the
plot and the exception report for the track segment involved, and
additional records which--
(1) Specify the date the inspection was made and the track segment
involved; and,
(2) Specify the location, remedial action taken, and the date
thereof, for all listed exceptions to the class.
Sec. 299.339 Daily sweeper inspection.
A sweeper vehicle shall be operated each morning after the
overnight maintenance over all tracks except track Class H2 in
stations, prior to commencing revenue service over that track. The
sweeper vehicle shall operate at a speed no greater than 120 km/h (75
mph) to conduct a visual inspection to ensure the right-of-way is clear
of obstacles within the clearance envelope and to identify conditions
that could cause accidents, and shall have a minimum clearance of no
less than 35 mm above top of rail.
Sec. 299.341 Inspection of rail in service.
(a) Prior to revenue service the railroad shall submit written
procedures for the inspection of rails in accordance with the
inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
(b) On track Classes H4 to H7, and H2 within stations, a continuous
search for internal defects shall be made of all rail within 180 days
after initiation of revenue service and, thereafter, at least annually,
with not less than 240 days between inspections.
(c) Each defective rail shall be marked with a highly visible
marking on both sides of the rail.
(d) Inspection equipment shall be capable of detecting defects
between joint bars and within the area enclosed by joint bars.
(e) If the person assigned to operate the rail defect detection
equipment being used determines that, due to rail surface conditions, a
valid search for internal defects could not be made over a particular
length of track, the test on that particular length of track cannot be
considered as a search for internal defects under this section.
(f) When the railroad learns, through inspection or otherwise, that
a rail in that track contains any of the defects in accordance with
Sec. 299.321, a qualified individual designated under Sec. 299.353 or
299.355 shall determine whether or not the track may continue in use.
If the qualified individual so designated determines that the track may
continue in use, operation over the defective rail is not permitted
until--
(1) The rail is replaced; or
(2) The remedial action as prescribed in Sec. 299.321 has been
taken.
(g) The person assigned to operate the rail defect detection
equipment must be a qualified operator as defined in this subpart and
have demonstrated proficiency in the rail flaw detection process for
each type of equipment the operator is assigned.
Sec. 299.343 Initial inspection of new rail and welds.
(a) The railroad shall provide for the initial inspection of newly
manufactured rail, and for initial inspection of new welds made in
either new or used rail. The railroad may demonstrate compliance with
this section by providing for--
(1) Mill inspection. A continuous inspection at the rail
manufacturer's mill shall constitute compliance with the requirement
for initial inspection of new rail, provided that the inspection
equipment meets the applicable requirements as specified under the
railroads inspection testing and maintenance program and Sec. 299.321.
The railroad shall obtain a copy of the manufacturer's report of
inspection and retain it as a record until the rail receives its first
scheduled inspection under Sec. 299.341;
(2) Welding plant inspection. A continuous inspection at a welding
plant, if conducted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, and accompanied by a plant operator's report of
inspection which is retained as a record by the railroad, shall
constitute compliance with the requirements for initial inspection of
new rail and plant welds, or of new plant welds made in used rail; and
(3) Inspection of field welds. Initial inspection of new field
welds, either those joining the ends of CWR strings or those made for
isolated repairs, shall be conducted before the start of revenue
service in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and
maintenance program. The initial inspection may be conducted by means
of portable test equipment. The railroad shall retain a record of such
inspections until the
[[Page 14069]]
welds receive their first scheduled inspection under Sec. 299.341.
(b) Each defective rail found during inspections conducted under
paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall be marked with highly visible
markings on both sides of the rail and the appropriate remedial action
as set forth in Sec. 299.341 will apply.
Sec. 299.345 Visual inspections; right of way.
(a) General. All track shall be visually inspected in accordance
with the schedule prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section by an
individual qualified under this subpart. The visual inspection shall be
conducted in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
inspection, testing, and maintenance program under subpart G of this
part.
(b) Inspection types and frequency--(1) Safe walkway inspection.
Except for track located inside trainset maintenance facilities and MOW
yards and the associated portions of the right-of-way, the right-of-way
and all track shall be inspected from the safe walkway during daytime
hours, in accordance with the following conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every two
weeks, with a minimum of six calendar days in between inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every
four weeks, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between
inspections.
(iii) No two consecutive visual inspections from the safe walkway
shall be performed from the same safe walkway. Safe walkway inspections
shall alternate between safe walkways on each side of the right-of-way.
(iv) In stations, the safe walkway inspection may be performed from
either the safe walkway or the station platform.
(v) An additional on-track visual inspection conducted during
maintenance hours under paragraph (b)(2) of this section performed in
place of a visual inspection from the safe walkway under paragraph
(b)(1) of this section will satisfy the visual inspection requirement
of paragraph (b)(1) of this section. However, a safe walkway visual
inspection performed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section cannot
replace an on-track visual inspection conducted during maintenance
hours under paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(vi) Except for paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, inspections
performed under paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall not occur during
the same week as inspections performed under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(2) On-track inspections; other than trainset maintenance
facilities and MOW yards. Except for track located inside trainset
maintenance facilities and MOW yards and the associated portions of the
right-of-way, on-track visual inspections, conducted on foot during
maintenance hours, shall be performed on all track in accordance with
the following conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every two
weeks, with a minimum of six calendar days in between inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least once every
four weeks, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between
inspections.
(iii) Turn-outs and track crossings shall be inspected at least
once a week, with a minimum of three calendar days in between
inspections.
(3) On-track inspections; trainset maintenance facilities and MOW
yards. For track located inside trainset maintenance facilities and MOW
yards and the associated portions of the right-of-way, including turn-
outs and track crossings, on-track visual inspections, conducted on
foot during maintenance hours, shall be performed on all track in
accordance with the following conditions:
(i) Ballasted track shall be inspected at least twice during any
60-day period, with a minimum of twelve calendar days in between
inspections.
(ii) Non-ballasted track shall be inspected at least twice within
any 120-day period, with a minimum of twenty-four calendar days in
between inspections.
(4) Visual inspections from trainset cab. Visual inspections from
trainset cab shall be performed for the right-of-way and track for
track Class H3 and above, except of track leading to a trainset
maintenance facility, at least twice weekly with a minimum of two
calendar days between inspections.
(c) If a deviation from the requirements of this subpart is found
during the visual inspection, remedial action shall be initiated
immediately in accordance with the railroad's inspection, testing, and
maintenance program required under subpart G of this part.
Sec. 299.347 Special inspections.
In the event of fire, flood, severe storm, temperature extremes, or
other occurrence which might have damaged track structure, a special
inspection shall be made of the track and right-of-way involved as soon
as possible after the occurrence, prior to the operation of any
trainset over that track.
Sec. 299.349 Inspection records.
(a) The railroad shall keep a record of each inspection required to
be performed on that track under this subpart.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each
record of an inspection under Sec. Sec. 299.325 and 299.345 shall be
prepared on the day the inspection is made and signed by the person
making the inspection.
(c) Records shall specify the track inspected, date of inspection,
location, and nature of any deviation from the requirements of this
part, name of qualified individual who made the inspection, and the
remedial action, if any, taken by the person making the inspection.
(d) Rail inspection records shall specify the date of inspection,
the location and nature of any internal defects found, name of
qualified individual who made the inspection, the remedial action taken
and the date thereof, and the location of any intervals of track not
tested pursuant to Sec. 299.341 of this part. The railroad shall
retain a rail inspection record for at least two years after the
inspection and for one year after remedial action is taken.
(e) The railroad shall make inspection records required by this
section available for inspection and copying by the FRA.
(f) For purposes of compliance with the requirements of this
section, the railroad may maintain and transfer records through
electronic transmission, storage, and retrieval provided that--
(1) The electronic system is compliant with the requirements of
Sec. 299.11;
(2) The electronic storage of each record shall be initiated by the
person making the inspection within 24 hours following the completion
of that inspection;
(3) Track inspection records shall be kept available to persons who
performed the inspection and to persons performing subsequent
inspections.
(g) Each track/vehicle performance record required under Sec.
299.337 shall be made available for inspection and copying by the FRA.
Sec. 299.351 Qualifications for track maintenance and inspection
personnel.
(a) General. The railroad shall designate qualified individuals
responsible for the maintenance and inspection of track in compliance
with the safety requirements prescribed in this subpart. Each
designated individual, including contractors and their employees, must
meet the minimum qualifications set forth in this subpart.
[[Page 14070]]
(b) Recordkeeping. In addition to the requirements contained in
Sec. 243.203 of this chapter, the railroad shall also maintain, with
respect to the designation of individuals under this subpart, the track
inspection records made by each individual as required by Sec.
299.347.
Sec. 299.353 Personnel qualified to supervise track restoration and
renewal.
Each individual designated to supervise restorations and renewals
of track, shall have--
(a) Successfully completed a course offered by the employer or by a
college level engineering program, supplemented by special on-the-job
training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the supervision,
restoration, and renewal of high-speed track;
(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at least once per calendar year,
that the individual--
(1) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that
apply to the restoration and renewal of the track for which he or she
is responsible;
(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and,
(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(c) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to
prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for
deviations from the requirements of this subpart and shall have
successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part
of the qualification process.
Sec. 299.355 Personnel qualified to inspect track.
Each individual designated to inspect track for defects, shall
have--
(a) Successfully completed a course offered by the railroad or by a
college level engineering program, supplemented by special on-the-job
training emphasizing the techniques to be employed in the inspection of
high-speed track;
(b) Demonstrated to the railroad, at least once per calendar year,
that the individual--
(1) Knows and understands the requirements of this subpart that
apply to the inspection of the track for which he or she is
responsible;
(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements; and,
(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(c) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to
prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for
deviations from the requirements in this subpart and shall have
successfully completed a recorded examination on this subpart as part
of the qualification process.
Sec. 299.357 Personnel qualified to inspect and restore continuous
welded rail.
Individuals designated under Sec. 299.353 or 299.355 that inspect
continuous welded rail (CWR) or supervise the installation, adjustment,
and maintenance of CWR in accordance with the written procedures
established by the railroad shall have--
(a) Current qualifications under either Sec. 299.353 or 299.355;
(b) Successfully completed a training course of at least eight
hours duration specifically developed for the application of written
CWR procedures issued by the railroad;
(c) Demonstrated to the railroad that the individual--
(1) Knows and understands the requirements of those written CWR
procedures;
(2) Can detect deviations from those requirements;
(3) Can prescribe appropriate remedial action to correct or safely
compensate for those deviations.
(d) Written authorization from the railroad or the employer to
prescribe remedial actions to correct or safely compensate for
deviations from the requirements in those procedures and must have
successfully completed a recorded examination on those procedures as
part of the qualification process. The recorded examination may be
written, or in the form of a computer file with the results of an
interactive training course.
Subpart D--Rolling Stock
Sec. 299.401 Clearance requirements.
(a) General. The rolling stock shall be designed to meet all
applicable clearance requirements of the railroad. The railroad shall
make its clearance diagrams available to FRA upon request.
(b) Clearance above top of rail. No part or appliance of a trainset
except the wheels, sander tips, wheel guards, and other components
designed to be in the path of the wheel (i.e., above the rail and
aligned inside the wheel width path) may be less than 60 mm (2.36
inches) above the top of rail.
(c) Obstacle deflector. The leading end of a trainset shall be
equipped with an obstacle deflector that extends across both rails of
the track. The minimum clearance above the rail of the obstacle
deflector shall be 76 mm (3 inches), and the maximum clearance shall be
229 mm (9 inches).
(d) Flexible wheel guards. The lead axle of a trainset shall be
equipped with flexible wheel guards mounted on the bogie below the
primary suspension with a maximum clearance above the rail of 15 mm
(0.59 inches).
Sec. 299.403 Trainset structure.
(a) Occupied volume integrity. To demonstrate resistance to loss of
occupied volume, the trainsets shall comply with both the compression
load requirement in paragraph (b) of this section and the dynamic
collision requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Compression load requirement. The end compression load shall be
applied to the vehicle as defined in JIS E 7105:2006 as amended by JIS
E 7105:2011 (all incorporated by reference, see Sec. 299.17), with an
end load magnitude no less than 980 kN (220,300 lbf) without permanent
deformation of the occupied volume.
(c) Dynamic collision scenario. In addition to the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section, occupied volume integrity shall also be
demonstrated for the trainset through an evaluation of a dynamic
collision scenario in which a moving trainset impacts a proxy object
under the following conditions:
(1) The initially-moving trainset is made up of the equipment
undergoing evaluation at its AW0 ready-to-run weight;
(2) The scenario shall be evaluated on tangent, level track;
(3) The trainset shall have an initial velocity of 32 km/h (20 mph)
and shall not be braked;
(4) The proxy object shall have the following characteristics:
(i) The object shall be a solid circular cylinder that weighs 6350
kg (14,000 pounds);
(ii) The object shall have a width of 914 mm (36 inches) and a
diameter of 1219 mm (48 inches);
(iii) The axis of the cylinder shall be perpendicular to the
direction of trainset motion and parallel to the ground; and
(iv) The center of the object shall be located 762 mm (30 inches)
above the top of the underframe.
(5) Collision configurations. Two collision configurations shall be
evaluated.
(i) The center of the object shall be located 483 mm (19 inches)
from the longitudinal centerline of the trainset; and
(ii) The center of the object shall be aligned with the side of the
cab car at the point of maximum width.
(6) Model validation. The model used to demonstrate compliance with
the
[[Page 14071]]
dynamic collision requirements must be validated. Model validation
shall be demonstrated and submitted to FRA for review and approval.
(7) Dynamic collision requirements. As a result of the impact
described in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) and (ii) of this section--
(i) One of the following two conditions must be met for the
occupied volume:
(A) There shall be no more than 254 mm (10 inches) of longitudinal
permanent deformation; or
(B) Global vehicle shortening shall not exceed 1 percent over any
4.6 m (15-feet) length of occupied volume.
(ii) Compliance with each of the following conditions shall also be
demonstrated for the cab after the impact:
(A) Each seat provided for an employee regularly assigned to occupy
the cab, and any floor-mounted seat in the cab, shall maintain a
survival space where there is no intrusion for a minimum of 305 mm (12
inches) from each edge of the seat. Walls or other items originally
within this defined space shall not further intrude more than 38 mm
(1.5 inches) towards the seat under evaluation.
(B) There shall be a clear exit path for the occupants of the cab;
(C) The vertical height of the cab (floor to ceiling) shall not be
reduced by more than 20 percent; and
(D) The operating console shall not have moved closer to the
driver's seat by more than 51 mm (2 inches).
(d) Equipment override. (1) Using the dynamic collision scenarios
described in paragraph (c) of this section, and with all units in the
trainset are positioned at their nominal running heights, the anti-
climbing performance shall be evaluated for each of the following sets
of initial conditions:
(2) For the initial conditions specified in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (3) of this section, compliance with the following conditions
shall be demonstrated after a dynamic impact:
(i) The relative difference in elevation between the underframes of
the connected equipment shall not change by more than 102 mm (4
inches); and
(ii) The tread of any wheel of the trainset shall not rise above
the top of rail by more than 102 mm (4 inches).
(e) Roof and side structure integrity. To demonstrate roof and side
structure integrity, each passenger car shall comply with the
following:
(1) Rollover strength. (i) Each passenger car shall be designed to
rest on its side and be uniformly supported at the top and bottom cords
of the vehicle side. The allowable stress in the structural members of
the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half yield or one-
half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less. Local yielding to
the outer skin of the passenger car is allowed provided that the
resulting deformations in no way intrude upon the occupied volume of
the car.
(ii) Each passenger car shall also be designed to rest on its roof
so that any damage in occupied areas is limited to roof extrusions.
Other than roof extrusions, the allowable stress in the structural
members of the occupied volumes for this condition shall be one-half
yield or one-half the critical buckling stress, whichever is less.
Local yielding to the outer skin, including the floor structure, of the
car is allowed provided that the resulting deformations in no way
intrude upon the occupied volume of the car. Deformation to the roof
extrusions is allowed to the extent necessary to permit the vehicle to
be supported directly on the top chords of the sides and ends.
(2) Side structure. (i) The sum of the section moduli about a
longitudinal axis, taken at the weakest horizontal section between the
side sill and roof, of the extrusions on each side of the car located
between the inside edge of the doors shall be not less than 3.95x105
mm\3\ (24.1 in\3\).
(ii) The sum of the section moduli about a transverse axis, taken
at the weakest horizontal section on each side of the car located
between body corners shall be not less than 2.64x105 mm\3\ (16.1
in\3\).
(iii) The minimum section moduli or thicknesses specified in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section shall be adjusted in proportion to
the ratio of the yield strength of the material used to a value of 172
MPa (25 ksi).
(iv) The combined thickness of the skin of the side structure
extrusions shall not be less than 3 mm (0.125 inch) nominal thickness.
The thicknesses shall be adjusted in proportion to the ratio of the
yield strength of the material used to a value of 172 MPa (25 ksi).
(f) Bogie-to-carbody attachment. (1) The bogie-to-carbody
attachment shall utilize the service proven design as used on the N700.
(2) The bogie shall be securely attached to the carbody and
designed to operate without failure under the operating conditions of
the railroad, including expected mechanical shocks and vibrations.
Sec. 299.405 Trainset interiors.
(a) Interior fittings. Interior fittings of trainsets shall be--
(1) Securely attached and designed to operate without failure under
the conditions typically found in passenger rail equipment including
expected mechanical vibrations, and shock.
(2) To the extent possible, all interior fittings shall be recessed
or flush mounted. Corners and/or sharp edges shall be either avoided or
padded to mitigate the consequence of impact with such surfaces.
(b) Luggage stowage. (1) Luggage stowage racks shall slope downward
in the outboard direction at a minimum ratio of 1:8 with respect to a
horizontal plane to provide lateral restraint for stowed articles.
(2) Luggage stowage compartments shall provide longitudinal
restraint for stowed articles.
Sec. 299.407 Glazing.
(a) General. The railroad shall install glazing systems compliant
with the requirements defined in this section.
(b) Trainset glazing; end-facing. (1) Each end-facing exterior
window of the trainset shall comply with the requirements for large
object and ballistic impact scenarios as defined in this section.
(2) Each end-facing exterior window of the trainset shall
demonstrate compliance with the following requirements for the large
object impact test.
(i) The glazing article shall be impacted with a cylindrical
projectile that complies with the following design specifications as
depicted in Figure 6 to paragraph (b)(2)(i)(D) of this section:
(A) The projectile shall be constructed of aluminum alloy such as
ISO 6362-2:1990, grade 2017A, or its demonstrated equivalent;
(B) The projectile end cap shall be made of steel;
(C) The projectile assembly shall weigh 1 kilogram (kg) (-0, +0.020
kg) or 2.2 lbs (-0, +0.044 lbs) and shall have a hemispherical tip.
Material may be removed from the interior of the aluminum portion to
adjust the projectile mass according to the prescribed tolerance. The
hemispherical tip shall have a milled surface with 1 mm (0.04 inches)
grooves; and
(D) The projectile shall have an overall diameter of 94 mm (3.7
inches) with a nominal internal diameter of 70 mm (2.76 inches).
[[Page 14072]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.005
(ii) The test of the glazing article shall be deemed satisfactory
if the test projectile does not penetrate the glazing article, the
glazing article remains in its frame, and the witness plate is not
marked by spall.
(iii) A new projectile shall be used for each test.
(iv) The glazing article to be tested shall be that which has the
smallest area for each design type. For the test, the glazing article
shall be fixed in a frame of the same construction as that mounted on
the vehicle.
(v) A minimum of four tests shall be conducted and all must be
deemed satisfactory. Two tests shall be conducted with the complete
glazing article at 0[deg]C 0.5[deg]C (32[deg]F 0.9[deg]F) and two tests shall be conducted with the complete
glazing article at 20[deg]C 5[deg]C (68[deg]F
9[deg]F). For the tests to be valid it shall be demonstrated that the
core temperature of the complete glazing article during each test is
within the required temperature range.
(vi) The test glazing article shall be mounted at the same angle
relative to the projectile path as it will be to the direction of
travel when mounted on the vehicle.
(vii) The projectile's impact velocity shall equal the maximum
operating speed of the trainset plus 160 km/h (100 mph). The projectile
velocity shall be measured within 4 m (13 feet) of the point of impact.
(viii) The point of impact shall be at the geometrical center of
the glazing article.
(3) Representative samples for large object impact testing of large
end-facing cab glazing articles may be used, instead of the actual
design size provided that the following conditions are met:
(i) Testing of glazing articles having dimensions greater than
1,000 mm by 700 mm (39.4 by 27.6 inches), excluding framing, may be
performed using a flat sample having the same composition as the
glazing article for which compliance is to be demonstrated. The glazing
manufacturer shall provide documentation containing its technical
justification that testing a flat sample is sufficient to verify
compliance of the glazing article with the requirements of this
paragraph.
(ii) Flat sample testing is permitted only if no surface of the
full-size glazing article contains curvature whose radius is less than
2,500 mm (98 inches); and when a complete, finished, glazing article is
laid (convex side uppermost) on a flat horizontal surface, the
distance, (measured perpendicularly to the flat surface) between the
flat surface and the inside face of the glazing article is not greater
than 200 mm (8 inches).
(4) End-facing glazing shall demonstrate sufficient resistance to
spalling, as verified by the large impact
[[Page 14073]]
projectile test under the following conditions:
(i) An annealed aluminum witness plate of maximum thickness 0.15 mm
(0.006 inches) and of dimension 500 mm by 500 mm (19.7 by 19.7 inches)
is placed vertically behind the sample under test, at a horizontal
distance of 500 mm (19.7 inches) from the point of impact in the
direction of travel of the projectile or the distance between the point
of impact of the projectile and the location of the driver's eyes in
the driver's normal operating position, whichever is less. The center
of the witness plate is aligned with the point of impact.
(ii) Spalling performance shall be deemed satisfactory if the
aluminum witness plate is not marked.
(iii) For the purposes of this part, materials used specifically to
protect the cab occupants from spall (i.e., spall shields) shall not be
required to meet the flammability and smoke emission performance
requirements of Sec. 299.413.
(5) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall, at a minimum,
provide ballistic penetration resistance that meets the requirements of
appendix A to part 223 of this chapter.
(c) Trainset glazing; side-facing. Except as provided in paragraph
(d) of this section, each side-facing exterior window in a trainset
shall comply with the requirements for Type II glazing as defined in
part 223 of this chapter or other alternative standard approved by FRA.
(d) Side-facing breakable glazing. A side-facing exterior window
intended to be breakable and serve as an emergency window exit may
comply with an alternative standard approved for use by FRA under Sec.
299.15.
(e) Certification of Glazing Materials. Glazing materials shall be
certified in accordance with the following procedures:
(1) Each manufacturer that provides glazing materials, intended by
the manufacturer for use in achieving compliance with the requirements
of this subpart, shall certify that each type of glazing material being
supplied for this purpose has been successfully tested in accordance
with this section and that test verification data are available to the
railroad or to FRA upon request.
(2) Tests performed on glazing materials for compliance with this
part shall be conducted by either--
(i) An independent third party (lab, facility, underwriter); or
(ii) The glazing manufacturer, providing FRA with the opportunity
to witness all tests by written notice, a minimum of 30 days prior to
testing.
(3) Any glazing material certified to meet the requirements of this
part shall be re-certified if any change is made to the glazing that
may affect its mechanical properties or its mounting arrangement on the
vehicle.
(4) All certification/re-certification documentation shall be made
available to FRA upon request. The test verification data shall contain
all pertinent original data logs and documentation that the selection
of material samples, test set-ups, test measuring devices, and test
procedures were performed by qualified individuals using recognized and
acceptable practices and in accordance with this section.
(5) Glazing shall be marked in the following manner:
(i) Each end-facing exterior window in a cab shall be permanently
marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the marking is
clearly visible after the material has been installed. The marking
shall include:
(A) The words ``FRA TYPE IHS'' to indicate that the material meets
the requirements specified in paragraph (b) of this section;
(B) The manufacturer of the material; and
(C) The type or brand identification of the material.
(ii) Each side-facing exterior window in a trainset shall be
permanently marked, prior to installation, in such a manner that the
marking is clearly visible after the material has been installed. The
marking shall include:
(A) The words ``FRA TYPE II'' to indicate that the material meets
the requirements specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
(B) The manufacturer of the material; and
(C) The type or brand identification of the material.
(f) Glazing securement. Each exterior window shall remain in place
when subjected to--
(1) The forces due to air pressure differences caused when two
trainsets pass at the minimum separation for two adjacent tracks, while
traveling in opposite directions, each trainset traveling at the
maximum approved trainset speed in accordance with Sec. 299.609(g);
and
(2) The impact forces that the exterior window is required to
resist as specified in this section.
Sec. 299.409 Brake system.
(a) General. The railroad shall demonstrate through analysis and
testing the maximum safe operating speed for its trainsets that results
in no thermal damage to equipment or infrastructure during normal
operation of the brake system.
(b) Minimum performance requirement for brake system. Each
trainset's brake system, under the worst-case adhesion conditions as
defined by the railroad, shall be capable of stopping the trainset from
its maximum operating speed within the signal spacing existing on the
track over which the trainset is operating.
(c) Urgent brake system. A trainset shall be provided with an
urgent brake application feature that produces an irretrievable stop.
An urgent brake application shall be available at any time, and shall
be initiated by an unintentional parting of the trainset or by the
trainset crew from the conductor rooms.
(d) Application/release indication. The brake system shall be
designed so that an inspector may determine whether the brake system is
functioning properly without being placed in a dangerous position on,
under or between the equipment. This determination may be made through
automated monitoring system that utilizes sensors to verify that the
brakes have been applied and released.
(e) Passenger brake alarm. (1) A means to initiate a passenger
brake alarm shall be provided at two locations in each unit of a
trainset. The words ``Passenger Brake Alarm'' shall be legibly
stenciled or marked on each device or on an adjacent badge plate.
(2) All passenger brake alarms shall be installed so as to prevent
accidental activation.
(3) When a passenger brake alarm is activated, it shall initiate an
emergency brake application. The emergency brake application can be
overridden by the driver so that the trainset can be stopped at a safe
location.
(4) To retrieve the emergency brake application described in
paragraph (e)(3) of this section, the driver must activate appropriate
controls to issue a command for brake application as specified in the
railroad's operating rules.
(f) Degraded brake system performance. The following requirements
address degraded brake system performance on the railroad's high-speed
trainsets--
(1) Loss of power or failure of regenerative brake shall not result
in exceeding the allowable stopping distance as defined by the
railroad;
(2) The available friction braking shall be adequate to stop the
trainset safely under the operating conditions defined by the railroad;
[[Page 14074]]
(3) The operational status of the trainset brake system shall be
displayed for the driver in the operating cab; and
(4) Under Sec. 299.607(b)(5), the railroad shall demonstrate
through analysis and testing the maximum speed for safely operating its
trainsets using only the friction brake system with no thermal damage
to equipment or infrastructure. The analysis and testing shall also
determine the maximum safe operating speed for various percentages of
operative friction brakes.
(g) Main reservoir system. The main reservoirs in a trainset shall
be designed and tested to meet the requirements set forth in JIS B 8265
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 299.17). Reservoirs shall be
certified based on their size and volume requirements.
(h) Main reservoir tests. Prior to initial installation, each main
reservoir shall be subjected to a pneumatic or hydrostatic pressure
test based on the maximum working pressure defined in paragraph (g) of
this section unless otherwise established by the railroad's mechanical
officer. Records of the test date, location, and pressure shall be
maintained by the railroad for the life of the equipment. Periodic
inspection requirements for main reservoirs shall be defined in the
railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by
Sec. 299.445.
(i) Brake gauges. All mechanical gauges and all devices providing
electronic indication of air pressure that are used by the driver to
aid in the control or braking of a trainset shall be located so that
they can be conveniently read from the driver's normal position during
operation of the trainset.
(j) Brake application/release. (1) Brake actuators shall be
designed to provide brake pad clearance when the brakes are released.
(2) The minimum brake cylinder pressure shall be established to
provide adequate adjustment from minimum service to emergency for
proper trainset operation.
(k) Leakage. The method of inspection for main reservoir pipe and
brake cylinder pipe leakage shall be prescribed in the railroad's
inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by Sec. 299.445.
(l) Slide alarm. (1) A trainset shall be equipped with an adhesion
control system designed to automatically adjust the braking force on
each wheel to prevent sliding during braking.
(2) A wheel slide alarm that is visual or audible, or both, shall
alert the driver in the operating cab to wheel-slide conditions on any
axle of the trainset.
(3) Operating restrictions for a trainset with wheel slide
protection devices that are not functioning as intended shall be
defined by the railroad under its requirements for movement of
defective equipment required by Sec. 299.447, and within the
railroad's operating rules, as appropriate.
(m) Monitoring and diagnostic system. Each trainset shall be
equipped with a monitoring and diagnostic system that is designed to
automatically assess the functionality of the brake system for the
entire trainset. Details of the system operation and the method of
communication of brake system functionality prior to the dispatch of
the trainset shall be described in detail in the railroad's Operating
Rules and inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by
Sec. 299.445.
(n) Trainset securement. Each trainset shall be equipped with a
means of securing the equipment, independent of the friction brake, on
the grade condition defined by the railroad. The railroad's operating
rules shall define procedures for trainset securement and the railroad
shall demonstrate that these procedures effectively secure the
equipment in accordance with Sec. 299.607(b)(5).
(o) Rescue operation; brake system. A trainset's brake system shall
be designed so as to allow a rescue vehicle or trainset to control its
brakes when the trainset is disabled.
Sec. 299.411 Bogies and suspension system.
(a) Wheel climb. (1) Suspension systems shall be designed to
reasonably prevent wheel climb, wheel unloading, rail rollover, rail
shift, and a vehicle from overturning to ensure safe, stable
performance and ride quality. These requirements shall be met--
(i) In all operating environments, and under all track conditions
and loading conditions as determined by the railroad; and
(ii) At all track speeds and over all track qualities consistent
with the requirements in subpart C of this part, up to the maximum
trainset speed and maximum cant deficiency of the equipment in
accordance with Sec. 299.609(g).
(2) All passenger equipment shall meet the safety performance
standards for suspension systems contained in Sec. 299.609(h). In
particular--
(i) Vehicle/track system qualification. All trainsets shall
demonstrate safe operation during pre-revenue service qualification in
accordance with Sec. 299.609 and is subject to the requirements of
Sec. 299.313.
(ii) Revenue service operation. All passenger equipment in service
is subject to the requirements of Sec. 299.313.
(b) Lateral accelerations. The trainsets shall not operate under
conditions that result in a steady-state lateral acceleration greater
than 0.15g, as measured parallel to the car floor inside the passenger
compartment.
(c) Journal bearing overheat sensors. Bearing overheat sensors
shall be provided on all journal bearings on each trainset.
Sec. 299.413 Fire safety.
(a) General. All materials used in constructing the interior of the
trainset shall meet the flammability and smoke emission characteristics
and testing standards contained in appendix B to part 238 of this
chapter. For purposes of this section, the interior of the trainset
includes walls, floors, ceilings, seats, doors, windows, electrical
conduits, air ducts, and any other internal equipment.
(b) Certification. The railroad shall require certification that a
representative sample of combustible materials to be--
(1) Used in constructing a passenger car or a cab, or
(2) Introduced in a passenger car or a cab, as part of any kind of
rebuild, refurbishment, or overhaul of the car or cab, has been tested
by a recognized independent testing laboratory and that the results
show the representative sample complies with the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section at the time it was tested.
(c) Fire safety analysis. The railroad shall ensure that fire
safety considerations and features in the design of the trainsets
reduce the risk of personal injury caused by fire to an acceptable
level in its operating environment using a formal safety methodology.
To this end, the railroad shall complete a written fire safety analysis
for the passenger equipment being procured. In conducting the analysis,
the railroad shall--
(1) Identify, analyze, and prioritize the fire hazards inherent in
the design of the equipment.
(2) Take effective steps to design the equipment and select
materials which help provide sufficient fire resistance to reasonably
ensure adequate time to detect a fire and safely evacuate the
passengers and crewmembers, if a fire cannot be prevented. Factors to
consider include potential ignition sources; the type, quantity, and
location of the materials; and availability of rapid and safe egress to
the exterior of the equipment under conditions secure from fire, smoke,
and other hazards.
(3) Reasonably ensure that a ventilation system in the equipment
[[Page 14075]]
does not contribute to the lethality of a fire.
(4) Identify in writing any trainset component that is a risk of
initiating fire and which requires overheat protection. An overheat
detector shall be installed in any component when the analysis
determines that an overheat detector is necessary.
(5) Identify in writing any unoccupied trainset compartment that
contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and analyze
the benefit provided by including a fire or smoke detection system in
each compartment so identified. A fire or smoke detector shall be
installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines
that such equipment is necessary to ensure sufficient time for the safe
evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the trainset. For
purposes of this section, an unoccupied trainset compartment means any
part of the equipment structure that is not normally occupied during
operation of the trainset, including a closet, baggage compartment,
food pantry, etc.
(6) Determine whether any occupied or unoccupied space requires a
portable fire extinguisher and, if so, the proper type and size of the
fire extinguisher for each location. As required by Sec. 239.101 of
this chapter, each passenger car is required to have a minimum of one
portable fire extinguisher. If the analysis performed indicates that
one or more additional portable fire extinguishers are needed, such
shall be installed.
(7) Analyze the benefit provided by including a fixed, automatic
fire-suppression system in any unoccupied trainset compartment that
contains equipment or material that poses a fire hazard, and determine
the proper type and size of the automatic fire-suppression system for
each such location. A fixed, automatic fire-suppression system shall be
installed in any unoccupied compartment when the analysis determines
that such equipment is practical and necessary to ensure sufficient
time for the safe evacuation of passengers and crewmembers from the
trainset.
(8) Explain how safety issues are resolved in the design of the
equipment and selection of materials to reduce the risk of each fire
hazard.
(9) Describe the analysis and testing necessary to demonstrate that
the fire protection approach taken in the design of the equipment and
selection of materials meets the fire protection requirements of this
part.
(d) Inspection, testing, and maintenance. The railroad shall
develop and adopt written procedures for the inspection, testing, and
maintenance of all fire safety systems and fire safety equipment on the
passenger equipment it operates under Sec. 299.445(b), and subpart G
of this part. The railroad shall comply with those procedures that it
designates as mandatory for the safety of the equipment and its
occupants.
Sec. 299.415 Doors.
(a) Each powered, exterior side door in a vestibule that is
partitioned from the passenger compartment of a trainset shall have a
manual override device that is--
(1) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without
power.
(2) Located such that--
(i) Interior access is provided adjacent to each manual door
release mechanism; and,
(ii) Exterior access is provided on each side of each car.
(3) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access and
operate the override device without requiring the use of a tool or
other implement.
(4) The railroad may protect a manual override device used to open
a powered, exterior door with a cover or a screen.
(5) When a manual override device is activated, door panel
friction, including seals and hangers, shall allow the doors to be
opened or closed manually with as low a force as practicable.
(6) The emergency release mechanism shall require manual reset.
(b) Each passenger car shall have a minimum of one exterior side
door per side. Each such door shall provide a minimum clear opening
with dimensions of 813 mm (32 inches) horizontally by 1850 mm (72.8
inches) vertically.
(c) Door exits shall be marked, and instructions provided for their
use, as specified in Sec. 299.423.
(d) All doors intended for access by emergency responders shall be
marked, and instructions provided for their use, as specified in Sec.
299.423.
(e) Vestibule doors and other interior doors intended for passage
through a passenger car.
(1) General. Except for a door providing access to a control
compartment each powered vestibule door and any other powered interior
door intended for passage through a passenger car shall have a manual
override device that conforms with the requirements of paragraphs
(e)(2) and (3) of this section.
(2) Manual override devices. Each manual override device shall be:
(i) Capable of releasing the door to permit it to be opened without
power;
(ii) Located adjacent to the door it controls; and
(iii) Designed and maintained so that a person may readily access
and operate the override device from each side of the door without the
use of a tool or other implement.
(3) Marking and instructions. Each manual override device and each
retention mechanism shall be marked, and instructions provided for
their use, as specified in Sec. 299.423.
(f) The status of each powered, exterior side door in a passenger
car shall be displayed to the driver in the operating cab. Door
interlock sensors shall be provided to detect trainset motion and shall
be nominally set to operate at 5 km/h.
(g) All powered exterior side passenger doors shall:
(1) Be equipped with the service-proven door safety system utilized
by the N700 or an alternate door safety system designed subject to a
Failure Modes, Effects, Criticality Analysis (FMECA);
(2) Be designed with an obstruction detection system capable of
detecting a rigid flat bar, 6.4 mm (\1/4\ inches) wide and 76 mm (3
inches) high and a rigid rod, 9.5 mm (\3/8\ inches) in diameter;
(3) Incorporate an obstruction detection system sufficient to
detect large obstructions;
(4) Be designed so that activation of a door by-pass feature does
not affect the operation of the obstruction detection system on all the
other doors on the trainset;
(5) The door control station shall be located in a secured area
that is only accessible to crewmembers or maintenance personnel;
(6) The door open or closed circuit shall not be affected by the
throttle position; and,
(7) Discrete, dedicated trainlines shall be used for door-open and
door-close commands, door-closed summary circuit, and no motion, if
trainlined.
(h) All powered exterior side door systems in a trainset shall:
(1) Be designed with a door summary circuit. The door summary
circuit shall be connected or interlocked to prohibit the trainset from
developing tractive power if an exterior side door in a passenger car,
other than a door under the direct physical control of a crewmember for
his or her exclusive use, is not closed;
(2) Be connected to side door status indicators located on the
exterior of each unit of the trainset;
(3) Be connected to a door summary status indicator that is readily
viewable to the driver from his or her normal position in the operating
cab;
(4) If equipped with a trainset-wide door by-pass device, be
designed so that the trainset-wide door by-pass functions
[[Page 14076]]
only when activated from the operating cab of the trainset;
(5) A lock (cut-out/lock-out) mechanism shall be installed at each
door panel to secure a door in the closed and locked position. When the
lock mechanism is utilized to secure the door in the closed position, a
door-closed indication shall be provided to the door summary circuit;
and,
(6) A crew key or other secure device shall be required to lock-out
an exterior side door to prevent unauthorized use.
(i)(1) Visual inspections and functional tests. The inspection and
functional tests required for the door safety system, including the
trainset-wide by-pass verification, shall be conducted in accordance
with the railroad's trainset inspection, testing, and maintenance
program in accordance with Sec. 299.445, and operating rules under
subpart E.
(2) Face-to-face relief. Crewmembers taking control of a trainset
do not need to perform a visual inspection or a functional test of the
door by-pass devices in cases of face-to-face relief of another
trainset crew and notification by that crew as to the functioning of
the door by-pass devices.
(j) The railroad shall maintain a record of each door by-pass
activation and each unintended opening of a powered exterior side door,
including any repair(s) made, in the defect tracking system as required
by Sec. 299.445(h).
Sec. 299.417 Emergency lighting.
(a) General. Emergency lighting shall be provided in each unit of a
trainset. The emergency lighting system shall be designed to facilitate
the ability of passengers and trainset crew members, and/or emergency
responders to see and orient themselves, to identify obstacles, in
order to assist them to safely move through and out of a passenger rail
car.
(1) Emergency lighting shall illuminate the following areas:
(i) Passenger car aisles, passageways, and toilets;
(ii) Door emergency exit controls/manual releases;
(iii) Vestibule floor near the door emergency exits (to facilitate
safe entrance/exit from the door);
(iv) Within the car diaphragm and adjacent area; and
(v) Specialty car locations such as crew offices.
(b) Minimum illumination levels. (1) A minimum, average
illumination level of 10.7 lux (1 foot-candle) measured at floor level
adjacent to each exterior door and each interior door providing access
to an exterior door (such as a door opening into a vestibule);
(2) A minimum, average illumination level of 10.7 lux (1 foot-
candle) measured 635 mm (25 inches) above floor level along the center
of each aisle and passageway;
(3) A minimum illumination level of 1.1 lux (0.1 foot-candle)
measured 635 mm (25 inches) above floor level at any point along the
center of each aisle and passageway;
(c) Lighting activation. Each emergency lighting fixture shall
activate automatically or be energized continuously whenever the car is
in revenue service and normal lighting is not available.
(d) Independent power source. Emergency lighting system shall have
an independent power source(s) that is located in or within one half a
car length of each light fixture it powers.
(e) Functional requirements. Emergency lighting system components
shall be designed to operate without failure and capable of remaining
attached under the conditions typically found in passenger rail
equipment including expected mechanical vibrations, and shock in
accordance with Sec. 299.405(a)(1), as well as comply with
electromagnetic interference criteria in Sec. 299.435(e).
(1) All emergency lighting system components shall be capable to
operate in all railcar orientations.
(2) All emergency lighting system components shall be capable to
operate when normal power is unavailable for 90 minutes without a loss
of more than 40% of the minimum illumination levels specified in
paragraph (b) of this section.
(f) Inspection. (1) The railroad shall inspect the emergency
lighting system as required by its inspection, testing, and maintenance
program in accordance with Sec. 299.445.
(2) If batteries are used as independent power sources, they shall
have automatic self-diagnostic modules designed to perform discharge
tests.
Sec. 299.419 Emergency communication.
(a) PA (public address) system. Each passenger car shall be
equipped with a PA system that provides a means for a trainset
crewmember to communicate by voice to passengers of his or her trainset
in an emergency situation. The PA system shall also provide a means for
a trainset crewmember to communicate by voice in an emergency situation
to persons in the immediate vicinity of his or her trainset (e.g.,
persons on the station platform). The PA system may be part of the same
system as the intercom system.
(b) Intercom system. Each passenger car shall be equipped with an
intercom system that provides a means for passengers and crewmembers to
communicate by voice with each other in an emergency situation. Except
as further specified, at least one intercom that is accessible to
passengers without using a tool or other implement shall be located in
each end (half) of each car.
(c) Marking and instructions. The following requirements apply to
all units of a trainset:
(1) The location of each intercom intended for passenger use shall
be conspicuously marked with HPPL material in accordance with Sec.
299.423; and
(2) Legible and understandable operating instructions shall be made
of HPPL material in accordance with Sec. 299.423 and posted at or near
each such intercom.
(d) Back-up power. PA and intercom systems shall have a back-up
power system capable of--
(1) Powering each system to allow intermittent emergency
communication for a minimum period of 90 minutes. Intermittent
communication shall be considered equivalent to continuous
communication during the last 15 minutes of the 90-minute minimum
period; and
(2) Operating in all equipment orientations within 90 degrees of
vertical.
(e) Additional requirements. The PA and intercom systems shall be
designed to operate without failure and remain attached under the
conditions typically found in passenger rail equipment including
expected mechanical vibrations, and shock in accordance with Sec.
299.405(a)(1), as well as comply with electromagnetic interference
criteria in Sec. 299.435(e).
Sec. 299.421 Emergency roof access.
(a) Number and dimensions. Each passenger car shall have a minimum
of two emergency roof access locations, each providing a minimum
opening of 660 mm (26 inches) longitudinally (i.e., parallel to the
longitudinal axis of the car) by 610 mm (24 inches) laterally.
(b) Means of access. Emergency roof access shall be provided by
means of a conspicuously marked structural weak point in the roof for
access by properly equipped emergency response personnel.
(c) Location. Emergency roof access locations shall be situated so
that when a car is on its side--
(1) One emergency access location is situated as close as
practicable within each half of the roof as divided top from bottom;
and
(2) One emergency access location is situated as close as
practicable within
[[Page 14077]]
each half of the roof as divided left from right. (See Figure 2 to this
paragraph.)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.006
(d) Obstructions. The ceiling space below each emergency roof
access location shall be free from wire, cabling, conduit, and piping.
This space shall also be free of any rigid secondary structure (e.g., a
diffuser or diffuser support, lighting back fixture, mounted PA
equipment, or luggage rack) where practicable. It shall be permissible
to cut through interior panels, liners, or other non-rigid secondary
structures after making the cutout hole in the roof, provided any such
additional cutting necessary to access the interior of the vehicle
permits a minimum opening of the dimensions specified in paragraph (a)
of this section to be maintained.
(e) Marking instructions. Each emergency roof access location shall
be conspicuously marked with retroreflective material of contrasting
color meeting the minimum requirements specified in Sec. 299.423.
Legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or near each
such location.
Sec. 299.423 Markings and instructions for emergency egress and
rescue access.
(a) General. Instructions and markings shall be provided in each
unit of a trainset in accordance with the minimum requirements of this
section to provide instructions for passengers and trainset crewmembers
for regarding emergency egress, and rescue access instructions for
emergency responders.
(b) Visual identity and recognition. Emergency exit signage/marking
systems shall enable passengers and trainset crewmembers to make
positive identification of emergency exits.
(1) Each interior emergency exit sign and emergency exit locator
sign shall be conspicuous (i.e., clearly recognizable/distinguishable)
or become conspicuous to passengers and trainset crewmembers
immediately and automatically upon the loss of power for normal
lighting, from a minimum distance of 1.52 m (5 feet).
(2) The signs and markings shall operate independently of the car's
normal and emergency lighting systems, for a minimum of 90 minutes
after loss of all power for normal lighting.
(3) An emergency exit locator sign shall be located in close
proximity of each emergency exit and shall work in conjunction with the
emergency exit sign. The location of the sign, directional arrow(s), or
wording shall guide passengers and trainset crewmembers to the
emergency exit route.
(c) Rescue access signage/marking systems. (1) Rescue access
signage and marking systems shall enable emergency responders to make
positive identification of rescue access points.
(2) Rescue access information for emergency responders placed on
the exterior of the carbody shall, at a minimum, consist of the
following:
(i) Each door intended for use by emergency responders for rescue
access shall be identified with emergency access signs, symbols, or
other conspicuous marking consisting of retroreflective material that
complies with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section.
(ii) Rescue access door control locator signs/markings and
instructions;
(A) Each door intended for use by emergency responders for rescue
access shall have operating instructions for opening the door from
outside the car placed on or immediately adjacent to the door on the
carbody. If a power door does not function with an integral release
mechanism, the instructions shall indicate the location of the exterior
manual door control.
(B) Each power door intended for use by emergency responders for
rescue access which has a non-integral release mechanism located away
from the door, shall have a door control sign/marking placed at the
location of this control that provides instructions for emergency
operation, either as part of the access sign/marking or as another
sign/marking.
(C) Each car equipped with manual doors shall have operating
instructions for opening the door from the exterior, either as part of
the access sign/marking or as another sign/marking.
(iii) Rescue access window locator signs/markings and instructions;
(A) Each rescue access window shall be identified with a unique
retroreflective and easily recognizable sign, symbol, or other
conspicuous marking that complies with paragraphs (d) and (e) of this
section.
(B) Signs, symbols, or marking shall be placed at the bottom of
each such window, on each window, or adjacent
[[Page 14078]]
to each window, utilizing arrows, where necessary, to clearly designate
rescue assess window location. Legible and understandable window-access
instructions, including any pictogram/instructions for removing the
window, shall be posted at or near each rescue access window.
(iv) Roof access locator signs/markings and instructions.
(A) The location of each emergency access point provided on the
roof of a passenger car shall be clearly marked with retroreflective
material of contrasting color that complies with paragraphs (d) and (e)
of this section.
(B) Legible and understandable instructions shall be posted at or
near each such location.
(C) If emergency roof access is provided by means of a structural
weak point:
(1) The retroreflective material shall clearly mark the line along
which the roof skin shall be cut; and
(2) A sign plate with a retroreflective border shall also state:
CAUTION--DO NOT USE FLAME CUTTING DEVICES.
CAUTION--WARN PASSENGERS BEFORE CUTTING.
CUT ALONG DASHED LINE TO GAIN ACCESS.
ROOF CONSTRUCTION--[STATE RELEVANT DETAILS].
(d) Color contrast. Exterior signs/markings shall provide luminance
contrast ratio of not less than 0.5, as measured by a color-corrected
photometer.
(e) Materials--(1) Retroreflective material. Exterior emergency
rescue access locator signs/markings shall be constructed of
retroreflective material that conforms to the specifications for Type I
material sheeting, as specified in ASTM D 4956-07 [egr]1 (incorporated
by reference, see Sec. 299.17), ``as tested in accordance with ASTM E
810-03 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 299.17).
(2) HPPL materials. All HPPL materials used in finished component
configurations shall comply with the minimum luminance criterion of 7.5
mcd/m\2\ after 90 minutes when tested according to the provisions of
ASTM E 2073-07 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 299.17), with the
following three modifications:
(i) Activation. The HPPL material shall be activated with a
fluorescent lamp of 40W or less and a color temperature of 4000-4500K
that provides no more than 10.7 lux (1 fc) of illumination as measured
on the material surface. The activation period shall be for no more
than 60 minutes.
(ii) Luminance. The photopic luminance of all specimens of the HPPL
material shall be measured with a luminance meter as defined in section
5.2 of ASTM E 2073-07, a minimum of 90 minutes after activation has
ceased.
(iii) Luminance in mcd/m \2\. The test report shall include a
luminance measurement 90 minutes after activation has ceased.
(f) Recordkeeping. (1) The railroad shall retain a copy of the car
manufacturer/supplier provided independent laboratory certified test
report results showing that the illuminance or luminance measurements,
as appropriate, on the active area of the signage/marking component.
Such records shall be kept until all cars with those components are
retired, transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad for use
in revenue service. A copy of such records shall be transferred to the
accepting railroad along with any such cars.
(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of the railroad-approved
illuminance test plan(s) and test results until the next periodic test,
or other test specified in accordance with the railroad's inspection,
testing, and maintenance program is conducted on a representative car/
area, or until all cars of that type are retired, or are transferred,
leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of such records shall
be transferred to the accepting railroad along with such car(s).
(3) The railroad shall retain a copy of the certified independent
laboratory test report results that certify that the retroreflective
material complies with Type I materials per ASTM D-4956-07 \[epsiv]1\
until all cars containing the retroreflective material are retired, or
are transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of
such records shall be provided to the accepting railroad along with any
car(s) that are transferred, leased, or conveyed.
Sec. 299.425 Low-location emergency exit path marking.
(a) General. Low-location emergency exit path marking (LLEEPM)
shall be provided in each unit of a trainset. The LLEEPM system shall
be designed to identify the location of primary door exits and the exit
path to be used to reach such doors by passengers and trainset
crewmembers under conditions of darkness when normal and emergency
sources of illumination are obscured by smoke or are inoperative.
(b) Visual identity and recognition. The LLEEPM system shall be
conspicuous (i.e., clearly recognizable/distinguishable), or become
conspicuous immediately and automatically from a low-location upon loss
of power for normal lighting, and under the minimum general emergency
light illumination levels as specified in Sec. 299.423.
(c) Signage and markings. At a minimum, the LLEEPM system shall
have the following three components:
(1) Primary door exit signs. (i) Each primary door exit shall be
clearly marked with an exit sign;
(ii) The exit sign shall be visible from a low-location from the
exit along the exit path; and
(iii) Each exit sign shall be located on or immediately adjacent to
each door and placed between 152.4 and 457.2 mm (6 and 18 inches) above
the floor.
(2) Primary door exit marking/delineators. (i) The location of the
exit path shall be marked using electrically powered (active) marking/
delineators or light fixtures, HPPL (passive) marking/delineators or a
combination of these two systems.
(ii) The requirements in this section apply for both electrical and
HPPL components, whether installed on the walls, floors, or seat
assemblies.
(iii) Each primary door shall be marked on or around the door's
operating handle.
(3) Exit path marking/delineators. (i) The marking/delineator
components shall be positioned so as to identify an exit path to all
primary exits that is clearly visible and easily recognizable from any
seat or compartment in the trainset, when normal lighting and emergency
lighting are unavailable in conditions of darkness and/or smoke.
(ii) Markings/delineators shall be located on the floor or no
higher than 457.2 mm (18 inches) on the seat assembly, or walls/
partitions of aisles, and/or passageways.
(iii) Changes in the direction of the exit path shall be indicated
by the LLEEPM and be placed within 102 mm (4 inches) of the corner of
the exit path.
(d) Material--(1) HPPL passive systems. HPPL strip marking/
delineator material used for LLEEPM components shall be capable of
providing a minimum luminance level of 7.5 mcd/m\2\, measured 90
minutes after normal power has ceased.
(2) Electroluminescent marking/delineator strips. The luminance
value of the electroluminescent (EL) marking/delineator strip shall be
at least 1,000 mcd/m\2\, as measured on the strip surface.
(e) Conspicuity of markings. LLEEPM signs shall comply with the
text, color and respective illuminance or luminance requirements
specified in Sec. 299.423 and in this section.
[[Page 14079]]
(f) Emergency performance duration. The LLEEPM system shall operate
independently of the car's normal and emergency lighting systems for 90
minutes after loss of all power for normal lighting.
(g) Recordkeeping. (1) The railroad shall retain a copy of the car
manufacturer/supplier provided certified independent laboratory test
report results showing that the illuminance or luminance measurements,
as appropriate, on the active area of the signage/marking/delineator
component comply with the criteria specified in Sec. 299.423 and in
this section.
(2) The railroad shall retain a copy of the railroad-approved
illuminance test plan(s) and test results until the next periodic test,
or other test specified in accordance with the railroad's inspection,
testing, and maintenance program and ensure that tests are conducted on
a representative car, or until all cars of that type are retired,
transferred, leased, or conveyed to another railroad. A copy of such
records shall be provided to the accepting railroads along with any
car(s) that are transferred, leased, or conveyed.
(3) Illegible, broken, damaged, missing, or non-functioning
components of the LLEEPM system, including the normal and emergency
power systems, shall be reported and repaired in accordance with the
railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program as specified in
Sec. 299.445.
Sec. 299.427 Emergency egress windows.
(a) Number and location. Each unit in a trainset shall have a
minimum of four emergency window exits. At least one emergency window
exit shall be located in each side of each end (half) of the car, in a
staggered configuration where practicable. (See Figure 3 to this
paragraph.)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.007
(b) Ease of operability. Each emergency egress window exit shall be
designed to permit rapid and easy removal from the inside of the car
during an emergency situation using a hammer designed to break the
glazing that shall be located adjacent to each emergency window. The
railroad shall inspect for the presence of the emergency hammers each
day prior to the trainset being placed into service in accordance with
Sec. 299.711(b).
(c) Dimensions. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, each emergency egress window in a passenger car shall have an
unobstructed opening with minimum dimensions of 660 mm (26 inches)
horizontally by 610 mm (24 inches) vertically. A seatback is not an
obstruction if it can be moved away from the window opening without
using a tool or other implement.
(d) Marking and instructions. (1) Each emergency window exit shall
be conspicuously and legibly marked with luminescent material on the
inside of each car to facilitate passenger egress as specified in Sec.
299.423.
(2) Legible and understandable operating instructions, including
instructions for removing the window shall be made of luminescent
material, shall be posted at or near each such window exit as specified
in Sec. 299.423.
(e) Obstructions. If window removal may be hindered by the presence
of a seatback, headrest, luggage rack, or other fixture, the
instructions shall state the method for allowing rapid and easy removal
of the window, taking into account the fixture(s), and this portion of
the instructions may be in written or pictorial format.
(f) Additional emergency window exits. Any emergency window exit in
addition to the minimum number required by paragraph (a) of this
section that has been designated for use by the railroad need not
comply with the minimum dimension requirements in paragraph (c) of this
section, but must otherwise comply with all requirements in this
subpart applicable to emergency egress window.
Sec. 299.429 Rescue access windows.
(a) General. Each emergency egress window required by Sec. 299.427
shall also serve as a means of rescue access.
(b) Ease of operability. Each rescue access window must be capable
of being removed without unreasonable delay by an emergency responder
using tools or implements that are commonly available to the responder
in a passenger trainset emergency.
(c) Marking and instructions. (1) Each rescue access window shall
be marked with retroreflective material on the exterior of each car as
specified in Sec. 299.423. A unique and easily recognizable symbol,
sign, or other conspicuous marking shall also be used to identify each
such window.
(2) Legible and understandable window-access instructions,
including instructions for removing the window, shall be posted at or
near each rescue
[[Page 14080]]
access window as specified in Sec. 299.423.
Sec. 299.431 Driver's controls and cab layout.
(a) Driver controls and cab layout. Driver controls and cab layout
shall replicate that used in the N700, unless otherwise approved by
FRA.
(b) Cab seating. Each seat provided for an employee regularly
assigned to occupy a cab and any floor-mounted seat in the cab shall be
securely attached in accordance with Sec. 299.405.
(c) Cab interior surface. Sharp edges and corners shall be
eliminated from the interior of the cab, and interior surfaces of the
cab likely to be impacted by an employee during a collision or
derailment shall be padded with shock-absorbent material.
(d) Cab securement. Trainset interior cab doors shall be equipped
with the following:
(1) A secure and operable device to lock the door from the outside
that does not impede egress from the cab; and
(2) A securement device on each cab door that is capable of
securing the door from inside of the cab.
(e) Cab glazing serviceability. End-facing cab windows of the lead
trainset cab shall be free of cracks, breaks, or other conditions that
obscure the view of the right-of-way for the crew from their normal
position in the cab.
(f) Floors of cabs, passageways, and compartments. Floors of cabs,
passageways, and compartments shall be kept free from oil, water, waste
or any obstruction that creates a slipping, tripping or fire hazard.
Floors shall be properly treated to provide secure footing.
(g) Cab environmental control. Each lead cab in a trainset shall be
heated and air conditioned. The HVAC system shall be inspected and
maintained to ensure that it operates properly and meets the railroad's
performance standard which shall be defined in the inspection, testing,
and maintenance program.
(h) Trainset cab noise. Performance standards for the railroad's
trainsets:
(1) The average noise levels in the trainset cab shall be less than
or equal to 85 dB(A) when the trainset is operating at maximum approved
trainset speed as approved under Sec. 299.609(g). Compliance with this
paragraph (h)(1) shall be demonstrated during the trainset
qualification testing as required by Sec. 299.607.
(2) The railroad shall not make any alterations during maintenance
or modifications to the cab, that cause the average sound level to
exceed the requirements in paragraph (1) of this section.
(3) The railroad or manufacturer shall follow the test protocols
set forth in appendix C to this part to determine compliance with
paragraph (l)(1) of this section, and, to the extent reasonably
necessary to evaluate the effect of alterations during maintenance, to
determine compliance with paragraph (l)(2) of this section.
(i) Maintenance of trainset cabs. (1) If the railroad receives an
excessive noise report, and if the condition giving rise to the noise
is not required to be immediately corrected under this part, the
railroad shall maintain a record of the report, and repair or replace
the item identified as substantially contributing to the noise:
(i) On or before the next periodic inspection required by the
railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program under subpart
G; or
(ii) If the railroad determines that the repair or replacement of
the item requires significant shop or material resources that are not
readily available, at the time of the next major equipment repair
commonly used for the particular type of maintenance needed.
(2) The railroad has an obligation to respond to an excessive noise
report that a trainset-cab-occupant files. The railroad meets its
obligation to respond to an excessive noise report, as set forth in
paragraph (m)(1) of this section, if the railroad makes a good faith
effort to identify the cause of the reported noise, and where the
railroad is successful in determining the cause, if the railroad
repairs or replaces the items that cause the noise.
(3)(i) The railroad shall maintain a written or electronic record
of any excessive noise report, inspection, test, maintenance,
replacement, or repair completed pursuant to paragraph (m) of this
section, and the date on which that inspection, test, maintenance,
replacement, or repair occurred. If the railroad elects to maintain an
electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the conditions listed in
Sec. 299.11.
(ii) The railroad shall retain these records for a period of one
year.
(iii) The railroad shall establish an internal, auditable,
monitorable system that contains these records.
(m) Trainset sanitation facilities for employees. Sanitation
facilities shall be provided for crewmembers either:
(1) On the trainset, that meet otherwise applicable sanitation
standards, which are accessible at frequent intervals during the course
of their work shift; or
(2) Ready access to railroad-provided sanitation facilities outside
of the trainset.
(j) Speed indicators. (1) Each trainset controlling cab shall be
equipped with a speed indicator which is--
(i) Accurate within 2 km/h (1.24 miles per hour) for
speed lower than 30 km/h (18.6 miles per hour), then increasing
linearly up to 12 km/h (7.5 miles per hour) at 500 km/h
(311 miles per hour); and
(ii) Clearly readable from the driver's normal position under all
light conditions.
(2) The speed indicator shall be based on a system of independent
on-board speed measurement sources guaranteeing the accuracy level
specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section under all operational
conditions. The system shall be automatically monitored for
inconsistencies and the engineer shall be automatically notified of any
inconsistency potentially compromising this accuracy level.
(3) The speed indicator shall be calibrated periodically as defined
in the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program.
(k) Cab lights. (1) Each trainset cab shall have cab lights which
will provide sufficient illumination for the control instruments,
meters, and gauges to enable the driver to make accurate readings from
his or her normal positions in the cab. These lights shall be located,
constructed, and maintained so that light shines only on those parts
requiring illumination and does not interfere with the driver's vision
of the track and signals. Each trainset cab shall also have a
conveniently located light that can be readily turned on and off by the
driver operating the trainset and that provides sufficient illumination
for them to read trainset orders and timetables.
(2) Cab passageways and compartments shall be illuminated.
Sec. 299.433 Exterior lights.
(a) Headlights. Each leading end of a trainset shall be equipped
with two or more headlights.
(1) Each headlight shall produce 80,000 candela.
(2) Headlights shall be arranged to illuminate signs in the right-
of-way.
(3) Headlights shall be recognized 600 m (1,968 feet) ahead of the
cab car by a driver in another trainset or a maintenance person
standing in the right-of-way under clear weather conditions.
(b) Taillights (marking devices). (1) The trailing end of the
trainset shall be equipped with two red taillights;
(2) Each taillight shall be located at least 1.2 m (3.9 feet) above
rail;
(3) Each taillight shall be recognizable 200 m (656 feet) ahead of
the cab car by a driver in another trainset or a maintenance person
standing in the
[[Page 14081]]
right-of-way under clear weather conditions;
(4) Taillights of the trailing end of the trainset shall be on when
the trainset is in operation;
(5) Taillights shall not be on in the direction of trainset travel,
except if the driver shall re-position the trainset in a station. Such
re-positioning operations shall be done in accordance with the
railroad's operating rules; and
(6) In an emergency situation, the headlight on the rear of the
trainset may serve as the taillights in accordance with the railroad's
operating rules.
Sec. 299.435 Electrical system design.
(a) Overhead collector systems. (1) Pantographs shall be so
arranged that they can be operated from the driver's normal position in
the cab. Pantographs that automatically rise when released shall have
an automatic locking device to secure them in the down position.
(2) Each overhead collector system, including the pantograph, shall
be equipped with a means to electrically ground any uninsulated parts
to prevent the risk of electrical shock when working on the system.
(3) Means shall be provided to permit the driver to determine that
the pantograph is in its lowest position, and for securing the
pantograph if necessary, without the need to mount the roof of the
trainset.
(4) Each trainset equipped with a pantograph operating on an
overhead collection system shall also be equipped with a means to
safely lower the pantograph in the event of an emergency. If an
emergency pole is used for this purpose, that part of the pole which
can be safely handled shall be marked to so indicate. This pole shall
be protected from moisture and damage when not in use. Means of
securement and electrical isolation of a damaged pantograph, when it
cannot be performed automatically, shall be addressed in the railroad's
operating rules.
(b) Circuit protection. (1) Each auxiliary circuit shall be
provided with a circuit breaker or equivalent current-limiting devices
located as near as practicable to the point of connection to the source
of power for that circuit. Such protection may be omitted from circuits
controlling safety-critical devices.
(2) The 25-kV main power line shall be protected with a lightning
arrestor, automatic circuit breaker, and overload relay. The lightning
arrestor shall be run by the most direct path possible to ground with a
connection to ground of not less than No. 6 AWG. These overload
protection devices shall be housed in an enclosure designed
specifically for that purpose with the arc chute vented directly to
outside air.
(3) Auxiliary power supply (440 VAC), providing power distribution,
shall be provided with both overload and ground fault protection.
(c) Main battery system. (1) The main batteries shall be isolated
from the cab and passenger seating areas by a non-combustible barrier.
(2) If batteries are of the type to potentially vent explosive
gases, the batteries shall be adequately ventilated to prevent
accumulation of explosive concentrations of these gases.
(3) Battery chargers shall be designed to protect against
overcharging.
(4) Battery circuits shall include an emergency battery cut-off
switch to completely disconnect the energy stored in the batteries from
the load.
(d) Capacitors for high-energy storage. (1) Capacitors, if
provided, shall be isolated from the cab and passenger seating areas by
a non-combustible barrier.
(2) Capacitors shall be designed to protect against overcharging
and overheating.
(e) Electromagnetic interference (EMI) and electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC). (1) The railroad shall ensure electromagnetic
compatibility of the safety-critical equipment systems with their
environment. Electromagnetic compatibility can be achieved through
equipment design or changes to the operating environment.
(2) The electronic equipment shall not produce electrical noise
that interferes with trainline control and communications or with
wayside signaling systems.
(3) To contain electromagnetic interference emissions, suppression
of transients shall be at the source wherever possible.
(4) Electrical and electronic systems of equipment shall be capable
of operation in the presence of external electromagnetic noise sources.
(5) All electronic equipment shall be self-protected from damage or
improper operation, or both, due to high voltage transients and long-
term over-voltage or under-voltage conditions. This includes protection
from both power frequency and harmonic effects as well as protection
from radio frequency signals into the microwave frequency range.
(f) Insulation or grounding of metal parts. All unguarded
noncurrent-carrying metal parts subject to becoming charged shall be
grounded or thoroughly insulated.
(g) High voltage markings: Doors, cover plates, or barriers.
External surfaces of all doors, cover plates, or barriers providing
direct access to high voltage equipment shall be conspicuously and
legibly marked ``DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE'' or with the word ``DANGER'' and
the normal voltage carried by the parts so protected. Labels shall be
retro-reflective.
(h) Hand-operated switches. All hand-operated switches carrying
currents with a potential of more than 150 volts that may be operated
while under load shall be covered and shall be operative from the
outside of the cover. Means shall be provided to show whether the
switches are open or closed. Switches that should not be operated while
under load shall be conspicuously and legibly marked with the words
``must not be operated under load'' and the voltage carried.
(i) Conductors; jumpers; cable connections. (1) Conductor sizes
shall be selected on the basis of current-carrying capacity, mechanical
strength, temperature, flexibility requirements, and maximum allowable
voltage drop. Current-carrying capacity shall be derated for grouping
and for operating temperature.
(2) Jumpers and cable connections between trainset units shall be
located and guarded to provide sufficient vertical clearance. They may
not hang with one end free.
(3) Cable and jumper connections between trainset units may not
have any of the following conditions:
(i) Broken or badly chafed insulation;
(ii) Broken plugs, receptacles, terminals, or trainline pins; and
(iii) Broken or protruding strands of wire.
(j) Traction motors. All traction motors shall be in proper working
order, or safely cut-out.
Sec. 299.437 Automated monitoring.
(a) Each trainset shall be equipped to monitor the performance of
the following systems or components:
(1) Reception of cab and trainset control signals;
(2) Electric brake status;
(3) Friction brake status;
(4) Fire detection systems, if so equipped;
(5) Auxiliary power status;
(6) Wheelslide;
(7) On-board bearing-temperature sensors;
(8) Door open/closed status; and,
(9) Bogie vibration detection.
(b) When any of the monitored parameters are out of predetermined
limits, an alert shall be sent immediately to the driver. The
railroad's operating rules shall control trainset movement when the
monitored parameters are out of predetermined limits.
[[Page 14082]]
(c) The railroad shall develop appropriate operating rules to
address driver and equipment performance in the event that the
automatic monitoring system becomes defective.
(d) The monitoring system shall be designed with an automatic self-
test feature that notifies the driver that the monitoring capability is
functioning correctly and alerts the driver when a system failure
occurs.
Sec. 299.439 Event recorders.
(a) Duty to equip and record. Each trainset shall be equipped with
an operative event recorder that monitors and records as a minimum all
safety data required by paragraph (b) of this section. The event
recorder shall record the most recent 48 hours of operational data of
the trainset on which it is installed.
(b) Equipment requirements. Event recorders shall monitor and
record data elements or information needed to support the data elements
required by this paragraph. The data shall be recorded with at least
the accuracy required of the indicators displaying any of the required
data elements to the driver.
(c) Data elements. The event recorder shall be equipped with a
certified crashworthy event recorder memory module that meets the
requirements of appendix B to this part. The certified event recorder
memory module shall be mounted for its maximum protection. The event
recorder shall record, and the certified crashworthy event recorder
memory module shall retain, the following data elements or information
needed to support the data elements:
(1) Trainset speed;
(2) Selected direction of motion;
(3) Date and time;
(4) Distance traveled;
(5) Throttle position;
(6) Applications and operations of the trainset brake system,
including urgent and emergency applications. The system shall record,
or provide a means of determining, that a brake application or release
resulted from manipulation of brake controls at the position normally
occupied by the driver. In the case of a brake application or release
that is responsive to a command originating from or executed by an on-
board computer (e.g., electronic braking system controller, controlling
cab electronic control system, or trainset control computer), the
system shall record, or provide a means of determining, the involvement
of any such computer;
(7) Applications and operations of the regenerative brake;
(8) Cab signal aspect(s);
(9) Urgent brake application(s);
(10) Passenger brake alarm request;
(11) Wheel slip/slide alarm activation (with a property-specific
minimum duration);
(12) Trainset number;
(13) Trainset tractive effort (positive and negative);
(14) Trainset brake cylinder pressures;
(15) Cruise control on/off, if so equipped and used;
(16) Bogie vibration detection;
(17) Door status opened/closed; and
(18) Safety-critical trainset control data routed to the
controlling driver's display with which the driver is required to
comply, specifically including text messages conveying mandatory
directives and maximum authorized speed. The specific information
format, content, and proposed duration for retention of such data shall
be specified in the PTC Safety Plan submitted for the trainset control
system under subpart B, subject to FRA approval. If it can be
calibrated against other data required by this part, such trainset
control data may, at the election of the railroad, be retained in a
separate certified crashworthy memory module.
(d) Response to defective equipment. A trainset on which the event
recorder has been taken out of service may remain in-service only until
the next pre-service inspection. A trainset with an inoperative event
recorder is not deemed to be in improper condition, unsafe to operate,
or a non-complying trainset under Sec. 299.447.
(e) Annual tests. (1) The railroad's inspection, testing, and
maintenance program under subpart H of this part shall require annual
testing of the event recorder. All testing under this section shall be
performed at intervals that do not exceed 368 calendar days.
(2) A microprocessor-based event recorder with a self-monitoring
feature equipped to verify that all data elements required by this part
are recorded, requires further maintenance and testing only if either
of the following conditions exist:
(i) The self-monitoring feature displays an indication of a
failure. If a failure is displayed, further maintenance and testing
must be performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a
successful test is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made
of that fact and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the
successful result. This record shall be available at the location where
the trainset is maintained until a record of a subsequent successful
test is filed; or,
(ii) A download of the event recorder, taken within the preceding
30 days and reviewed for the previous 48 hours of trainset operation,
reveals a failure to record a regularly recurring data element or
reveals that any required data element is not representative of the
actual operations of the trainset during this time period. If the
review is not successful, further maintenance and testing shall be
performed until a subsequent test is successful. When a successful test
is accomplished, a record, in any medium, shall be made of that fact
and of any maintenance work necessary to achieve the successful result.
This record shall be kept at the location where the trainset is
maintained until a record of a subsequent successful test is filed. The
download shall be taken from information stored in the certified
crashworthy crash hardened event recorder memory module.
(f) Preserving accident data. If any trainset equipped with an
event recorder, or any other trainset mounted recording device or
devices designed to record information concerning the functioning of a
trainset, is involved in an accident/incident that is required to be
reported to FRA under part 225 of this chapter, the railroad shall, to
the extent possible, and to the extent consistent with the safety of
life and property, preserve the data recorded by each such device for
analysis by FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.11. This preservation
requirement permits the railroad to extract and analyze such data,
provided the original downloaded data file, or an unanalyzed exact copy
of it, shall be retained in secure custody and shall not be utilized
for analysis or any other purpose except by direction of FRA or the
National Transportation Safety Board. This preservation requirement
shall expire one (1) year after the date of the accident/incident
unless FRA or the Board notifies the railroad in writing that the data
are desired for analysis.
(g) Relationship to other laws. Nothing in this section is intended
to alter the legal authority of law enforcement officials investigating
potential violation(s) of Federal or State criminal law(s), and nothing
in this chapter is intended to alter in any way the priority of
National Transportation Safety Board investigations under 49 U.S.C.
1131 and 1134, nor the authority of the Secretary of Transportation to
investigate railroad accidents under 49 U.S.C. 5121, 5122, 20107,
20111, 20112, 20505, 20702, 20703, and 20902.
(h) Disabling event recorders. Except as provided in paragraph (d)
of this section, any individual who willfully disables an event
recorder, or who tampers with or alters the data recorded by such a
device is subject to civil
[[Page 14083]]
penalty as provided in part 218 of this chapter, and to
disqualification from performing safety-sensitive functions on a
railroad under subpart D of part 209 of this chapter.
Sec. 299.441 Trainset electronic hardware and software safety.
(a) Purpose and scope. The requirements of this section apply to
all safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and
components on the trainsets, except for on-board signaling and trainset
control system components that must meet the software safety
requirements defined in subpart B of this part.
(b) Applicability. (1) The trainsets shall utilize the service-
proven safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and
components as used on the N700 to control and monitor safety-critical
components.
(2) Any modifications to the existing service-proven safety-
critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components shall
be subject to the requirements defined in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(i) The railroad shall assure that the suppliers of new or modified
safety-critical systems, subsystems, and components utilize an industry
recognized hardware and software development process which is evaluated
and certified by an independent third-party assessor authorized by the
industry standard utilized.
(ii) The railroad shall require that all suppliers submit the
certifications and audit results as applicable. All such certifications
shall be made available to FRA upon request.
(3) Any major upgrades or introduction of new safety-critical
technology shall be subject to Sec. 299.613(d).
(c) Electronic hardware and software safety program. The railroad
shall develop and maintain a written electronic hardware and software
safety program to guide the design, development, testing, integration,
and verification of all new or modified safety-critical trainset
hardware and software.
(1) Hardware and software safety program description. The hardware
and software safety program shall include a description of how the
following will be implemented to ensure safety and reliability:
(i) The hardware and software design process;
(ii) The hardware and software design documentation;
(iii) The hardware and software hazard analysis;
(iv) Hardware and software safety reviews;
(v) Hardware and software hazard monitoring and tracking;
(vi) Hardware and software integration safety testing;
(vii) Demonstration of overall hardware and software system safety
as part of the pre-revenue service testing of the equipment; and
(viii) Safety-critical changes and failures.
(2) Safety analysis. The hardware and software safety program shall
be based on a formal safety methodology that includes a FMECA;
verification and validation testing for all hardware and software
components and their interfaces; and comprehensive hardware and
software integration testing to ensure that the hardware and software
system functions as intended.
(3) Compliance. The railroad shall comply with the elements of its
hardware and software safety program that affect the safety of the
passenger trainset.
(4) Safety-critical changes and failures. Whenever a planned
safety-critical design change is made to the safety-critical electronic
control systems, subsystems and components (the products) that are in
use by the railroad and subject to this subpart, the railroad shall--
(i) Notify FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9 of the design changes
made by the product supplier;
(ii) Ensure that the safety analysis required under paragraph
(c)(2) of this section is updated as required;
(iii) Conduct all safety-critical changes in a manner that allows
the change to be audited;
(iv) The railroad shall document all arrangements with suppliers
for notification of all electronic safety-critical changes as well as
safety-critical failures in the supplier's system, subsystem, or
components, and the reasons for that change or failure from the
suppliers, whether or not the railroad has experienced a failure of
that safety-critical system, sub-system, or component;
(v) Specify the railroad's procedures for action upon receipt of
notification of a safety-critical change or failure of an electronic
system, sub-system, or component, and until the upgrade or revision has
been installed;
(vi) Identify all configuration/revision control measures designed
to ensure that safety-functional requirements and safety-critical
hazard mitigation processes are not compromised as a result of any such
change, and that any such change can be audited; and,
(vii) The railroad shall require suppliers to provide notification
of all electronic safety-critical changes as well as safety-critical
failures in the supplier's system, subsystem, or components;
(viii) The reasons shall be identified for that change or failure
from the suppliers, whether or not the railroad has experienced a
failure of that safety-critical system, sub-system, or component; and,
(ix) The railroad shall document all arrangements with suppliers
for notification of any and all electronic safety-critical changes as
well as safety-critical failures in the supplier's system, subsystem,
or components.
(d) Specific requirements. Hardware and software that controls or
monitors a trainset's primary braking system shall either--
(1) Fail safely by initiating an emergency or urgent brake
application in the event of a hardware or software failure that could
impair the ability of the driver to apply or release the brakes; or
(2) Provide the driver access to direct manual control of the
primary braking system (emergency or urgent braking).
(e) Inspection, testing, and maintenance records. The inspection,
testing, and maintenance conducted by the railroad in accordance with
Sec. 299.445 shall be recorded in hardcopy or stored electronically.
Electronic recordkeeping or automated tracking systems, subject to the
provisions contained in Sec. 299.11, may be utilized to store and
maintain any testing or training record required by this subpart.
Results of product testing conducted by a vendor in support of a safety
analysis shall be provided to and recorded by the railroad.
(1) The testing records shall contain all of the following:
(i) The name of the railroad;
(ii) The location and date that the test was conducted;
(iii) The equipment tested;
(iv) The results of tests;
(v) The repairs or replacement of equipment;
(vi) Any preventative adjustments made; and
(vii) The condition in which the equipment is left.
(2) Each record shall be--
(i) Signed by the employee conducting the test, or electronically
coded, or identified by the automated test equipment number;
(ii) Filed in the office of a supervisory official having
jurisdiction, unless otherwise noted; and
(iii) Available for inspection and copying by FRA.
(3) The results of the testing conducted in accordance with this
section shall be retained as follows:
[[Page 14084]]
(i) The results of tests that pertain to installation or
modification of a product shall be retained for the life-cycle of the
product tested and may be kept in any office designated by the
railroad;
(ii) The results of periodic tests required for the maintenance or
repair of the product tested shall be retained until the next record is
filed and in no case less than one year; and
(iii) The results of all other tests and training shall be retained
until the next record is filed and in no case less than one year.
(f) Review of safety analysis. (1) Prior to the initial planned use
of a new product as defined by paragraphs (b)(2) or (3) of this
section, the railroad shall notify FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9
of the intent to place this product in service. The notification shall
provide a description of the product, and identify the location where
the complete safety analysis documentation and the testing are
maintained.
(2) The railroad shall maintain and make available to FRA upon
request all railroad or vendor documentation used to demonstrate that
the product meets the safety requirements of the safety analysis for
the life-cycle of the product.
(g) Hazard tracking. After a new product is placed in service in
accordance with paragraphs (b)(2) or (3) of this section, the railroad
shall maintain a database of all safety-relevant hazards encountered
with the product. The database shall include all hazards identified in
the safety analysis and those that had not been previously identified
in the safety analysis. If the frequency of the safety-relevant hazards
exceeds the threshold set forth in the safety analysis, then the
railroad shall--
(1) Report the inconsistency to the Associate Administrator, within
15 days of discovery in accordance with Sec. 299.9;
(2) Take immediate countermeasures to reduce the frequency of the
safety-relevant hazard(s) below the threshold set forth in the safety
analysis; and
(3) Provide a final report to the Associate Administrator, on the
results of the analysis and countermeasures taken to mitigate the
hazard to meet the threshold set forth in the safety analysis when the
problem is resolved. For hazards not identified in the safety analysis
the threshold shall be exceeded at one occurrence.
(4) Electronic or automated tracking systems used to meet the
requirements contained in paragraph (g) of this section shall be in
accordance with Sec. 299.11.
(h) Operations and maintenance manual. The railroad shall maintain
all supplier or vendor documents pertaining to the operation,
installation, maintenance, repair, modification, inspection, and
testing of the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems
and components.
(i) Training and qualification program. Under Sec. 299.13(c)(3),
the railroad shall establish and implement a training and qualification
program for the safety-critical electronic control systems, subsystems,
and components subject to subpart G of this part prior to the safety-
critical electronic control systems, subsystems, and components being
placed in use.
(j) Operating personnel training. The training program required by
Sec. 299.13(c)(3) for any driver or other person who participates in
the operation of a trainset using the safety-critical electronic
control systems, subsystems and components shall address all the
following elements:
(1) Familiarization with the electronic control system equipment
on-board the trainset and the functioning of that equipment as part of
the system and in relation to other on-board systems under that
person's control;
(2) Any actions required of the operating personnel to enable or
enter data into the system and the role of that function in the safe
operation of the trainset;
(3) Sequencing of interventions by the system, including
notification, enforcement, and recovery from the enforcement as
applicable;
(4) Railroad operating rules applicable to control systems,
including provisions for movement and protection of any unequipped
passenger equipment, or passenger equipment with failed or cut-out
controls;
(5) Means to detect deviations from proper functioning of on-board
electronic control system equipment and instructions explaining the
proper response to be taken regarding control of the trainset and
notification of designated railroad personnel; and
(6) Information needed to prevent unintentional interference with
the proper functioning of on-board electronic control equipment.
Sec. 299.443 Safety appliances.
(a) Couplers. (1) The leading and trailing ends of each trainset
shall be equipped with an automatic rescue coupler that couples on
impact.
(i) Uncoupling of the rescue coupler shall be done only at a
trainset maintenance facility or other location where personnel can
safely get under or between units.
(ii) The leading and the trailing ends of a trainset are not
required to be equipped with sill steps or end or side handholds.
(2) The leading and trailing end couplers and uncoupling devices
may be stored within a removable shrouded housing.
(3) Leading and trailing automatic couplers of trainsets shall be
compatible with the railroad's rescue vehicles. A coupler adaptor can
be used to meet this requirement.
(4) The railroad shall develop and implement rescue procedures that
assure employee safety during rescue operations and shall be contained
in the railroad's operating rules.
(5) Each unit within a trainset shall be semi-permanently coupled
and shall only be uncoupled at a trainset maintenance facility or other
locations identified by the railroad where the protections afforded in
subpart B of part 218 of this chapter can be applied.
(6) The ends of units in a trainset that are semi-permanently
coupled are not required to be equipped with automatic couplers, sill
steps, end handholds or side handholds.
(b) Crew access. (1) Each trainset shall provide a minimum of two
(2) locations per side, where crew members can board or disembark the
trainset safely from ground level.
(2) Each location used for crew access shall be equipped with
retractable stairs with handrails designed for safe access to the
trainset from ground level.
Sec. 299.445 Trainset inspection, testing, and maintenance
requirements.
(a) General. (1) The railroad shall develop a written inspection
program for the rolling stock, in accordance with and approved under
the requirements of Sec. 299.713. As further specified in this
section, the program shall describe in detail the procedures,
equipment, and other means necessary for the safe operation of the
passenger equipment, including all inspections set forth in paragraph
(e) of this section. This information shall include a detailed
description of the methods of ensuring accurate records of required
inspections.
(2) The initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program
submitted under Sec. 299.713 shall, as a minimum, address the specific
safety inspections contained in paragraphs (e)(1) through (4) of this
section. The railroad may submit the procedures detailing the bogie
inspections or general overhaul requirements contained in paragraph
(e)(3) and (4) of this section, respectively, at a later date than the
initial inspection, testing, and maintenance program, but not less than
180 days prior to the scheduled date of the first bogie inspection or
general overhaul.
[[Page 14085]]
(b) Identification of safety-critical items. In addition to safety
critical items identified under Sec. 299.711(b), on-board emergency
equipment, emergency back-up systems, trainset exits and trainset
safety-critical hardware and software systems in accordance with Sec.
299.441 shall be deemed safety-critical.
(c) Compliance. The railroad shall adopt and comply with the
approved inspection, testing, and maintenance program in accordance
with Sec. 299.703.
(d) General condition. The inspection, testing, and maintenance
program shall ensure that all systems and components of the equipment
are free of conditions that endanger the safety of the crew,
passengers, or equipment. These conditions include, but are not limited
to the following:
(1) A continuous accumulation of oil or grease;
(2) Improper functioning of a component;
(3) A crack, break, excessive wear, structural defect, or weakness
of a component;
(4) A leak;
(5) Use of a component or system under conditions that exceed those
for which the component or system is designed to operate; and
(6) Insecure attachment of a component.
(e) Specific safety inspections. The program under paragraph (a) of
this section shall specify that all passenger trainsets shall receive
thorough safety inspections by qualified individuals designated by the
railroad at regular intervals. At a minimum, and in addition to the
annual tests required for event recorder under Sec. 299.439(f), the
following shall be performed on each trainset:
(1) Pre-service inspections. (i) Each trainset in use shall be
inspected at least once every two calendar days by qualified
individuals at a location where there is a repair pit and access to the
top of the trainset. The inspection shall verify the correct operation
of on-board safety systems defined in the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program. If any of the conditions defined as safety-
critical in paragraph (b) of this section and Sec. 299.711(b) are
found during this inspection, the trainset shall not be put into
service until that condition is rectified. The pre-service inspection
shall include the following:
(A) Functional tests to determine the status of application and
release of the service, emergency, and urgent air brakes using the
monitoring system;
(B) Operational tests of the exterior doors; and
(C) A review of the log of on-board ATC equipment.
(ii) If the existence of any safety-critical conditions cannot be
determined by use of an automated monitoring system, the railroad shall
perform a visual inspection to determine if the condition exists.
(2) Regular inspections. The railroad shall perform a regular
inspection on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and
inspection criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at
the intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section
and Sec. 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset
shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
(3) Bogie inspections. The railroad shall perform a bogie
inspection on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and
inspection criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at
the intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section
and Sec. 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset
shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
(4) General overhaul. The railroad shall perform a general overhaul
on all trainsets in accordance with the test procedures and inspection
criteria established in paragraph (a) of this section and at the
intervals defined by paragraph (f) of this section. If any of the
conditions defined as safety-critical in paragraph (b) of this section
and Sec. 299.711(b) are found during this inspection, the trainset
shall not be put into service until that condition is rectified.
(f) Maintenance intervals. The railroad's program established
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section shall include the railroad's
scheduled maintenance intervals for all specific safety inspections in
paragraph (e) of this section, as required by Sec. 299.707.
(g) Training and qualification program. The railroad shall
establish a training and qualification program as defined in Sec.
299.13(c)(3) to qualify individuals to perform inspections, testing,
and maintenance on the equipment. Only qualified individuals shall
perform inspections, testing, and maintenance of the equipment.
(h) Reporting and tracking of repairs to defective trainsets. The
railroad shall have in place prior to start of operations a reporting
and tracking system for passenger trainsets with a defect not in
conformance with this subpart. The reporting and tracking system shall
record the following information:
(1) The identification number of the defective unit within a
trainset, and trainset identification number;
(2) The date the defect was discovered;
(3) The nature of the defect;
(4) The determination made by a qualified individual whether the
equipment is safe to run;
(5) The name of the qualified individual making such a
determination;
(6) Any operating restrictions placed on the equipment; and
(7) Repairs made and the date that they were completed.
(i) Retention of records. At a minimum, the railroad shall keep the
records described in paragraph (j) of each required inspection under
this section in accordance with Sec. 299.11. Each record shall be
maintained for at least one year from the date of the inspection.
(j) Availability of records. The railroad shall make defect
reporting and tracking records available to FRA upon request.
(k) Brake system repair points. The railroad shall designate brake
system repair points in the inspection, testing, and maintenance
program required by paragraph (a) of this section. No trainset shall
depart a brake system repair point unless that trainset has a 100
percent operational brake system.
Sec. 299.447 Movement of defective equipment.
(a) A trainset with one or more conditions not in compliance with
the list of safety critical defects identified in accordance with Sec.
299.445(b) during a pre-service inspection required by Sec.
299.445(e)(1) shall not be moved in revenue service and shall only be
moved in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, and after
departure in compliance with the pre-service inspection required by
Sec. 299.445(e)(1), a trainset with one or more conditions not in
compliance with the list of safety critical defects identified in
accordance with Sec. Sec. 299.445(b) and 299.711(b) may be moved in
revenue service only after the railroad has complied with all of the
following:
(1) A qualified individual determines that it is safe to move the
trainset, consistent with the railroad's operating rules;
(i) If appropriate, these determinations may be made based upon a
description of the defective condition provided by a crewmember.
(ii) If the determinations required by this paragraph are made by
an off-site qualified individual based on a
[[Page 14086]]
description of the defective condition by on-site personnel, then a
qualified individual shall perform a physical inspection of the
defective equipment, at the first location possible, in accordance with
the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program and
operating rules, to verify the description of the defect provided by
the on-site personnel.
(2) The qualified individual who made the determination in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, notifies the driver in charge of
movement of the trainset, in accordance with the railroad's operating
rules, of the maximum authorized speed, authorized destination, and any
other operational restrictions that apply to the movement of the non-
compliant trainset. This notification may be achieved through the tag
required by paragraph (b)(3) of this section; and
(3) A tag bearing the words ``non-complying trainset'' and
containing the following information, are securely attached to the
control stand on each control cab of the trainset:
(i) The trainset number and unit or car number;
(ii) The name of the qualified individual making the determination
in paragraph (b)(1) of this section;
(iii) The location and date of the inspection that led to the
discovery of the non-compliant item;
(iv) A description of each defect;
(v) Movement restrictions, if any;
(vi) The authorized destination of the trainset; and,
(vii) The signature, if possible, as well as the job title and
location of the person making the determinations required by this
section.
(4) Automated tracking systems used to meet the tagging
requirements contained in paragraph (b)(3) of this section may be
reviewed and monitored by FRA at any time to ensure the integrity of
the system. FRA's Associate Administrator may prohibit or revoke the
railroad's ability to utilize an automated tracking system in lieu of
tagging if FRA finds that the automated tracking system is not properly
secure, is inaccessible to FRA or the railroad's employees, or fails to
adequately track or monitor the movement of defective equipment. Such a
determination will be made in writing and will state the basis for such
action.
(c) A trainset that develops a non-complying condition in service
may continue in revenue service, so long as the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section are otherwise fully met, until the next
pre-service inspection.
(d) In the event of an in-service failure of the braking system,
the trainset may proceed in accordance with the railroad's operating
rules relating to the percentage of operative brakes and at a speed no
greater than the maximum authorized speed as determined by Sec.
299.409(f)(4) so long as the requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section are otherwise fully met, until the next pre-service inspection.
(e) A non-complying trainset may be moved without passengers within
a trainset maintenance facility, at speeds not to exceed 16 km/h (10
mph), without meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section
where the movement is solely for the purpose of repair. The railroad
shall ensure that the movement is made safely.
(f) Nothing in this section authorizes the movement of equipment
subject to a Special Notice for Repair under part 216 of this chapter
unless the movement is made in accordance with the restrictions
contained in the Special Notice.
Subpart E--Operating Rules
Sec. 299.501 Purpose.
Through the requirements of this subpart, FRA learns the condition
of the operating rules and practices in use by the railroad. The rules
and practices covered by this subpart include the procedures for
instruction and testing of all employees involved with the movement of
rail vehicles, including drivers, on-board attendants, station platform
attendants, general control center staff, and all maintenance staff,
which are necessary to ensure that they possess the requisite skill and
knowledge of the rules and operating practices to maintain the safety
of the system.
Sec. 299.503 Operating rules; filing and recordkeeping.
(a) Prior to commencing operations, the railroad shall develop a
code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable special
instructions. The initial code of operating rules, timetables, and
timetable special instructions shall be based on practices and
procedures proven on the Tokaido Shinkansen system.
(b) The railroad shall keep one copy of its current code of
operating rules, timetables, timetable special instruction, at its
system headquarters, and shall make them available to FRA for
inspection and copying during normal business hours. If the railroad
elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the
conditions listed in Sec. 299.11.
Sec. 299.505 Programs of operational tests and inspections;
recordkeeping.
(a) Requirement to conduct operational tests and inspections. The
railroad shall periodically conduct operational tests and inspections
to determine the extent of employee knowledge, application, and
compliance with its code of operating rules, timetables, and timetable
special instructions in accordance with a written program retained at
its system headquarters.
(b) Railroad and railroad testing officer responsibilities. (1)
Each railroad officer who conducts operational tests and inspections
(railroad testing officer) shall--
(i) Be qualified on the railroad's operating rules in accordance
with Sec. 299.507;
(ii) Be qualified on the operational testing and inspection program
requirements and procedures relevant to the testing and inspections the
officer will conduct;
(iii) Receive appropriate field training, as necessary to achieve
proficiency, on each operational test or inspection that the officer is
authorized to conduct; and
(iv) Conduct operational tests and inspections in accordance with
the railroad's program of operational tests and inspections.
(2) The railroad shall maintain a record documenting qualification
of each railroad testing officer. The record shall be retained by the
railroad and shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for
inspection and copying during normal business hours. If the railroad
elects to maintain an electronic record, the railroad must satisfy the
conditions listed in Sec. 299.11.
(c) Written program of operational tests and inspections. Within 30
days of commencing operations, the railroad shall have a written
program of operational tests and inspections in effect. The railroad
shall maintain one copy of its current program for periodic performance
of the operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (a) of
this section, and shall maintain one copy of each subsequent amendment
to the program as amendments are made. These records shall be retained
at the system headquarters of the railroad for three calendar years
after the end of the calendar year to which they relate. These records
shall be made available to representatives of the FRA for inspection
and copying during normal business hours. The program shall--
(1) Provide for operational testing and inspection under the
various operating conditions on the railroad;
[[Page 14087]]
(2) Describe each type of operational test and inspection adopted,
including the means and procedures used to carry it out;
(3) State the purpose of each type of operational test and
inspection;
(4) State the frequency with which each type of operational test
and inspection is conducted;
(5) The program shall address with particular emphasis those
operating rules that cause or are likely to cause the most accidents or
incidents, such as those accidents or incidents identified in the six-
month reviews and the annual summaries as required under paragraphs (e)
and (f) of this section;
(6) Identify the officer(s) by name and job title responsible for
ensuring that the program of operational tests and inspections is
properly implemented and is responsible for overseeing the entire
program. The responsibilities of such officer(s) shall include, but not
be limited to, ensuring that the railroad's testing officers are
directing their efforts in an appropriate manner to reduce accidents/
incidents and that all required reviews and summaries are completed,
and
(7) Include a schedule for making the program fully operative
within 210 days after it begins.
(d) Records. (1) The railroad shall keep a written or electronic
record of the date, time, place, and result of each operational test
and inspection that was performed in accordance with its program. Each
record shall specify the officer administering the test and inspection
and each employee tested. These records shall be retained at the system
headquarters of the railroad for one calendar year after the end of the
calendar year to which they relate. These records shall be made
available to representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying
during normal business hours.
(2) The railroad shall retain one copy of its current program for
periodic performance of the operational tests and inspections required
by paragraph (a) of this section and one copy of each subsequent
amendment to such program. These records shall be retained for three
calendar years after the end of the calendar year to which they relate
at the system headquarters where the tests and inspections are
conducted. These records shall be made available to representatives of
the FRA for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
(e) Reviews of tests and inspections and adjustments to the program
of operational tests--(1) Reviews by the railroad. Not less than once
every 180 days the railroad's designated officer(s) shall conduct
periodic reviews and analyses as provided in this paragraph and shall
retain, at its system headquarters, one copy of the reviews. Each such
review shall be completed within 30 days of the close of the period.
The designated officer(s) shall conduct a written review of--
(i) The operational testing and inspection data for the system to
determine compliance by the railroad testing officers with its program
of operational tests and inspections required by paragraph (c) of this
section. At a minimum, this review shall include the name of each
railroad testing officer, the number of tests and inspections conducted
by each officer, and whether the officer conducted the minimum number
of each type of test or inspection required by the railroad's program;
(ii) Accident/incident data, the results of prior operational tests
and inspections, and other pertinent safety data for the system to
identify the relevant operating rules related to those accidents/
incidents that occurred during the period. Based upon the results of
that review, the designated officer(s) shall make any necessary
adjustments to the tests and inspections required of railroad officers
for the subsequent period(s); and
(iii) Implementation of the program of operational tests and
inspections from a system perspective, to ensure that it is being
utilized as intended, that the other reviews provided for in this
paragraph have been properly completed, that appropriate adjustments
have been made to the distribution of tests and inspections required,
and that the railroad testing officers are appropriately directing
their efforts.
(2) Records retention. The records of reviews required in
paragraphs (e)(1) of this section shall be retained for a period of one
year after the end of the calendar year to which they relate and shall
be made available to representatives of FRA for inspection and copying
during normal business hours.
(f) Annual summary on operational tests and inspections. Before
March 1 of each calendar year, the railroad shall retain, at its system
headquarters, one copy of a written summary of the following with
respect to its previous year's activities: The number, type, and result
of each operational test and inspection that was conducted as required
by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. These records shall be
retained for three calendar years after the end of the calendar year to
which they relate and shall be made available to representatives of FRA
for inspection and copying during normal business hours.
(g) Electronic recordkeeping. Nothing in this section precludes the
railroad from maintaining the information required to be retained under
this part in an electronic format provided that the railroad satisfy
the conditions listed in Sec. 299.11.
(h) Disapproval of program. Upon review of the program of
operational tests and inspections required by this section, the
Associate Administrator for Safety may, for cause stated, disapprove
the program in whole or in part. Notification of such disapproval shall
be made in writing and specify the basis for the disapproval decision.
If the Associate Administrator for Safety disapproves the program--
(1) The railroad has 35 days from the date of the written
notification of such disapproval to--
(i) Amend its program; or
(ii) Provide a written response in support of the program to the
Associate Administrator for Safety. If the Associate Administrator for
Safety still disapproves the program in whole or in part after
receiving the railroad's written response, the railroad shall amend its
program.
(2) A failure to adequately amend the program will be considered a
failure to implement a program under this subpart.
Sec. 299.507 Program of instruction on operating rules;
recordkeeping.
(a) To ensure that each railroad employee whose activities are
governed by the railroad's operating rules understands those rules, the
railroad shall periodically instruct each such employee on the meaning
and application of its operating rules with a written program developed
under Sec. 299.13(c)(3) and retained at its system headquarters.
(b) Prior to commencing operations, the railroad shall file and
retain one copy of its current program for the periodic instruction of
its employees as required by paragraph (a) of this section and shall
file and retain one copy of any amendment to that program as amendments
are made. These records shall be retained at the railroad's system
headquarters for one calendar year after the end of the calendar year
to which they relate. These records shall be made available to
representatives of the FRA for inspection and copying during normal
business hours. This program shall--
(1) Describe the means and procedures used for instruction of the
various classes of affected employees;
[[Page 14088]]
(2) State the frequency of instruction and the basis for
determining that frequency;
(3) Include a schedule for completing the initial instruction of
employees who are already employed when the program begins;
(4) Begin on the date of commencing operations; and
(5) Provide for initial instruction of each employee hired after
the program begins.
(c) The railroad is authorized to retain by electronic
recordkeeping its program for periodic instruction of its employees on
operating rules, provided that the requirements stated in Sec. 299.11
are satisfied.
Subpart F--System Qualification Tests
Sec. 299.601 Responsibility for verification demonstrations and
tests.
The railroad shall comply with the pre-revenue qualification tests
and verification requirements set forth in this subpart to demonstrate
the overall safety of the system, prior to revenue operations.
Sec. 299.603 Preparation of system-wide qualification test plan.
(a) Prior to execution of any tests as defined in this subpart, the
railroad shall develop a system-wide qualification test plan, that
identifies the tests that will be carried out, to demonstrate the
operability of all system elements, including track and infrastructure,
signal and train control, communications, rolling stock, software, and
operating practices, and the system as a whole.
(b) The system-wide qualification test plan shall be submitted to
FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9 for review at least 180 days prior
to testing. FRA shall notify the railroad, in writing, within 45 days
of receipt of the railroad's submission, and identify any deficiencies
in the test plan. FRA will notify the railroad of any procedures to be
submitted for review. The plan shall include the following:
(1) A list of all tests to be conducted;
(2) A summary statement of the test objectives;
(3) A planned schedule for conducting the tests which indicates the
sequence of testing and interdependencies; and
(4) The approach taken for--
(i) Verifying results of installation tests performed by
contractors and manufacturers;
(ii) Functional and performance qualification testing of individual
safety-related equipment, facilities, and subsystems in accordance with
Sec. 299.605;
(iii) Pre-revenue service systems integration testing of the system
per Sec. 299.607, that includes vehicle/track system qualification
testing per Sec. 299.609;
(iv) Simulated revenue operations of the system per Sec. 299.611;
(v) Compliance with operating rules as per subpart E of this part;
(vi) Training and qualification of all personnel involved in the
test program to conduct tests safely and in accordance with operating
rules;
(vii) Verification of all emergency preparedness procedures; and,
(viii) Field testing of the railroad's uncertified PTC system and
regression testing of its FRA-certified PTC system, under Sec.
299.201.
(c) The railroad shall adopt and comply with the system-wide
qualification test plan, including completion of all tests required by
the plan.
(d) After FRA review of the system-wide test plan, detailed test
procedures as required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be
submitted 15 days prior to testing to FRA in accordance with Sec.
299.9 for review.
(e) Each test procedure shall include the following elements:
(1) A clear statement of the test objectives. One of the principal
test objectives shall be to demonstrate that the railroad's system
meets the safety design and performance requirements specified in this
part when operated in the environment in which it will be used;
(2) Any special safety precautions to be observed during the
testing;
(3) A description of the railroad property or facilities to be used
to conduct the tests;
(4) Prerequisites for conducting each test;
(5) A detailed description of how the tests are to be conducted.
This description shall include--
(i) An identification of the systems and equipment to be tested;
(ii) The method by which the systems and equipment shall be tested;
(iii) The instrumentation to be used and calibration procedures;
(iv) The means by which the test results will be recorded, analyzed
and reported to FRA;
(v) A description of the information or data to be obtained;
(vi) A description of how the information or data obtained is to be
analyzed or used;
(vii) A description of any criteria to be used as safety limits
during the testing;
(viii) The criteria to be used to evaluate the systems' and
equipments' performance. If system qualification is to be based on
extrapolation of less than full-level testing results, the analysis
done to justify the validity of the extrapolation shall be described;
and
(ix) Inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures to be followed
to ensure that testing is conducted safely.
(f) The railroad shall provide FRA notice at least 30 days in
advance of the times and places of any domestic testing and notice at
least 90 days in advance for testing not conducted domestically to
permit FRA observation of such tests.
Sec. 299.605 Functional and performance qualification tests.
The railroad shall conduct functional and performance qualification
tests, prior to commencing revenue operations, to verify that all
safety-critical components meet all functional and all performance
specifications.
Sec. 299.607 Pre-revenue service system integration testing.
(a) Prior to commencing revenue operations, the railroad shall
conduct tests of the trainsets throughout the system to--
(1) Verify mechanical positioning of the overhead catenary system;
and
(2) Verify performance of the trainset, track, and signal and
trainset control systems.
(b) The railroad shall demonstrate safe operation of the system
during normal and degraded-mode operating conditions. At a minimum, the
following operation tests shall be performed:
(1) Slow-speed operation of a trainset;
(2) Verification of correct overhead catenary and pantograph
interaction;
(3) Verification of trainset clearance at structures and passenger
platforms;
(4) Incremental increase of trainset speed;
(5) Performance tests on trainsets to verify braking rates in
accordance with Sec. 299.409;
(6) Verification of vehicle noise;
(7) Verification of correct vehicle suspension characteristics;
(8) Vehicle/track system qualification as defined in Sec. 299.609;
(9) Load tests with vehicles to verify relay settings and signal
and communication system immunization;
(10) Monitoring of utility supply circuits and telephone circuits
to ensure the adequacy of power supplies, and to verify that transient-
related disturbances are within acceptable limits;
(11) Verification of vehicle detection due to shunting of signal
system circuits;
(12) Verification of safe operation of the signal and trainset
control system as required by subpart B of this part;
[[Page 14089]]
(13) Tests of trainset radio reception during system-wide vehicle
operation; and
(14) Verification of EMI/EMC compatibility between various
subsystems.
Sec. 299.609 Vehicle/track system qualification.
(a) General. All vehicles intended to operate in revenue service
shall be qualified for operation in accordance with this subpart. A
qualification program shall be used to demonstrate that the vehicle/
track system will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety limits, and
the carbody and bogie acceleration criteria specified in paragraph (h)
of this section--
(1) At any speed up to and including 10 km/h (6 mph) above the
proposed maximum operating speed; and
(2) On track meeting the requirements for the class of track
associated with the proposed maximum operating speed as defined in
Sec. 299.309. For purposes of qualification testing, speeds may exceed
the maximum allowable operating speed for the class of track in
accordance with the test plan approved by FRA.
(b) New vehicle/track system qualification. Vehicle types not
previously qualified under this subpart shall be qualified in
accordance with the requirements of this paragraph (b).
(1) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle types intended to operate in
revenue service at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification
testing conducted over a representative segment of the route shall
demonstrate that the vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral
and vertical acceleration safety limits specified in paragraph (h) of
this section.
(2) Bogie lateral acceleration. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification testing
conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the bogie lateral acceleration
safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Measurement of wheel/rail forces. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track class H4 speeds or above, qualification testing
conducted over a representative segment of the route shall demonstrate
that the vehicle type will not exceed the wheel/rail force safety
limits specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(c) Previously qualified vehicle/track system. Vehicle/track
systems previously qualified under this subpart for a track class and
cant deficiency on one route may be qualified for operation at the same
class and cant deficiency on another route through testing to
demonstrate compliance with paragraph (a) of this section in accordance
with the following:
(1) Carbody acceleration. For vehicle types intended to operate at
track class H4 speeds and above, qualification testing conducted over a
representative segment of the new route shall demonstrate that the
vehicle type will not exceed the carbody lateral and vertical
acceleration safety limits specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
(2) Bogie lateral acceleration. For vehicle types intended to
operate at track class H4 speeds or above, measurement of bogie lateral
acceleration during qualification testing shall demonstrate that the
vehicle type will not exceed the bogie lateral acceleration safety
limit specified in paragraph (h) of this section. Measurement of bogie
lateral acceleration, if conducted, shall be performed over a
representative segment of the new route.
(d) Vehicle/track system qualification testing plan. To obtain the
data required to support the qualification program outlined in
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, the railroad shall submit a
qualification testing plan as required by Sec. 299.603(b) at least 60
days prior to testing, requesting approval to conduct the testing at
the desired speeds and cant deficiencies. This test plan shall provide
for a test program sufficient to evaluate the operating limits of the
track and vehicle type and shall include--
(1) Identification of the representative segment of the route for
qualification testing;
(2) Consideration of the operating environment during qualification
testing, including operating practices and conditions, the signal
system, and trainset on adjacent tracks;
(3) The maximum angle found on the gauge face of the designed
(newly-profiled) wheel flange referenced with respect to the axis of
the wheelset that will be used for the determination of the Single
Wheel L/V Ratio safety limit specified in paragraph (h) of this
section; and
(4) A target maximum testing speed in accordance with paragraph (a)
of this section and the maximum testing cant deficiency.
(e) Qualification testing.Upon FRA approval of the vehicle/track
system qualification testing plan, qualification testing shall be
conducted in two sequential stages as required in this subpart.
(1) Stage-one testing shall include demonstration of acceptable
vehicle dynamic response of the subject vehicle as speeds are
incrementally increased--
(i) On a segment of tangent track, from acceptable track class H4
speeds to the target maximum test speed; and
(ii) On a segment of curved track, from the speeds corresponding to
76 mm (3 inches) of cant deficiency to the maximum testing cant
deficiency.
(2) When stage-one testing has successfully demonstrated a maximum
safe operating speed and cant deficiency, stage-two testing shall
commence with the subject equipment over a representative segment of
the route as identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(i) A test run shall be conducted over the route segment at the
speed the railroad will request FRA to approve for such service.
(ii) An additional test run shall be conducted at 10 km/h (6 mph)
above this speed.
(3) When conducting stage-one and stage-two testing, if any of the
monitored safety limits are exceeded on any segment of track, testing
may continue provided that the track location(s) where any of the
limits are exceeded be identified and test speeds be limited at the
track location(s) until corrective action is taken. Corrective action
may include making adjustments to the track, to the vehicle, or to both
of these system components.
(4) Prior to the start of the qualification testing program, a
qualifying Track Geometry Measurement System (TGMS) shall be operated
over the intended route within 30 calendar days prior to the start of
the qualification testing program to verify compliance with the track
geometry limits specified in Sec. 299.311.
(f) Qualification testing results. The railroad shall submit a
report to FRA detailing all the results of the qualification program in
accordance with Sec. 299.613. The report shall be submitted at least
60 days prior to the intended operation of the equipment in revenue
service over the route.
(g) Cant deficiency. Based on the test results and all other
required submissions, FRA will approve a maximum trainset speed and
value of cant deficiency for revenue service, normally within 45 days
of receipt of all the required information. FRA may impose conditions
necessary for safely operating at the maximum approved trainset speed
and cant deficiency.
(h) Vehicle/track interaction regulatory limits. The following
vehicle/track interaction regulatory limits shall not be exceeded
during qualification testing in accordance with this section.
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
[[Page 14090]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.008
[[Page 14091]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.009
[[Page 14092]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.010
BILLING CODE 4910-06-C
Sec. 299.611 Simulated revenue operations.
(a) The railroad shall conduct simulated revenue operations for a
minimum period of two weeks prior to revenue operations to verify
overall system performance, and provide operating and maintenance
experience.
(b) The railroad shall maintain a log of tests conducted during the
simulated revenue operations period. This log of tests shall identify
any problems encountered during testing, and actions necessary to
correct defects in workmanship, materials, equipment, design, or
operating parameters.
(c) The railroad shall implement all actions necessary to correct
safety defects, as identified by the log prior to the initiation of
revenue service.
Sec. 299.613 Verification of compliance.
(a) The railroad shall prepare a report detailing the results of
pre-operational qualification, pre-revenue service testing, and
vehicle/track system qualification tests required under Sec. Sec.
299.605, 299.607, and 299.609 respectively. The report shall identify
any problems encountered during testing, and alternative actions
necessary to correct defects in workmanship, materials, equipment,
design, or operating parameters.
(b) The railroad shall implement all actions necessary to correct
defects, as identified by the report.
(c) The railroad shall submit the report(s) required by paragraph
(a) of this section to FRA prior to commencing simulated revenue
operations and at least 60 days prior to the intended start of full
revenue service per Sec. 299.609(f).
(d)(1) Prior to implementing a major upgrade to any safety-critical
system component or sub-system, or prior to introducing any new safety-
critical technology, the railroad shall submit for FRA approval the
detailed test procedures and/or analysis in accordance with Sec.
299.603(d).
(2) The railroad shall prepare a report detailing the results of
pre-operational qualification, pre-revenue service testing, and
vehicle/track system qualification tests required under Sec. Sec.
299.605, 299.607, and 299.609 respectively pertaining to a major
upgrade to any safety-critical system component or sub-system, or
introduction of any new safety-critical technology. The report shall
identify any problems encountered during testing, and alternative
actions necessary to correct defects in workmanship, materials,
equipment, design, or operating parameters.
Subpart G--Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance Program
Sec. 299.701 General requirements.
Under the procedures provided in Sec. 299.713, the railroad shall
obtain FRA approval of a written inspection, testing, and maintenance
program. The program shall provide detailed information, consistent
with the requirements set forth in Sec. Sec. 299.337 through 299.349,
and 299.447(a), on the inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures
necessary for the railroad to safely operate its system. This
information shall include a detailed description of--
(a) Safety inspection procedures, intervals, and criteria;
(b) Test procedures and intervals;
(c) Scheduled preventive maintenance intervals;
(d) Maintenance procedures; and
(e) Special testing equipment or measuring devices required to
perform safety inspections and tests.
Sec. 299.703 Compliance.
After the railroad's inspection, testing, and maintenance program
is approved
[[Page 14093]]
by FRA pursuant to the requirements and procedures set forth in Sec.
299.713, the railroad shall adopt and comply with the program, and
shall perform--
(a) All inspections and tests described in the program in
accordance with the procedures and criteria that the railroad
identified as safety-critical; and
(b) All maintenance tasks and procedures described in the program
in accordance with the procedures and intervals that the railroad
identified as safety-critical.
Sec. 299.705 Standard procedures for safely performing inspection,
testing, and maintenance, or repairs.
(a) The railroad shall establish written standard procedures for
performing all safety-critical or potentially hazardous inspection,
testing, maintenance, and repair tasks. These standard procedures
shall--
(1) Describe in detail each step required to safely perform the
task;
(2) Describe the knowledge necessary to safely perform the task;
(3) Describe any precautions that shall be taken to safely perform
the task;
(4) Describe the use of any safety equipment necessary to perform
the task;
(5) Be approved by the railroad's official responsible for safety;
(6) Be enforced by the railroad's supervisors responsible for
accomplishing the tasks; and
(7) Be reviewed annually by the railroad. The railroad shall
provide written notice to FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9 at least
one month prior to the annual review. If the Associate Administrator or
their designee indicates a desire to be present, the railroad shall
provide a scheduled date and location for the annual review. If the
Associate Administrator requests the annual review be performed on
another date but the railroad and the Associate Administrator are
unable to agree on a date for rescheduling, the annual review may be
performed as scheduled.
(b) The inspection, testing, and maintenance program required by
this section is not intended to address and should not include
procedures to address employee working conditions that arise in the
course of conducting the inspections, tests, and maintenance set forth
in the program. When reviewing the railroad's program, FRA does not
intend to review or approve any portion of the program that relates to
employee working conditions.
Sec. 299.707 Maintenance intervals.
(a) The initial scheduled maintenance intervals shall be based on
those in effect on the Tokaido Shinkansen system as required under
Sec. 299.13(c)(1).
(b) The maintenance interval of safety-critical components shall be
changed only when justified by accumulated, verifiable operating data,
and approved by FRA under paragraph Sec. 299.713.
Sec. 299.709 Quality control program.
The railroad shall establish an inspection, testing, and
maintenance quality control program enforced by the railroad or its
contractor(s) to reasonably ensure that inspections, testing, and
maintenance are performed in accordance with inspection, testing, and
maintenance program established under this subpart.
Sec. 299.711 Inspection, testing, and maintenance program format.
The submission to FRA for each identified subsystem shall consist
of two parts--
(a) The complete inspection, testing, and maintenance program, in
its entirety, including all required information prescribed in Sec.
299.701, and all information and procedures required for the railroad
and its personnel to implement the program.
(b) A condensed version of the program that contains only those
items identified as safety-critical, per Sec. 299.703 submitted for
approval by FRA under Sec. 299.713.
Sec. 299.713 Program approval procedure.
(a) Submission. Except as provided in Sec. 299.445(a)(2), the
railroad shall submit for approval an inspection, testing, and
maintenance program as described in Sec. 299.711(b) not less than 180
days prior to pre-revenue service testing. The program shall be
submitted to FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9. If the railroad seeks
to amend an approved program as described in Sec. 299.711(b), the
railroad shall file with FRA in accordance with Sec. 299.9 for
approval of such amendment not less than 60 days prior to the proposed
effective date of the amendment. A program responsive to the
requirements of this subpart or any amendment to the program shall not
be implemented prior to FRA approval.
(b) Contents. Each program or amendment shall contain:
(1) The information prescribed in Sec. 299.701 for such program or
amendment;
(2) The name, title, address, and telephone number of the primary
person to be contacted with regard to review of the program, its
content, or amendments.
(c) Approval. (1) Within 90 days of receipt of the initial
inspection, testing, and maintenance program, FRA will review the
program. The Associate Administrator will notify the primary railroad
contact person in writing whether the inspection, testing, and
maintenance program is approved and, if not approved, the specific
points in which the program is deficient. Deficiencies identified shall
be addressed as directed by FRA prior to implementing the program.
(2) FRA will review each proposed amendment to the program that
relaxes an FRA-approved requirement within 45 days of receipt. The
Associate Administrator will then notify the primary railroad contact
person in writing whether the proposed amendment has been approved by
FRA and, if not approved, the specific points in which the proposed
amendment is deficient. The railroad shall correct any deficiencies as
directed by FRA prior to implementing the amendment. For amendments
proposing to make an FRA-approved program requirement more stringent,
the railroad is permitted to implement the amendment prior to obtaining
FRA approval.
(3) Following initial approval of a program or amendment, FRA may
reopen consideration of the program or amendment for cause stated.
(4) The railroad may, subject to FRA review and approval under
Sec. 299.15, implement inspection, testing, maintenance procedures and
criteria, incorporating new or emerging technology.
Appendix A to Part 299--Criteria for Certification of Crashworthy Event
Recorder Memory Module
Section 299.439(c) requires that trainsets be equipped with an
event recorder that includes a certified crashworthy event recorder
memory module. This appendix prescribes the requirements for
certifying an event recorder memory module (ERMM) as crashworthy,
including the performance criteria and test sequence for
establishing the crashworthiness of the ERMM as well as the marking
of the event recorder containing the crashworthy ERMM.
A. General Requirements
(a) Each manufacturer that represents its ERMM as crashworthy
shall, by marking it as specified in section B of this appendix,
certify that the ERMM meets the performance criteria contained in
this appendix and that test verification data are available to the
railroad or to FRA upon request.
(b) The test verification data shall contain, at a minimum, all
pertinent original data logs and documentation that the test sample
preparation, test set up, test measuring devices and test procedures
were performed by designated, qualified individuals using recognized
and acceptable practices. Test verification data shall be retained
by the manufacturer or its successor as long as the specific model
of ERMM remains in service on any trainset.
[[Page 14094]]
(c) A crashworthy ERMM shall be marked by its manufacturer as
specified in section B of this appendix.
B. Marking Requirements
(a) The outer surface of the event recorder containing a
certified crashworthy ERMM shall be colored international orange. In
addition, the outer surface shall be inscribed, on the surface
allowing the most visible area, in black letters on an international
orange background, using the largest type size that can be
accommodated, with the words ``CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY'', followed
by the ERMM model number (or other such designation), and the name
of the manufacturer of the event recorder. This information may be
displayed as follows:
CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY
Event Recorder Memory Module Model Number
Manufacturer's Name
Marking ``CERTIFIED DOT CRASHWORTHY'' on an event recorder designed
for installation in the railroad's trainsets is the certification that
all performance criteria contained in this appendix have been met and
all functions performed by, or on behalf of, the manufacturer whose
name appears as part of the marking, conform to the requirements
specified in this appendix.
(b) Retro-reflective material shall be applied to the edges of each
visible external surface of an event recorder containing a certified
crashworthy ERMM.
C. Performance Criteria for the ERMM
An ERMM is crashworthy if it has been successfully tested for
survival under conditions of fire, impact shock, static crush, fluid
immersion, and hydro-static pressure contained in one of the two tables
shown in this section of appendix B. (See Tables 1 and 2.) Each ERMM
must meet the individual performance criteria in the sequence
established in section D of this appendix. A performance criterion is
deemed to be met if, after undergoing a test established in this
appendix B for that criterion, the ERMM has preserved all of the data
stored in it. The data set stored in the ERMM to be tested shall
include all the recording elements required by Sec. 299.439(c). The
following tables describe alternative performance criteria that may be
used when testing an ERMM's crashworthiness. A manufacturer may utilize
either table during its testing but may not combine the criteria
contained in the two tables.
Table 1 to Appendix A of Part 299--Acceptable Performance Criteria--Option A
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter Value Duration Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fire, High Temperature............... 750 [deg]C (1400 60 minutes............. Heat source: Oven.
[deg]F).
Fire, Low Temperature................ 260 [deg]C (500 [deg]F) 10 hours............... .......................
Impact Shock......................... 55g.................... 100 ms................. \1/2\ sine crash pulse.
Static Crush......................... 110kN (25,000 lbf)..... 5 minutes.............. .......................
Fluid Immersion...................... #1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, Any single fluid, 48 .......................
Water, Salt Water, hours.
Lube Oil.
Fire Fighting Fluid.... 10 minutes, following Immersion followed by
immersion above. 48 hours in a dry
location without
further disturbance.
Hydrostatic Pressure................. Depth equivalent = 15 48 hours at nominal .......................
m. (50 ft.). temperature of 25
[deg]C (77 [deg]F).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2 to Appendix A to Part 299--Acceptable Performance Criteria--Option B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parameter Value Duration Remarks
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fire, High Temperature............... 1000 [deg]C (1832 60 minutes............. Heat source: Open
[deg]F). flame.
Fire, Low Temperature................ 260 [deg]C (500 [deg]F) 10 hours............... Heat source: Oven.
Impact Shock--Option 1............... 23gs................... 250 ms................. .......................
Impact Shock--Option 2............... 55gs................... 100 ms................. \1/2\ sine crash pulse.
Static Crush......................... 111.2kN (25,000 lbf)... 5 minutes.............. Applied to 25% of
44.5kN (10,000 lbf).... (single ``squeeze'')... surface of largest
face.
Fluid Immersion...................... #1 Diesel, #2 Diesel, 48 hours each.......... .......................
Water, Salt Water,
Lube Oil, Fire
Fighting Fluid.
Hydrostatic Pressure................. 46.62 psig............. 48 hours at nominal .......................
(= 30.5 m. or 100 ft.). temperature of 25
[deg]C (77 [deg]F).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Testing Sequence
In order to reasonably duplicate the conditions an event recorder
may encounter, the ERMM shall meet the various performance criteria,
described in section C of this appendix, in a set sequence. (See Figure
1). If all tests are done in the set sequence (single branch testing),
the same ERMM must be utilized throughout. If a manufacturer opts for
split branch testing, each branch of the test must be conducted using
an ERMM of the same design type as used for the other branch. Both
alternatives are deemed equivalent, and the choice of single branch
testing or split branch testing may be determined by the party
representing that the ERMM meets the standard.
[[Page 14095]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TP10MR20.011
E. Testing Exception
If a new model ERMM represents an evolution or upgrade from an
older model ERMM that was previously tested and certified as meeting
the performance criteria contained in section C of this appendix, the
new model ERMM need only be tested for compliance with those
performance criteria contained in section C of this appendix that are
potentially affected by the upgrade or modification. FRA will consider
a performance criterion not to be potentially affected if a preliminary
engineering analysis or other pertinent data establishes that the
modification or upgrade will not change the performance of the older
model ERMM against the performance criterion in question. The
manufacturer shall retain and make available to FRA upon request any
analysis or data relied upon to satisfy the requirements of this
paragraph to sustain an exception from testing.
Appendix B to Part 299--Cab Noise Test Protocol
This appendix prescribes the procedures for the in-cab noise
measurements for high-speed trainsets at speed. The purpose of the
cab noise testing is to ensure that the noise levels within the cab
of the trainset meet the minimum requirements defined within Sec.
299.437(l).
I. Measurement Instrumentation
The instrumentation used shall conform to the requirements
prescribed in appendix H to part 229 of this chapter.
II. Test Site Requirements
The test shall meet the following requirements:
(a) The passenger trainset shall be tested over a representative
segment of the railroad and shall not be tested in any site
specifically designed to artificially lower in-cab noise levels.
(b) All windows, doors, cabinets, seals, etc., must be installed
in the trainset cab and be closed.
(c) The heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) system
or a dedicated heating or air conditioner system must be operating
on high, and the vents must be open and unobstructed.
III. Procedures for Measurement
(a) LAeq,T is defined as the A-weighted, equivalent
sound level for a duration of T seconds, and the sound level meter
shall be set for A-weighting with slow response.
(b) The sound level meter shall be calibrated with the acoustic
calibrator immediately before and after the in-cab tests. The
calibration levels shall be recorded.
(c) Any change in the before and after calibration level(s)
shall be less than 0.5 dB.
(d) The sound level meter shall be located:
(1) Laterally as close as practicable to the longitudinal
centerline of the cab, adjacent to the driver's seat,
(2) Longitudinally at the center of the driver's nominal seating
position, and
(3) At a height 1219 mm (48 inches) above the floor.
(e) The sound measurements shall be taken autonomously within
the cab.
(f) The sound level shall be recorded at the maximum approved
trainset speed (0/-3 km/h).
(g) After the passenger trainset speed has become constant at
the maximum test speed and the in-cab noise is continuous,
LAeq,T shall be measured, either directly or using a 1
second sampling interval, for a minimum duration of 30 seconds at
the measurement position (LAeq, 30s).
IV. Reporting
To demonstrate compliance, the railroad shall prepare and submit
a test report in accordance with Sec. 299.613. As a minimum that
report shall contain--
(a) Name(s) of person(s) conducting the test, and the date of
the test.
(b) Description of the passenger trainset cab being tested,
including: car number and date of manufacture.
(c) Description of sound level meter and calibrator, including:
make, model, type, serial number, and manufacturer's calibration
date.
(d) The recorded measurement during calibration and for the
microphone location during operating conditions.
[[Page 14096]]
(e) The recorded measurements taken during the conduct of the
test.
(f) Other information as appropriate to describe the testing
conditions and procedure.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Ronald L. Batory,
Administrator.
[FR Doc. 2020-03521 Filed 3-9-20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910-06-P